WO1995031469A1 - Pteridine nucleotide analogs as fluorescent dna probes - Google Patents

Pteridine nucleotide analogs as fluorescent dna probes Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO1995031469A1
WO1995031469A1 PCT/US1995/005264 US9505264W WO9531469A1 WO 1995031469 A1 WO1995031469 A1 WO 1995031469A1 US 9505264 W US9505264 W US 9505264W WO 9531469 A1 WO9531469 A1 WO 9531469A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
compound
accordance
combined
double bond
group
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/US1995/005264
Other languages
French (fr)
Inventor
Mary E. Hawkins
Wolfgang Pfleiderer
Michael Dean Davis
Frank Balis
Original Assignee
The Government Of The United States Of America, Represented By The Secretary Of The Department Of Health And Human Services
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by The Government Of The United States Of America, Represented By The Secretary Of The Department Of Health And Human Services filed Critical The Government Of The United States Of America, Represented By The Secretary Of The Department Of Health And Human Services
Priority to JP7529675A priority Critical patent/JPH10500949A/en
Priority to EP95917197A priority patent/EP0759927B1/en
Priority to DE69503129T priority patent/DE69503129T2/en
Priority to DK95917197T priority patent/DK0759927T3/en
Priority to CA002190588A priority patent/CA2190588C/en
Priority to AU23991/95A priority patent/AU688036B2/en
Publication of WO1995031469A1 publication Critical patent/WO1995031469A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07HSUGARS; DERIVATIVES THEREOF; NUCLEOSIDES; NUCLEOTIDES; NUCLEIC ACIDS
    • C07H21/00Compounds containing two or more mononucleotide units having separate phosphate or polyphosphate groups linked by saccharide radicals of nucleoside groups, e.g. nucleic acids
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07HSUGARS; DERIVATIVES THEREOF; NUCLEOSIDES; NUCLEOTIDES; NUCLEIC ACIDS
    • C07H19/00Compounds containing a hetero ring sharing one ring hetero atom with a saccharide radical; Nucleosides; Mononucleotides; Anhydro-derivatives thereof
    • C07H19/02Compounds containing a hetero ring sharing one ring hetero atom with a saccharide radical; Nucleosides; Mononucleotides; Anhydro-derivatives thereof sharing nitrogen
    • C07H19/04Heterocyclic radicals containing only nitrogen atoms as ring hetero atom
    • C07H19/22Pteridine radicals

Definitions

  • Synthetic oligonucleotides find numerous uses in molecular biology as probes for screening genomic and complementary DNA libraries, as primers for DNA synthesis, sequencing, and amplification, and in the study of DNA-protein interactions.
  • oligonucleotide probes have proven useful for assaying in vitro gene expression using techniques of in situ hybridization.
  • oligonucleotides are labeled with a fluorescent marker, either directly through a covalent linkage (e.g. , a carbon linker), or indirectly whereby the oligonucleotide is bound to a molecule such as biotin or dioxigenin, which, is subsequently coupled to a fluorescently labeled binding moiety (e.g., streptavidin or a labeled monoclonal antibody).
  • a covalent linkage e.g. , a carbon linker
  • a fluorescently labeled binding moiety e.g., streptavidin or a labeled monoclonal antibody
  • fluorescent labeling systems suffer the disadvantage that the fluorescent complexes and their binding moieties are relatively large.
  • the presence of large fluorescent labels and associated linkers may alter the mobility of the oligonucleotide, either through a gel as in sequencing, or through various compartments of a cell.
  • the presence of these markers alters the interaction of the oligonucleotide with other molecules either through chemical interactions or through steric hinderance.
  • the presence of these markers makes it difficult to study the interactions of DNA with other molecules such as proteins.
  • the study of protein-DNA interactions is of profound interest as they involve some of the most fundamental mechanisms in biology. They include, for example, the progression of a DNA polymerase or reverse transcriptase along the length of the oligonucleotide, the activation of gene transcription as in the API or steroid hormone pathway, or the insertion of viral DNA into the host genome as mediated by the HIV IN enzyme.
  • a fluorescent moiety analogous in structure to a pyrimidine or purine nucleotide and capable of being incorporated into an oligonucleotide.
  • Such a moiety would preferably render the oligonucleotide molecule fluorescent without significantly altering the size or chemical properties of the oligonucleotide.
  • Bannwarth et al. Helvetica Chimica Acta. 74: 1991-1999 (1991), Bannwarth et al., Helvetica Chimica Acta. 74: 2000-2007 (1991) and Bannwarth et al. , (European Patent Application No. 0439036A2).
  • Bannwarth et al. utilized the lumazine derivative in conjunction with a bathophenanthroline-ruthenium complex as an energy transfer system in which the lumazine derivative acted as an energy donor and the ruthenium complex acted as an energy receptor.
  • the present invention overcomes the limitations of these prior art compounds by providing a number of pteridine nucleotides which are analogous in structure to purine nucleotides, highly fluorescent under normal physiological conditions, and suitable for use in the chemical synthesis of oligonucleotides.
  • the present invention provides for pteridine nucleotides of the form:
  • R 11 is combined with R 12 to form a single oxo oxygen joined by a double bond to ring vertex 4, or with R 13 to form a double bond between ring vertices 3 and 4;
  • R 12 when not combined with R", is either NH 2 or NH 2 either mono- or disubstituted with a protecting group;
  • R 13 when not combined with R n is a lower alkyl or H;
  • R 14 is either H, lower alkyl or phenyl;
  • R 15 is combined with R 16 to form a single oxo oxygen joined by a double bond to ring vertex 2, or with R 17 to form a double bond between ring vertices 1 and 2, such that ring vertices 2 and 4 collectively bear at most one oxo oxygen;
  • R 16 when not combined with R 15 is a member selected from the group consisting of H, phenyl, NH 2 , and NH 2 mono- or disubstituted with a protecting group.
  • R 15 When R 15 is not combined with R 16 , R 18 is combined with R 19 to form a single oxo oxygen joined by a double bond to ring vertex 7.
  • R 15 When R 15 is combined with R 16 , R 18 is combined with R 20 to form a double bond between ring vertices 7 and 8, and R 19 is either H or a lower alkyl.
  • R 17 when not combined with R 15 , and R 20 when not combined with R 18 are compounds of formula:
  • R 21 represents a hydrogen, protecting groups, or a triphosphate
  • the symbol R 22 represents a hydrogen, a hydroxyl, or a hydroxyl substituted with a protecting group
  • R 23 represents H, a phosphoramidite, an H-phosphonate, a methyl phosphonate, a phosphorothioate, a phosphotriester, a hemisuccinate, a hemisuccinate covalently bound to a solid support, a dicyclohexylcarbodiimide, and a dicyclohexylcarbodiimide covalently bound to a solid support.
  • R 21 is a triphosphate and when R n is combined with R 13 to form a double bond between ring vertices 3 and 4 and R 23 is H, R 21 is a triphosphate.
  • R n is combined with R 13 to form a double bond between ring vertices 3 and 4 and R 23 is H, R 21 is a triphosphate.
  • the invention provides for pteridine nucleotide triphosphates that may be utilized in various DNA amplification processes. When used in a DNA amplification process, the nucleotide triphosphates are directly incorporated into the amplified DNA sequence rendering it fluorescent. This provides for a rapid assay for the presence or absence of the amplified product.
  • lower alkyl refers to a saturated hydrocarbon radical which may be straight-chain or branched-chain (for example, ethyl, isopropyl, t- amyl, or 2,5-dimethylhexyl).
  • Preferred alkyl groups are those containing one to six carbon atoms. All numerical ranges in this specification and claims are intended to be inclusive of their upper and lower limits.
  • oligonucleotide refers to a molecule comprised of two or more deoxyribonucleotides, ribonucleotides, modified ribonucleotides, modified dexoyribonucleotides, ribonucleotide analogs, deoxyribonucleotide analogs, or pteridine derivatives of the present invention.
  • the exact size of an oligonucleotide depends on many factors and the ultimate function or use of the oligonucleotide. Generally, chemically synthesized oligonucleotides range in length from 2 to 200 bases, although, it is well known that oligonucleotides may be ligated together to provide longer sequences.
  • oligonucleotide also encompasses these longer sequences. It is also recognized that double-stranded polynucleotides may be created by hybridization with a complementary sequence or enzymatically through primer extension.
  • oligonucleotide as used in this application encompasses both single and double-stranded oligonucleotides.
  • solid support refers to a solid material which is functionalized to permit the coupling of a monomer used in polynucleotide synthesis.
  • the solid support is typically coupled to a nucleoside monomer through a covalent linkage to the 3 '-carbon on the furanose.
  • Solid support materials typically are unreactive during the polynucleotide synthesis and simply provide a substratum to anchor the growing polynucleotide.
  • Solid support materials include, but are not limited to, polacryloylmorpholide, silica, controlled pore glass (CPG), polystyrene, polystyrene/latex, and carboxyl modified teflon.
  • cleavage in reference to solid phase oligonucleotide synthesis refers to the breaking of the bond which binds an oligonucleotide to a solid support. Typically, cleavage involves hydrolysis of a succinate ester bond between the 3 '-hydroxyl of an attached oligonucleotide and the solid support.
  • deprotection refers to the removal of protecting groups from the exocyclic amines of the heterocyclic bases of an oligonucleotide. Typically, deprotection consists of hydrolysis of an amide moiety consisting of an exocyclic amine and an amino protection group, e.g.
  • deprotection is also used to refer to the removal of protecting groups from the phosphate diesters
  • pteridine nucleotide or "pteridine monomer” is used herein to refer to the furanosyl pteridine derivatives of the present invention with a 3 '-phosphate group. It is recognized that properly speaking the furanosyl pteridine derivatives are not nucleotides as the pteridine is neither a purine or a pyrimidine. However, because the furanosyl pteridine derivatives are structurally analogous to purine nucleotides, and the furanosyl pteridines of this invention are used in the same manner as nucleotides both will be referred to as nucleotides.
  • the pteridine nucleotide or pteridine monomer may be fully protected for use in polynucleotide synthesis or it may be deprotected when used as a triphosphate or when incorporated into an oligonucleotide.
  • nucleotide monomer refers to pteridine nucleotides, the "standard” nucleotides; adenosine, guanosine, cytidine, thymidine, and uracil, or derivatives of these nucleotides. Such derivatives include, but are not limited to, inosine, 5-bromodeoxycytidine, 5-bromo-deoxyuridine, N 6 -methyl-deoxyadenosine and 5-methyl-deoxycytidine.
  • protecting group refers to a group which is joined to or substituted for a reactive group (e.g. a hydroxyl or an amine) on a molecule.
  • the protecting group is chosen to prevent reaction of the particular radical during one or more steps of a chemical reaction.
  • the particular protecting group is chosen so as to permit removal at a later time to restore the reactive group without altering other reactive groups present in the molecule.
  • the choice of a protecting group is a function of the particular radical to be protected and the compounds to which it will be exposed.
  • the selection of protecting groups is well known to those of skill in the art. See, for example Greene et al. , Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, 2nd ed. , John Wiley & Sons, Inc. Somerset, N.J. (1991), which is herein incorporated by reference.
  • protected amine refers to an amine which has been reacted with an amino protecting group.
  • An amino protecting group prevents reaction of the amide function during either the synthesis of the derivatized pteridine nucleoside or during the chemical synthesis of DNA or RNA using that nucleotide.
  • the amino protecting group can be removed at a later time to restore the amino group without altering other reactive groups present in the molecule.
  • the exocyclic amine may be reacted with dimethylformamid-diethylacetal to form the dimethylaminomethylenamino function.
  • Amino protecting groups generally include carbamates, benzyl radicals, imidates, and others known to those of skill in the art.
  • Preferred amino protecting groups include, but are not limited to, p- nitrophenylethoxycarbonyl or dimethyaminomethylenamino.
  • the term "coupling" is generally used in DNA synthesis to refer to the joining of one nucleotide monomer to another nucleotide monomer or to the 5' terminal of an oligonucleotide. The coupling is generally accomplished by the formation of a phosphodiester linkage from the 3'- phosphate of one nucleotide monomer to the 5'- hydroxyl of a second monomer or oligonucleotide. Coupling is also used to refer to the joining of an initial nucleoside to a solid support.
  • capping refers to a step in which unreacted 5 '-hydroxyl groups that fail to condense and successfully couple with the next derivatized nucleotide are blocked. This insures that subsequent reactions proceed only by propagating chains of the desired sequence.
  • capping involves the acetylation of the 5 '-hydroxyl functions. Usually this is accomplished by acetic anhydride catalyzed by 4- dimethylaminopyridine (DMAP). Other reagents, known to those of skill in the art are suitable.
  • synthesis cycle refers to the sequence of reactions necessary to couple a nucleotide monomer to the 5' terminal of the oligonucleotide being synthesized.
  • a synthesis cycle involves removal of the 5 '-hydroxyl blocking group on the terminus of the oligonucleotide, reaction with the phosphite derivative of a nucleotide monomer to form a phosphodiester bond, and then capping of molecules in which coupling was unsuccessful.
  • normal physiological conditions is used herein to refer to conditions that are typical inside a living organism or a cell. While it is recognized that some organs provide extreme conditions, the intra-organismal and intra-cellular environment normally varies around pH 7 (i.e. from pH 6.5 to pH 7.5), contains water as the predominant solvent, and exists at a temperature above 0°C and below 50 °C.
  • This invention provides a number of pteridine nucleotides which are highly fluorescent under normal physiological conditions and which may be utilized in the chemical synthesis of oligonucleotides to produce fluorescent oligonucleotides.
  • These fluorescent oligonucleotides have many uses including, for example, probes for screening genomic and complementary DNA libraries, probes for in situ hybridization, primers for DNA synthesis, sequencing, and amplification, and as model substrates to investigate DNA-protein interactions.
  • the pteridine nucleotides of this invention are suitable for use in the chemical synthesis of oligonucleotides.
  • this requires blocking the exocyclic amines on the pteridine, derivatizing the phosphite moiety with a reactive group appropriate to the particular synthetic chemistry contemplated, and blocking the 5' hydroxyl with a protecting group that may be removed during synthesis to facilitate the stepwise coupling of derivatized nucleotides to the 5' terminus of the growing oligonucleotide.
  • the sugar of the pteridine derivative is a ribose
  • the reactive 2'- hydroxyl group must also be protected.
  • the invention provides for nucleotide monomers of formula I.
  • nucleotide monomers are pteridine derivatives with ring vertices 1 through 8 as shown, where R n is combined with R 12 to form a single oxo oxygen joined by a double bond to ring vertex 4, or with R 13 to form a double bond between ring vertices 3 and 4; R 12 , when not combined with R ⁇ , is either NH 2 or NH 2 either mono- or disubstituted with a protecting group; R 13 when not combined with R 11 is a lower alkyl or H; R 14 is either H, lower alkyl or phenyl; R 15 is combined with R 16 to form a single oxo oxygen joined by a double bond to ring vertex 2, or with R 17 to form a double bond between ring vertices 1 and 2, such that ring vertices 2 and 4 collectively bear at most one oxo oxygen; and R 16 when not combined with R 15 is a member selected from the group consisting of H, phenyl, NH 2
  • R 15 When R 15 is not combined with R 16 , R 18 is combined with R 19 to form a single oxo oxygen joined by a double bond to ring vertex 7.
  • R 15 When R 15 is combined with R 16 , R 18 is combined with R 20 to form a double bond between ring vertices 7 and 8, and R 19 is either H or a lower alkyl.
  • R 17 when not combined with R 15 , and R 20 when not combined with R 18 are compounds of formula H.
  • R 21 represents a hydrogen, protecting groups or a triphosphate
  • the symbol R 22 represents a hydrogen, a hydroxyl, or a hydroxyl substituted with a protecting group
  • R 23 represents a hydrogen, a phosphoramidite, an H-phosphonate, a methyl phosphonate, a phosphorothioate, a phosphotriester, a hemisuccinate, a hemisuccinate covalently bound to a solid support, a dicyclohexylcarbodiimide, and a dicyclohexylcarbodiimide covalently bound to a solid support.
  • R 21 is a triphosphate
  • R 11 is combined with R 13 to form a double bond between ring vertices 3 and 4 and R 23 is H
  • R 21 is a triphosphate.
  • R 14 is hydrogen, a methyl or a phenyl, more particularly a hydrogen or a methyl.
  • R 16 when not combined with R 15 , is a hydrogen, a phenyl, an amino group, or NH 2 disubstituted with a protecting group. More particularly, R 16 is a hydrogen and a phenyl.
  • R 19 is a hydrogen or a methyl.
  • R 14 is a hydrogen, a methyl, or a phenyl
  • R 16 when not combined with R 15 , is a hydrogen, a phenyl or an amino
  • R 19 when R 18 is combined with R 20 , R 19 is a hydrogen or a methyl.
  • R n is combined with R 13 to form a double bond between ring vertices 3 and 4;
  • R 12 is NH 2 or NH 2 mono- or disubstituted with a protecting group;
  • R 14 is a hydrogen;
  • R 15 is combined with R 17 to form a double bond between ring vertices 1 and 2;
  • R 16 is a phenyl;
  • R 18 is combined with R 19 to form a single oxo oxygen joined by a double bond to ring vertex 7; and
  • R 20 is formula H.
  • This embodiment is illustrated by formula ED..
  • Particularly preferred compounds of this embodiment are illustrated by formula HI when R 12 is NH 2 .
  • R 11 is combined with R 13 to form a double bond between ring vertices 3 and 4;
  • R 12 is NH 2 or NH 2 mono- or disubstituted with a protecting group;
  • R 14 is a phenyl;
  • R 15 is combined with R 17 to form a double bond between ring vertices 1 and 2;
  • R 16 is a hydrogen;
  • R 18 is combined with R 19 to form a single oxo oxygen joined by a double bond to ring vertex 7 and R 20 is formula H.
  • This embodiment is illustrated by formula IV. Particularly preferred compounds of this embodiment are illustrated by formula IV when R 12 is NH 2 .
  • R n is combined with R 12 to form a single oxo oxygen joined by a double bond to ring vertex 4;
  • R 13 is CH 3 ;
  • R 14 is H;
  • R 15 is combined with R 17 to form a double bond between ring vertices 1 and 2;
  • R 16 is NH 2 ;
  • R 18 is combined with R 19 to form a single oxo oxygen joined by a double bond to ring vertex 7; and
  • R 20 is formula H.
  • This embodiment is illustrated by formula V.
  • One particularly preferred compound of this embodiment is the nucleoside illustrated by formula V when R 23 of formula H is H and more particularly when R 21 , R 22 , and R 23 of formula H are all H.
  • R 11 is combined with R 12 to form a single oxo oxygen joined by a double bond to ring vertex 4;
  • R 13 is a hydrogen;
  • R 14 is hydrogen;
  • R 15 is combined with R 17 to form a double bond between ring vertices 1 and 2;
  • R 16 is NH 2 or NH 2 mono- or disubstituted with a protecting group;
  • R 18 is combined with R 19 to form a single oxo oxygen joined by a double bond to ring vertex 7; and
  • R 20 is formula H.
  • This embodiment is illustrated by formula VI. Particularly preferred compounds of this embodiment are illustrated by formula VI when R 16 is NH 2 .
  • R u is combined with R 12 to form a single oxo oxygen joined by a double bond to ring vertex 4;
  • R 13 is a hydrogen;
  • R 14 is CH 3 ;
  • R 15 is combined with R 17 to form a double bond between ring vertices 1 and 2;
  • R 16 is NH 2 or NH 2 mono- or disubstituted with a protecting group;
  • R 18 is combined with R 19 to form a single oxo oxygen joined by a double bond to ring vertex 7; and
  • R 20 is formula H.
  • This embodiment is illustrated by formula VH.
  • Particularly preferred compounds of this embodiment are illustrated by formula VH when R 16 is NH 2 .
  • R n is combined with R 13 to form a double bond between ring vertices 3 and 4;
  • R 12 is NH 2 or NH 2 mono- or disubstituted with a protecting group;
  • R 14 is CH 3 ;
  • R 15 is combined with R 16 to form a single oxo oxygen joined by a double bond to ring vertex 2;
  • R 17 is formula H;
  • R 18 is combined with R 20 to form a double bond between ring vertices 7 and 8; and
  • R 19 is CH 3 .
  • This embodiment is illustrated by formula VHI.
  • Particularly preferred compounds of this embodiment are illustrated by formula VHI when R 12 is NH 2 .
  • R" is combined with R 13 to form a double bond between ring vertices 3 and 4;
  • R 12 is NH 2 or NH 2 mono- or disubstituted with a protecting group;
  • R 14 is H;
  • R 15 is combined with R 16 to form a single oxo oxygen joined by a double bond to ring vertex 2;
  • R 17 is formula H;
  • R 18 is combined with R 20 to form a double bond between ring vertices 7 and 8; and
  • R 19 is CH 3 .
  • This embodiment is illustrated by formula IX. Particularly preferred compounds of this embodiment are illustrated by formula IX when R 12 is NH 2 .
  • R 11 is combined with R 13 to form a double bond between ring vertices 3 and 4;
  • R 12 is NH 2 ;
  • R 14 is CH 3 ;
  • R 15 is combined with R 16 to form a single oxo oxygen joined by a double bond to ring vertex 2;
  • R 17 is formula H;
  • R 18 is combined with R 20 to form a double bond between ring vertices 7 and 8; and
  • R 19 is H.
  • This embodiment is illustrated by formula X.
  • Particularly preferred compounds of this embodiment are illustrated by formula X when R 12 is NH 2 .
  • R 11 is combined with R 13 to form a double bond between ring vertices 3 and 4;
  • R 12 is NH 2 or NH 2 mono- or disubstituted with a protecting group;
  • R 14 is H;
  • R 15 is combined with R 16 to form a single oxo oxygen joined by a double bond to ring vertex 2;
  • R 17 is formula H;
  • R 18 is combined with R 20 to form a double bond between ring vertices 7 and 8; and
  • R 19 is H.
  • This embodiment is illustrated by formula DDE.
  • Particularly prefe ⁇ ed compounds of this embodiment are illustrated by formula XI when R 12 is NH 2 .
  • the exocyclic amines of the pteridines must generally be protected during oligonucleotide synthesis.
  • Protecting groups suitable for blocking the exocyclic amines of the pteridines are widely known to those of skill in the art. In general, a protecting group will prevent undesired reactions of the exocyclic amines during the synthesis of an oligonucleotide incorporating the pteridine derivative. It is of course recognized that these groups may also need to be protected during the actual synthesis of the pteridine derivative to prevent undesired reactions.
  • the protecting group should be removable after synthesis of the oligonucleotide to restore the amine group without altering other reactive groups present in the molecule.
  • the amine groups are protected by acylation, usually by carbamates, benzyl radicals, imidates, and others known to those of skill in the art.
  • protecting groups include, but are not limited to, benzoyl, 4- methoxybenzoyl, phenoxyacetyl, diphenylacetyl, isobutyryl, phthaloyl, di-n- butylaminomethylidene, dimethylaminomethylenamino, dimethylaminomethylidene, p- nitrophenylethoxycarbonyl and dimethylformamide-diethylacetal. Particularly preferred are p-nitrophenylethoxycarbonyl or dimethylaminomethylenamino.
  • the invention provides for nucleotide monomers of formula I in which R 12 and R 16 are independently NH 2 either mono- or disubstituted by a protecting group selected from the group consisting of benzoyl, isobutyryl, phthaloyl, di-n-butylaminomethylidene, dimethylaminomethylidene, p-nitrophenylethoxycarbonyl and dimethylaminomethylenamino. More particularly, R 12 is NH 2 monosubstituted by a protecting group selected from the group consisting of di-n-butylaminomethylidene, p-nitrophenylethoxycarbonyl, and dimethylaminomethylenamino.
  • the 5 '-hydroxyl group of the pteridine monomer must be blocked to prevent undesired reactions.
  • this blocking group must also be removable during synthesis to permit the stepwise coupling of new monomers to the 5' terminus of the growing oligonucleotide.
  • Appropriate protecting groups are well known to those of skill in the art and include, but are not limited to, trityl, monomethoxytrityl, dimethoxytrityl, phthaloyl, di-n-butylaminomethylene, and dimethylaminomethylidene. Dimethoxytrityl is generally prefe ⁇ ed as a blocking group for the 5 '-hydroxyl group.
  • the invention provides for nucleotide monomers of formula I in which R 20 is formula H wherein R 21 is H, trityl, monomethoxytrityl, dimethoxytrityl, phthaloyl, di-n-butylaminomethylene, or dimethylaminomethylidene. More specifically, R 21 is either dimethoxytrityl, di- n-butylaminomethylene, or dimethylaminomethylidene.
  • 2'-hydroxyl protecting groups include, but are not limited to, trityl, monomethoxytrityl, dimethoxytrityl, tetrahydropyran-1-yl, 4-methoxytetrahydropyran-4-yl , 1 -(2-chloro-4-methyl)phenyl-4-methoxypiperidin-4-yl , t-butyldimethylsilyl, p-nitrophenylerhysulfonyl, tetrahydropyranyl, 4- methoxytetrahydropyranyl, 2-nitrobenzyl, 9-phenylxanthen-9-yl and p-nitrophenylethyl.
  • the 2'-hydroxyl group will be protected by substitution with a tertbutyldimethylsilyl group.
  • the invention provides for nucleotide monomers of formula I, in which R 20 is formula H wherein R 22 is either H, OH, or OH substituted with either trityl, monomethoxytrityl, dimethoxytrityl, tetrahydropyran- 1 -yl , 4-methoxy tetrahydropyran-4-yl , 1 -(2-chloro-4-methyl)phenyl-4- methoxypiperidin-4-yl, t-butyldimethylsilyl, p-nitrophenylethylsulfonyl, tetrahydropyranyl, 4-methoxytetrahydropyranyl, 2-nitrobenzyl, 9-phenylxanthen-9-yl and p-nitropheny
  • R 22 is either H or OH substituted with either dimethoxytrityl, tetrahydropyran-1-yl, t-butyldimethylsilyl, 2-nitrobenzyl, or p- nitrophenylethyl.
  • the ⁇ -cyanoethyl, N-diisopropyl phosphoramidite compounds of the present invention are preferred as oligonucleotide synthesis monomers. These compounds may generally be utilized in most commercial DNA synthesizers without modification of the synthesis protocol. However, where large scale synthesis is desired, or where it is desirable to incorporate sulfur groups or other modifications in the phosphate linkages, the H-phosphonate compounds of the present invention may be prefe ⁇ ed as synthesis reagents. The synthesis and use of other phosphite derivatives suitable for oligonucleotide synthesis is well known to those of skill in the art.
  • a methyl phosphonate a phosphorothioate
  • a phosphotriester Prefe ⁇ ed embodiments of this invention are the compounds where the pteridine nucleotides are derivatized and protected for use as reagents in the synthesis of oligonucleotides.
  • the reactive exocyclic amines are protected and the 3'- hydroxyl is derivatized as an H-phosphonate or as a phosphoramidite.
  • Particularly preferred are compounds illustrated by formulas HI through XI derivatized in this manner.
  • a first prefe ⁇ ed embodiment is illustrated by formula HI in which R 12 is NH 2 mono- or disubstituted with a protecting group and R 20 is formula H in which R 23 is an H-phosphonate or a phosphoramidite. More particularly, R 21 of formula H is a dimethoxytrityl; R 22 is H and R 23 is a ⁇ -cyanoethyl, N-diisopropyl phosphoramidite. Still more particularly, R 12 is dimethylaminomethylenamino.
  • R 12 is NH 2 mono- or disubstituted with a protecting group and R 20 is formula H in which R 23 is an H-phosphonate or a phosphoramidite. More particularly, R 21 of formula H is a dimethoxytrityl; R 22 is H and R 23 is a ⁇ -cyanoethyl, N-diisopropyl phosphoramidite. Still more particularly, R 12 is dimethylaminomethylenamino.
  • R 20 is formula H and R 23 is an H-phosphonate or a phosphoramidite. More particularly, R 21 of formula H is a dimethoxytrityl; R 22 is H and R 23 is a ⁇ -cyanoethyl, N-diisopropyl phosphoramidite.
  • a fourth prefe ⁇ ed embodiment is illustrated by formula VI in which R 16 is NH 2 mono- or disubstituted with a protecting group and R 20 is formula H in which R 23 is an H-phosphonate or a phosphoramidite. More particularly, R 21 of formula H is a dimethoxytrityl; R 22 is H and R 23 is a ⁇ -cyanoethyl, N-diisopropyl phosphoramidite. Still more particularly, R 16 is dimethylaminomethylenamino.
  • a fifth prefe ⁇ ed embodiment is illustrated by formula VH in which R 16 is NH 2 mono- or disubstituted with a protecting group and R 20 is formula H in which R 23 is an H-phosphonate or a phosphoramidite. More particularly, R 21 of formula H is a dimethoxytrityl; R 22 is H and R 23 is a ⁇ -cyanoethyl, N-diisopropyl phosphoramidite. Still more particularly, R 16 is dimethylaminomethylenamino.
  • a sixth preferred embodiment is illustrated by formula VHI in which R 12 is NH 2 mono- or disubstituted with a protecting group and R 17 is formula H in which R 23 is an H-phosphonate or a phosphoramidite. More particularly, R 21 of formula H is a dimethoxytrityl; R 22 is H and R 23 is a ⁇ -cyanoethyl, N-diisopropyl phosphoramidite. Still more particularly, R 12 is p-nitrophenylethoxycarbonyl.
  • a seventh prefe ⁇ ed embodiment is illustrated by formula IX in which R 12 is NH 2 mono- or disubstituted with a protecting group and R 17 is formula H in which R 23 is an H-phosphonate or a phosphoramidite. More particularly, R 21 of formula H is a dimethoxytrityl; R 22 is H and R 23 is a ⁇ -cyanoethyl, N-diisopropyl phosphoramidite. Still more particularly, R 12 is p-nitrophenylethoxycarbonyl.
  • R 12 is NH 2 mono- or disubstituted with a protecting group and R 17 is formula H in which R 23 is an H-phosphonate or a phosphoramidite. More particularly, R 21 of formula H is a dimethoxytrityl; R 22 is H and R 23 is a ⁇ -cyanoethyl, N-diisopropyl phosphoramidite. Still more particularly, R 12 is p-nitrophenylethoxycarbonyl.
  • a ninth prefe ⁇ ed embodiment is illustrated by formula XI in which R 12 is NH 2 mono- or disubstituted with a protecting group and R 17 is formula H in which R 23 is an H-phosphonate or a phosphoramidite. More particularly, R 21 of formula H is a dimethoxytrityl; R 22 is H and R 23 is a ⁇ -cyanoethyl, N-diisopropyl phosphoramidite. Still more particularly, R 12 is p-nitrophenylethoxycarbonyl.
  • the oligonucleotides of the present invention may be synthesized in solid phase or in solution. Generally, solid phase synthesis is prefe ⁇ ed.
  • the timing of delivery and concentration of reagents utilized in a coupling cycle will not differ from the protocols typical for unmodified commercial phosphoramidites used in commercial DNA synthesizers. In these cases, one may merely add the solution containing the pteridine derivatives of this invention to a receptacle on a port provided for an extra phosphoramidite on a commercial synthesizer (e.g., model 380B, Applied Biosystems, Foster City, California, U.S.A.).
  • a commercial synthesizer e.g., model 380B, Applied Biosystems, Foster City, California, U.S.A.
  • the coupling efficiency of a particular derivatized pteridine compound is substantially lower than the other phosphoramidites, it may be necessary to alter the timing of delivery or the concentration of the reagent in order to optimize the synthesis.
  • coupling efficiency may be estimated by comparing the ratio of truncated to full length oligonucleotides utilizing, for example, capillary electrophoresis or HPLC.
  • Solid phase oligonucleotide synthesis may be performed using a number of solid supports.
  • a suitable support is one which provides a functional group for the attachment of a protected monomer which will become the 3' terminal base in the synthesized oligonucleotide.
  • the support must be inert to the reagents utilized in the particular synthesis chemistry.
  • Suitable supports are well known to those of skill in the art.
  • Solid support materials include, but are not limited to polacryloylmorpholide, silica, controlled pore glass (CPG), polystyrene, polystyrene/latex, and carboxyl modified teflon.
  • Prefe ⁇ ed supports are amino-functionalized controlled pore glass and carboxyl- functionalized teflon.
  • Solid phase oligonucleotide synthesis requires, as a starting point, a fully protected monomer (e.g., a protected nucleoside) coupled to the solid support. This coupling is typically through the 3 '-hydroxyl (oxo when coupled) covalently bound to a linker which is, in turn, covalently bound to the solid support.
  • the first synthesis cycle then couples a nucleotide monomer, via its 3'-phosphate, to the 5'-hydroxyl of the bound nucleoside through a condensation reaction that forms a 3 '-5' phosphodiester linkage.
  • Subsequent synthesis cycles add nucleotide monomers to the 5'-hydroxyl of the last bound nucleotide. In this manner an oligonucleotide is synthesized in a 3' to 5' direction producing a "growing" oligonucleotide with its 3' terminus attached to the solid support.
  • nucleoside monomers to a solid support
  • monomers covalently linked through a succinate or hemisuccinate to controlled pore glass are generally prefe ⁇ ed.
  • Conventional protected nucleosides coupled through a hemisuccinate to controlled pore glass are commercially available from a number of sources (e.g., Glen Research, Sterling,
  • Placement of a pteridine nucleotide at the 3' end of an oligonucleotide requires initiating oligonucleotide synthesis with a fully blocked furanosyl pteridine linked to the solid support.
  • linkage of the pteridine nucleoside is accomplished by first derivatizing the pteridine nucleotide as a hemisuccinate. The hemisuccinate may then be attached to amino functionalized controlled pore glass in a condensation reaction using mesitylene-2-sulfonyl chloride/ 1- methyl-lH-imidazole as a condensing agent.
  • Controlled pore glass functionalized with a number of different reactive groups is commercially available (e.g. , Sigma Chemical, St. Louis, Missouri, U.S.A.). A similar coupling scheme is described by Atkinson et al, chapter 3 in Gait, ed. , Oligonucleotide Synthesis: A Practical Approach, IRL Press, Washington, D.C., (1984). Triisopropylbenzenesulfonyl chloride, imidazolides, triazolides or even the tetrazolides may also be used as condensing agents. Dicyclohexylcarbodiimide (DCC) and structural analogs are also suitable linkers.
  • DCC dicyclohexylcarbodiimide
  • this invention therefore provides for pteridine nucleotides in which the 5 '-hydroxyl is derivatized as a hemisuccinate which may then be covalently bound to a solid support; more specifically to controlled pore glass.
  • Particularly prefe ⁇ ed are compounds illustrated by formulas HI through XI derivatized in this manner.
  • this invention provides for compounds of formula HI where R 12 is NH 2 mono- or disubstituted with a protecting group and R 20 is formula H in which R 23 is a hemisuccinate, or a hemisuccinate covalently bound to a solid support. More particularly, R 21 of formula H is a dimethoxytrityl; R 22 is H; and R 23 is a hemisuccinate covalently bound to controlled pore glass. Still more particularly R 12 is dimethylaminomethylenamino.
  • this invention provides for compounds of formula IV where R 12 is NH 2 mono- or disubstituted with a protecting group and R 20 is formula H in which R 23 is a hemisuccinate, or a hemisuccinate covalently bound to a solid support. More particularly, R 21 of formula H is a dimethoxytrityl; R 22 is H; and R 23 is a hemisuccinate covalently bound to controlled pore glass. Still more particularly R 12 is dimethylaminomethylenamino.
  • this invention provides for compounds of formula V where R 20 is formula H in which R 23 is a hemisuccinate, or a hemisuccinate covalently bound to a solid support. More particularly, R 21 of formula H is a dimethoxytrityl; R 22 is H; and R 23 is a hemisuccinate covalently bound to controlled pore glass.
  • this invention provides for compounds of formula VI where R 16 is NH 2 mono- or disubstituted with a protecting group and R 20 is formula H in which R 23 is a hemisuccinate, or a hemisuccinate covalently bound to a solid support. More particularly, R 21 of formula H is a dimethoxytrityl; R 22 is H; and R 23 is a hemisuccinate covalently bound to controlled pore glass. Still more particularly R 16 is dimethylaminomethylenamino.
  • this invention provides for compounds of formula VH where R 16 is NH 2 mono- or disubstituted with a protecting group and R 20 is formula H in which R 23 is a hemisuccinate, or a hemisuccinate covalently bound to a solid support. More particularly, R 21 of formula H is a dimethoxytrityl; R 22 is H; and R 23 is a hemisuccinate covalently bound to controlled pore glass. Still more particularly R 16 is dimethylaminomethylenamino.
  • this invention provides for compounds of formula VHI where R 12 is NH 2 mono- or disubstituted with a protecting group and R 17 is formula H in which R 23 is a hemisuccinate, or a hemisuccinate covalently bound to a solid support. More particularly, R 21 of formula H is a dimethoxytrityl; R 22 is H; and R 23 is a hemisuccinate covalently bound to controlled pore glass. Still more particularly R 12 is p-nitrophenylethoxycarbonyl.
  • this invention provides for compounds of formula IX where R 12 is NH 2 mono- or disubstituted with a protecting group and R 17 is formula H in which R 23 is a hemisuccinate, or a hemisuccinate covalently bound to a solid support. More particularly, R 21 of formula H is a dimethoxytrityl; R 22 is H; and R 23 is a hemisuccinate covalently bound to controlled pore glass. Still more particularly R 12 is p-nitrophenylethoxycarbonyl.
  • this invention provides for compounds of formula X where R 12 is NH 2 mono- or disubstituted with a protecting group and R 17 is formula H in which R 23 is a hemisuccinate, or a hemisuccinate covalently bound to a solid support. More particularly, R 21 of formula H is a dimethoxytrityl; R 22 is H; and R 23 is a hemisuccinate covalently bound to controlled pore glass. Still more particularly R 12 is p-nitrophenylethoxycarbonyl.
  • this invention provides for compounds of formula XI where R 12 is NH 2 mono- or disubstituted with a protecting group and R 17 is formula H in which R 23 is a hemisuccinate, or a hemisuccinate covalently bound to a solid support. More particularly, R 21 of formula H is a dimethoxytrityl; R 22 is H; and R 23 is a hemisuccinate covalently bound to controlled pore glass. Still more particularly R 12 is p-nitrophenylethoxycarbonyl.
  • the deprotection reagents may also cleave the ester function of the succinyl spacer linking the 3' terminal nucleoside to the solid support.
  • the coupling scheme described by Stengele et al, Tetrahedron Lett. , 18: 2549- 2552 (1990) which is incorporated herein by reference, is preferred.
  • solid supports dihydroxypropyl-CPG, 500 A and 1400 A, Fluka AG, Switzerland, Catalog Nos: 27754, 27764, 2770
  • N,N'-carbonyldiimiazole 1,6-bismethylaminohexane as an aliphatic secondary amine spacer.
  • This compound is then coupled with the appropriately protected 2'-nucleoside-3'-O-succinates and the free hydroxyl groups of the solid support are subsequently with acetic anhydride and 4- dimethylaminopyridine (DMAP).
  • DMAP 4- dimethylaminopyridine
  • This linker is completely stable under the deprotection conditions used for p-nitrophenylethoxycarbonyl and p-nitrophenylethyl groups, while cleavage from the matrix can be achieved normally under hydrolytic conditions in concentrated ammonia in less than two hours.
  • the protecting groups are removed (the oligonucleotide is deprotected), and the oligonucleotide is then cleaved from the solid support prior to use. (Where a teflon solid support is used, the oligonucleotide may be left permanently attached to the support to produce an affinity column.) Cleavage and deprotection may occur simultaneously or sequentially in any order.
  • the two procedures may be interspersed so that some protecting groups are removed from the oligonucleotide before it is cleaved off the solid support and other groups are deprotected from the cleaved oligonucleotide in solution.
  • the sequence of events depends on the particular blocking groups present, the particular linkage to a solid support, and the preferences of the individuals performing the synthesis. Where deprotection precedes cleavage, the protecting groups may be washed away from the oligonucleotide which remains bound on the solid support. Conversely, where deprotection follows cleavage, the removed protecting groups will remain in solution with the oligonucleotide. Often the oligonucleotide will require isolation from these protecting groups prior to use.
  • the protecting group on the 5 '-hydroxyl is removed at the last stage of synthesis.
  • the oligonucleotide is then cleaved off the solid support, and the remaining deprotection occurs in solution.
  • Removal of the 5'-hydroxyl protecting group typically just requires treatment with the same reagent utilized throughout the synthesis to remove the terminal 5 '-hydroxyl groups prior to coupling the next nucleotide monomer.
  • deprotection may be accomplished by treatment with acetic acid, dichloroacetic acid or trichloroacetic acid.
  • both cleavage and deprotection of the exocyclic amines are effected by first exposing the oligonucleotide attached to a solid phase support (via a base-labile bond) to the cleavage reagent for about 1-2 hours, so that the oligonucleotide is released from the solid support, and then heating the cleavage reagent containing the released oligonucleotide for at least 20-60 minutes at about 80-90 °C so that the protecting groups attached to the exocyclic amines are removed.
  • the deprotection step may alternatively take place at a lower temperature, but must be carried out for a longer period of time (e.g. , the heating can be at 55 °C for 5 hours).
  • the prefe ⁇ ed cleavage and deprotection reagent is concentrated ammonia.
  • oligonucleotide is a ribonucleotide and the 2 '-hydroxyl group is blocked with a tert-butyldimethylsilyl(TBDMS) moiety
  • TDMMS tert-butyldimethylsilyl
  • the latter group may be removed using tetrabutylammonium fluoride in tetrahydrofuran at the end of synthesis.
  • Phenoxyacetyl protecting groups can be removed with anhydrous ammonia in alcohol (under these conditions the TBDMS groups are stable and the oligonucleotide is not cleaved).
  • the benzoyl protecting group of cytidine is also removed with anhydrous ammonia in alcohol.
  • the amino groups are preferably deprotected by treatment with a 1 M DBU (l,8-diaza-bicyclo[5.4.0]-undec-7-ene). Cleavage of the oligonucleotide from the solid support is then accomplished by treatment with concentrated ammonia.
  • the single deprotection protocol will then deprotect all the constituent nucleotides of the oligonucleotide.
  • Cleaved and fully deprotected oligonucleotides may be used directly (after lyophilization or evaporation to remove the deprotection reagent) in a number of applications, or they may be purified prior to use.
  • Purification of synthetic oligonucleotides is generally desired to isolate the full length oligonucleotide from the protecting groups that were removed in the deprotection step and, more importantly, from the truncated oligonucleotides that were formed when oligonucleotides that failed to couple with the next nucleotide monomer were capped during synthesis.
  • Oligonucleotide purification techniques are well known to those of skill in the art. Methods include, but are not limited to, thin layer chromatography (TLC) on silica plates, gel electrophoresis, size fractionation (e.g., using a Sephadex column), reverse phase high performance liquid chromatography (HPLC) and anion exchange chromatography (e.g., using the mono-Q column, Pharmacia-LKB, Piscataway, New Jersey, U.S.A.).
  • TLC thin layer chromatography
  • HPLC reverse phase high performance liquid chromatography
  • anion exchange chromatography e.g., using the mono-Q column, Pharmacia-LKB, Piscataway, New Jersey, U.S.A.
  • the oligonucleotides of the present invention contain pteridine nucleotides at one or more positions in the sequence, either internal to the sequence or terminal.
  • An oligonucleotide of the present invention may contain a single pteridine derivative at one or more locations or may contain two or more different pteridine derivatives.
  • the oligonucleotide may consist entirely of pteridine nucleotides or contain naturally occurring and/or modified nucleotides. Modified nucleotides are well known to those of skill in the art and include, but are not limited to, inosine, 5-bromodeoxycytidine, 5- bromo-deoxyuridine, JS -methyl-deoxyadenosine and 5-methyl-deoxycytidine.
  • Phosphoramidite forms of these nucleotides are commercially available from a number of suppliers including, for example, Applied Biosystems, Inc. Foster City, California, U.S.A., Clonetech, Palo Alto, California, U.S.A., and Glen Research, Sterling, Vermont, U.S.A..
  • this invention provides for oligonucleotides comprising one or more nucleotide monomers having formula XH.
  • the nucleotide monomers are pteridine derivatives with ring vertices 1 through 8 as shown where R 11 through R 16 , R 18 , and R 19 are as described for formula I except that the protecting groups are eliminated.
  • R 12 when not combined with R", is NH 2 and R 16 , when not combined with R 15 , is H, phenyl, or NH 2 .
  • R 17 when not combined with R 15 , and R 20 when not combined with R 18 , are compounds of formula XIH.
  • R 22 represents a hydrogen or a hydroxyl
  • the oligonucleotides of the present invention comprise monomers of formula XH where R 14 is hydrogen, a methyl or a phenyl, more particularly a hydrogen or a methyl.
  • the oligonucleotides of the present invention comprise monomers of formula XH where R 16 , when not combined with R 15 , is a hydrogen, a phenyl, or an amino group, more particularly a hydrogen and a phenyl.
  • the oligonucleotides of the present invention comprise monomers of formula XH where when R 18 is combined with R 20 , R 19 is a hydrogen or a methyl.
  • the oligonucleotides of the present invention comprise monomers of formula XH where R 14 is a hydrogen, a methyl, or a phenyl; R 16 is a hydrogen, a phenyl or an amino; and, when R 18 is combined with R 20 , R 19 is a hydrogen or a methyl.
  • oligonucleotides comprising one or more of nine nucleotide monomers are particularly preferred.
  • the first prefe ⁇ ed nucleotide monomer is illustrated by formula XH where R" is combined with R 13 to form a double bond between ring vertices 3 and 4; R 12 is an amino group; R 14 is a hydrogen; R 15 is combined with R 17 to form a double bond between ring vertices 1 and 2; R 16 is a phenyl, R 18 is combined with R 19 to form a single oxo oxygen joined by a double bond to ring vertex 7; and R 20 is formula XIV.
  • This nucleotide monomer is illustrated by formula XIV where R 22 is H or OH and more preferably R 22 is H.
  • a second prefe ⁇ ed nucleotide monomer is illustrated by formula XH where R 11 is combined with R 13 to form a double bond between ring vertices 3 and 4; R 12 is NH 2 .
  • R 14 is a phenyl; R 15 is combined with R 17 to form a double bond between ring vertices 1 and 2; R 16 is a hydrogen, R 18 is combined with R 19 to form a single oxo oxygen joined by a double bond to ring vertex 7; and R 20 is formula XHI.
  • This nucleotide monomer is illustrated by formula XV where R 22 is H or OH and more preferably R 22 is H.
  • a third prefe ⁇ ed nucleotide monomer is illustrated by formula XH where R" is combined with R 12 to form a single oxo oxygen joined by a double bond to ring vertex 4; R 13 is CH 3 ; R 14 is H; R 15 is combined with R 17 to form a double bond between ring vertices 1 and 2; R 16 is NH 2 ; R 18 is combined with R 19 to form a single oxo oxygen joined by a double bond to ring vertex 7; and R 20 is formula XHI.
  • This nucleotide monomer is illustrated by formula XVI where R 22 is H or OH and more preferably R 22 is H.
  • a fourth preferred nucleotide monomer is illustrated by formula XH where R n is combined with R 12 to form a single oxo oxygen joined by a double bond to ring vertex 4; R 13 is H; R 14 is H; R 15 is combined with R 17 to form a double bond between ring vertices 1 and 2; R 16 is NH 2 ; R 18 is combined with R 19 to form a single oxo oxygen joined by a double bond to ring vertex 7; and R 20 is formula XHI.
  • This nucleotide monomer is illustrated by formula XVIH where R 22 is H or OH and more preferably R 22 is H.
  • a fifth prefe ⁇ ed nucleotide monomer is illustrated by formula XH where R n is combined with R 12 to form a single oxo oxygen joined by a double bond to ring vertex 4; R 13 is a hydrogen; R 14 is CH 3 ; R 15 is combined with R 17 to form a double bond between ring vertices 1 and 2; R 16 is NH 2 ; R 18 is combined with R 19 to form a single oxo oxygen joined by a double bond to ring vertex 7; and R 20 is formula XHI.
  • This nucleotide monomer is illustrated by formula XVIH where R 22 is H or OH and more preferably R 22 is H.
  • a sixth preferred nucleotide monomer is illustrated by formula XH where R 11 is combined with R 13 to form a double bond between ring vertices 3 and 4; R 12 is NH 2 ; R 14 is CH 3 ; R 15 is combined with R 16 to form a single oxo oxygen joined by a double bond to ring vertex 2; R 17 is formula XHI; R 18 is combined with R 20 to form a double bond between ring vertices 7 and 8; and R 19 is CH 3 .
  • This nucleotide monomer is illustrated by formula XIX where R 22 is H or OH and more preferably R 22 is H.
  • a seventh prefe ⁇ ed nucleotide monomer is illustrated by formula XH where R n is combined with R 13 to form a double bond between ring vertices 3 and 4; R 12 is NH 2 ; R 14 is H; R 15 is combined with R 16 to form a single oxo oxygen joined by a double bond to ring vertex 2; R 17 is formula XHI; R 18 is combined with R 20 to form a double bond between ring vertices 7 and 8, and R 19 is CH 3 .
  • This nucleotide monomer is illustrated by formula XX where R 22 is H or OH and more preferably R 22 is H.
  • An eighth prefe ⁇ ed nucleotide monomer is illustrated by formula XH where R n is combined with R 13 to form a double bond between ring vertices 3 and 4; R 12 is NH 2 ; R 14 is CH 3 ; R 15 is combined with R 16 to form a single oxo oxygen joined by a double bond to ring vertex 2, R 17 is formula XHI, R 18 is combined with R 20 to form a double bond between ring vertices 7 and 8, and R 19 is H.
  • This nucleotide monomer is illustrated by formula XXI where R 22 is H or OH and more preferably R 22 is H.
  • a ninth preferred nucleotide monomer is illustrated by formula XH where R" is combined with R 13 to form a double bond between ring vertices 3 and 4; R 12 is NH 2 ; R 14 is H; R 15 is combined with R 16 to form a single oxo oxygen joined by a double bond to ring vertex 2; R 17 is formula XHI; R 18 is combined with R 20 to form a double bond between ring vertices 7 and 8; and R 19 is H.
  • This nucleotide monomer is illustrated by formula XXH where R 22 is H or OH and more preferably R 22 is H.
  • pteridine nucleotides and their position within the oligonucleotide sequence will depend on the particular application for which the oligonucleotide is intended.
  • One of skill in the art would recognize that the fluorescent signal of the pteridine derivative will be affected by pH and the particular chemistry of the neighboring molecules.
  • neighboring purines will tend to quench the signal more than neighboring pyrimidines.
  • Purines as primary neighbors severely quench the signal, and they have a significant effect even as secondary neighbors.
  • Tertiary purines are not as powerful quenchers.
  • proximity to an end of the nucleotide minimizes the quench of the signal.
  • the pteridine nucleotides be located at or near a terminus and adjacent to one or more pyrimidines to reduce quenching of the signal.
  • the oligonucleotide only provide a signal when it is cut (e.g. , by an endonuclease)
  • quenching groups purines
  • the pteridine nucleotides are located at the 3' end, while in another embodiment, the pteridine nucleotides are located at the 5' end of the oligonucleotides of the present invention.
  • the oligonucleotides of the present invention comprise pteridine nucleotide monomers which are su ⁇ ounded by 1 to 10 pyrimidine monomers.
  • oligonucleotides of the present invention are not limited to short single stranded sequences.
  • One of skill would recognize that while oligonucleotide synthesis typically has an upper limit of approximately 200 bases, a number of oligonucleotides may be ligated together to form longer sequences.
  • oligonucleotides having complementary sequences may be hybridized together to form double-stranded molecules. Methods of hybridizing and ligating oligonucleotides to form longer double stranded molecules are well known. See, for example, Sambrook et al. , Molecular Cloning - A Laboratory Manual, Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory, Cold Spring Harbor, New York, 1985).
  • the pteridine derivatives of the present invention are structurally analogous to naturally occurring purines. When incorporated into an oligonucleotide, they act as a fluorescent tag, but do not alter the physical and chemical properties of the oligonucleotide as severely as cu ⁇ ently available fluorescent tags. In some cases the perturbations are so minimal as to allow the oligonucleotide to act as an enzyme substrate permitting the enzyme catalyzed reaction to occur even when the substitution has been made at a site known to be critical for the enzyme function. Thus the oligonucleotides of this invention are particularly useful in the investigation of DNA-protein interactions.
  • Integrase is a viral integration protein that has been implicated in the incorporation of HIV viral genes into the human genome. Engleman et al. Cell, 67: 1211-1221 (1991). Thus integrase appears crucial to the HIV infection of cells and may provide an important target for AIDS antiviral research.
  • a specific DNA sequence (5'-GTG TGG AAA ATC TCT AGC AGT-3', Sequence I.D. No: 1) has been used as an effective model for the HIV integrase enzyme. Id. The enzyme functions in a step-wise manner to achieve preparation and actual insertion of the HIV genome into the genome of the host cell.
  • the first step in the mechanism appears to be cleavage of a dinucleotide from the 3' end of the sequence leaving a 5' overhang.
  • a number of the pteridine nucleotides of the present invention e.g., compounds illustrated by formula V or formula VI
  • the neighboring purine will quench the signal of the pteridine nucleotide.
  • Cleavage of the nucleotide from the strand by integrase releases the quenched fluorescent signal and allows real-time monitoring of the reaction by detecting the increase in fluorescence. This provides a simple and rapid assay for the activity of the integrase enzyme.
  • the oligonucleotides of the present invention are DNA sequences that model the U5 end of HIV-1 DNA, act as a substrate for integrase and are selected from the group consisting of:
  • A is an adenosine nucleotide
  • C is a cytosine nucleotide
  • G is a guanosine nucleotide
  • T is a thymidine nucleotide
  • N is a pteridine nucleotide of formula XVI, formula XVH, or formula XVHI in which R 22 is H or OH and more preferably R 22 is H.
  • the pteridine nucleotides and pteridine oligonucleotides may be utilized to investigate the interaction of DNA with other molecules in a number of contexts.
  • the pteridine nucleotides of formulas XIX, XX, XXI, and XXH may achieve an energy transfer with most of the other claimed compounds. These compounds may be used to monitor the insertion of foreign DNA into a host genome where a DNA strand containing the nucleotide would be brought into proximity to another DNA strand containing one of the other claimed compounds. This would create an energy transfer with the resulting emission of a new discreet signal.
  • the pteridine derivatives of this invention may also be Used simply as fluorescent labels to label almost any biological molecule.
  • the unprotected pteridines alone may be linked by the pteridine IN or 8N, either directly or through a linker or spacer to a composition it is desired to label.
  • the pteridine nucleosides may be used as fluorescent labels. They may be linked preferably through the 5'-hydroxyl, the 3'-phosphate, or the 2'-hydroxyl (in the case of a ribofuranose) directly, or through a linker, to the composition it is desired to label.
  • Such labeled compositions may include, but are not limited to, biological molecules such as antibodies, ligands, cell surface receptors, and enzymes.
  • oligonucleotides in vitro or in vivo are well known to those of skill in the art. These means include, but are not limited to, direct visualization, fluorescence microscopy, fluorometers, photographic detection, detection using image intensifiers, photomultipliers, video cameras, and the like. Of course, the selection of a particular method depends on the particular experiment. For example, where the oligonucleotides are used as an assay for enzyme activity or for energy transfer between a pair of molecules, the reactions may be carried out in solution in a fluorometer. Where the oligonucleotides are used as probes for in situ hybridization, detection may be with an image acquisition system (e.g. , using a CCD video camera on a fluorescence microscope coupled to an image processing system).
  • image acquisition system e.g. , using a CCD video camera on a fluorescence microscope coupled to an image processing system.
  • the nucleotide triphosphate compounds of the present invention may be utilized as monomers for DNA synthesis in DNA amplification techniques such as polymerase chain reaction (Innis, et al. , PCR Protocols. A Guide to Methods and Application. Academic Press, Inc. San Diego, (1990)), ligase chain reaction (LCR) (see Wu et al , Genomics, 4: 560 (1989), Landegren, et al, Science, 241: 1077 (1988) and Barringer, et al, Gene, 89: 117 (1990)), transcription amplification (see Kwoh, et al, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci.
  • LCR ligase chain reaction
  • Amplification utilizing the pteridine nucleotides of this invention provides a rapid assay for a particular DNA sequence. Where the presence or absence of a particular DNA sequence is diagnostic of a pathological condition (e.g., AIDS), amplification using the pteridine nucleotide triphosphates provides an extremely sensitive and rapid diagnostic tool. For example, if PCR amplification is used, a pair of PCR primers will be chosen that are complementary to the DNA sequences flanking the DNA sequence of interest.
  • the DNA sequence between the primers will be amplified.
  • This amplified DNA sequence will contain the pteridine nucleotide triphosphates.
  • the amplified sequence may be separated from the remaining monomers in the mixture by simple size fractionation (e.g. , by using an NAP column, Pharmacia-LKB, Piscataway, New Jersey, U.S.A.) or other techniques well known to those of skill in the art.
  • the presence or absence of the amplified sequence may then be immediately detected by measuring the fluorescence of the remaining mixture.
  • fluorescence polarization (FP) measurements can be used to detect a positive or negative PCR reaction without the necessity of separating the PCR products from the primers and nucleotide monomers.
  • the technique uses pteridine nucleotide monomers or alternatively relatively short primers, about 25 base pairs each, that incorporate pteridine nucleotide monomers.
  • the resulting mixture is analyzed using FP, by passing a beam of polarized light at an excitatory wavelength through the mixture. If the target sequence is not present in the starting mixture, the fluorescent primers will remain in solution as relatively small single-stranded fragments, or the fluorescent nucleotide monomers will remain in solution as relatively small molecules. Both the monomers or the short primer fragments will emit a relatively scattered and non-polarized fluorescent light.
  • the invention provides for pteridine nucleotide triphosphates of formula I.
  • Particularly prefe ⁇ ed are the triphosphate compounds of formulas HI through XI.
  • a first prefe ⁇ ed triphosphate is formula HI in which R 12 is NH 2 and R 20 is formula H in which R 21 is a triphosphate, R 22 is H, and R 23 is H.
  • a second prefe ⁇ ed triphosphate is formula IV in which R 12 is NH 2 and R 20 is formula H in which R 21 is a triphosphate, R 22 is H, and R 23 is H.
  • a third prefe ⁇ ed triphosphate is formula V in which R 20 is formula H in which R 21 is a triphosphate, R 22 is H, and R 23 is H.
  • a fourth prefe ⁇ ed triphosphate is formula VI in which R 16 is NH 2 and R 20 is formula H in which R 21 is a triphosphate, R 22 is H, and R 23 is H.
  • a fifth prefe ⁇ ed triphosphate is formula VH in which R 16 is NH 2 and R 20 is formula H in which R 21 is a triphosphate, R 22 is H, and R 23 is H.
  • a sixth prefe ⁇ ed triphosphate is formula VHI in which R 12 is NH 2 and R 17 is formula H in which R 21 is a triphosphate, R 22 is H, and R 23 is H.
  • a seventh prefe ⁇ ed triphosphate is formula IX in which R 12 is NH 2 and R 17 is formula H in which R 21 is a triphosphate, R 22 is H, and R 23 is H.
  • a eighth prefe ⁇ ed triphosphate is formula X in which R 12 is NH 2 and R 17 is formula H in which R 21 is a triphosphate, R 22 is H, and R 23 is H.
  • An ninth prefe ⁇ ed triphosphate is formula XI in which R 12 is NH 2 and R 17 is formula H in which R 21 is a triphosphate, R 22 is H, and R 23 is H.
  • kits useful in implementing the above-described assay take a variety of forms and can comprise one or more containers containing the sequence specific amplification primers and one or more pteridine nucleotide triphosphates.
  • Other optional components of the kit include, for example, a polymerase, means used to separate the monomers from the amplified mixture, and the appropriate buffers for PCR or other amplification reactions.
  • the kit can also contain instructions for carrying out the described method.
  • the claimed pteridine nucleotides can be synthesized by standard methods well known to one of skill in the art.
  • the protected pteridine derivative is reacted with a chlorofuranose having its 3'- and 5'-hydroxyls protected as their 4-chlorobenzoyl or paratoluenesulfonyl esters to produce a pteridine nucleoside.
  • a chlorofuranose having its 3'- and 5'-hydroxyls protected as their 4-chlorobenzoyl or paratoluenesulfonyl esters
  • a chlorofuranose having its 3'- and 5'-hydroxyls protected as their 4-chlorobenzoyl or paratoluenesulfonyl esters
  • the starting pteridine may contain an amine substituent which is protected prior to further manipulation (e.g. see compounds of formula HI).
  • an amine may be introduced at a later stage by conversion of an oxo moiety to a thione followed by amination with ammonia (e.g. see Example 8 describing the synthesis of a phosphoramidite of formula VHI).
  • Yet another method for introducing an amine uses a starting pteridine bearing a methylthio substituent in the 2 position (e.g. see Example 7 describing the synthesis of a phosphoramidite of formula V). After coupling with the desired chlorofuranose the protecting groups are removed and the methylthio group is displaced with ammonia. The 5 '-hydroxyl of the nucleoside is blocked with a protecting group
  • dimethoxytrityl preferably dimethoxytrityl
  • Means of coupling protecting groups are well known to those of skill in the art.
  • the coupling of a dimethoxytrityl group is illustrated in Examples 6 through 9. Briefly, this is accomplished by reaction of the nucleoside with dimethoxytrityl chloride in dry pyridine.
  • Other protocols are generally known to those of skill in the art. See, for example, Atkinson et al , chapter 3, in Gait, ed., Oligonucleotide Synthesis: A Practical Approach (IRL Press, Washington, D.C., 1984), which is incorporated herein by reference.
  • the 3 '-hydroxyl of the pteridine nucleoside can be converted to its respective hemisuccinate (for coupling to CPG as describe earlier), phosphoramidite, H- phosphonate, or triphosphate using methods well known to those of skill in the art.
  • conversion of the nucleoside 3 '-hydroxyl to a hemisuccinate may be accomplished by reaction with succinic anhydride.
  • succinic anhydride Atkinson et al , chapter 3, in Gait, ed., Oligonucleotide Synthesis: A Practical Approach (IRL Press, Washington, D.C., 1984) which is incorporated herein by reference describe the functionalization of control pore glass and the synthesis and coupling of nucleoside-3'-O succinates.
  • phosphorous (III) trichloride derivatives are used to directly phosphitylate the 3 '-hydroxyl of the nucleoside. More specifically, phosphorous (III) triimidazolide may be used to phosphitylate the 3'- hydroxyl. This method is described in detail by Garegg et al Chemica Scripta, 25: 280- 282 (1985) and by Tocik et al. Nucleic Acids Res. , 18: 193 (1987) both of which are incorporated herein by reference.
  • Derivatization of the 3 '-hydroxyl as a triphosphate may be accomplished by a number of means known to those of skill in the art.
  • the monophosphate may be synthesized chemically as described below and then enzymatically converted to the diphosphate and then to the triphosphate using the appropriate nucleotide monophosphate and diphosphate kinases respectively.
  • the nucleoside may be chemically derivatized as the triphosphate. This may be accomplished by reacting the nucleoside with trimethyl phosphate and POCl 3 and then adding a triethylammonium bicarbonate buffer to form the nucleotide monophosphate which may then be purified chromatographically. The nucleotide monophosphate is then activated using carbonyldiimidazole and coupled with tributylammonium pyrophosphate to form the nucleotide triphosphate. The nucleotide triphosphate may then be precipitated as a sodium salt which is more stable than the trierthyklammonium salt and can be stored without decomposition. Details of the derivatization of a nucleoside to the nucleotide triphosphate are provided in Example 10.
  • the syntheses of the pteridine derivatives of the present invention are described in detail in the examples.
  • the syntheses of pteridine nucleosides of formulas HI, VI, IX, X and XI are illustrated in Examples 1 through 5 respectively.
  • the syntheses of the pteridine nucleotide phosphoramidites of formulas IV, V, VHI and VH are illustrated in Examples 6, through 9.
  • the conversion of pteridine nucleosides to pteridine nucleotide triphosphates is illustrated in Example 10.
  • the synthesis, cleavage and deprotection of deoxyoligonucleotides incorporating one of the claimed pteridine nucleotides is illustrated in Example 11.
  • the use of the claimed oligonucleotides in an assay for integrase activity is illustrated in Example 12.
  • the examples are provided to illustrate, but not to limit the claimed invention.
  • a solution of 3.8 g sodium in 100 mL benzylalcohol is heated in an oil bath with 21.6 g 6-chloro-2,4-diamino-pyrimidine (6) for 3 hours at 160°C.
  • the surplus alcohol is distilled off in vacuum.
  • a) The oily residue is thoroughly washed in warm water thereby giving rise to a rubbery substance.
  • the warm solution is dissolved in warm 30% acetic acid, faded with activated charcoal and brought to pH 6 using diluted ammonia.
  • an oily mass initially separates out, followed by a crystalline substance.
  • the crystals are separated from the congealed oil by means of excitation, decanting and filtration.
  • the oily residue is then heated and cooled several times to become crystalline.
  • the clear filtered solution is boiled down in vacuum to a syrup-like consistency and the remaining methanol is separated off by repeated boiling in vacuum while adding small amounts of dry pyridine. Finally the mixture is dissolved in 80 mL pyridine and acylated with 34 g (0.22 mole) p- toluylchloride while cooling. The mixture is then heated for two hours at 40-50 °C or is allowed to stand overnight at room temperature. Water is added, after which the mixture is partitioned with 200 mL ether. The ether solution is then washed free of pyridine using H 2 O followed by dilute sulphuric acid followed by potassium hydrogen carbonate solution. The mixture is then boiled down in vacuum to form a honey-yellow syrup.
  • Methylglyoxalmonoaldoxime may be synthesized according to the protocol of G. Charrier Gazz. Chim. Italy 37: 145 (1907). To 30 mL of an acetic acid/H 2 O solution (1/1) is added 5.8 g (0.1 mole) of acetone. The solution is then cooled to 0°C. A solution of 7.6 g (0.11 mole) of sodium nitrite in 20 mL of H 2 O is added dropwise with stirring. The solution is then sti ⁇ ed for another 3 hours at room temperature and then evaporated carefully in vacuum. The residue is extracted with benzene to give, on partial evaporation, 24 as colorless crystals. The crystals can be further purified by sublimation in high vacuum. b) 4-Amino-6-methyl-pteridine-2-one (25)
  • the carmine red- colored precipitate is collected after two hours and washed with three small portions of chilled H 2 O.
  • the moist precipitate is suspended in 400 mL of H 2 O and 45 g of sodium hydrosulfite is added and the mixture is boiled for three minutes during which time the substance is bleached.
  • 53 mL of 18 N sulfuric acid is carefully added.
  • the fixture is boiled for a few minutes and filtered after Norite treatment to yield, on chilling 29 which can be recrystallized from 2 N sulfuric acid.
  • HMDS hexamethyldisilazane
  • 4- amino- l-methyl-2-methylthio-6-oxodihydropyrimidine (43) in 1 L of 30% acetic acid was added dropwise a solution of 50 g of sodium nitrite in 100 mL of H 2 O. The mixture was sti ⁇ ed for an additional hour at room temperature and then cooled in a refrigerator overnight.
  • Crystals of 3-methyl-2-methylthio-pteridine-4,7-dione (47) were dried in a drying oven at 100°C under high vacuum. Then 5.6 g (25 mmol) of the dried crystals were suspended in 250 mL of anhydrous acetonitrile under argon atmosphere with 12.9 g of 2-deoxy-3,5-di-O-(4-chlorobenzoyl)-D-ribofuranosyl chloride (made as in Example 3, step (a) for the toluyl derivative). Then 3 mL of hexamethyldisilazane and 2 mL of trimethylsilyl chloride were added.
  • the mixture was sti ⁇ ed for 30 minutes and then 7.4 mL of SnCl 4 was added dropwise within 2 minutes. After exactly 20 min of reaction the mixture was poured slowly into 1200 mL of a chilled saturated aqueous solution of sodium bicarbonate. The solution was then extracted three times with 200 mL of ethyl acetate each. The pooled organic layers were washed with a saturated solution of NaCl, dried over MgSO 4 , evaporated to dryness and coevaporated three times with CH 2 C1 2 . The resulting residue consisting mainly of an , ⁇ anomeric nucleoside mixture was separated by fractional recrystallization.
  • the first crystallization was done with 200 mL methanol/350 mL ethyl acetate.
  • the resulting precipitate was again recrystallized from 200 mL methanol/280 mL ethyl acetate and then the resulting solid once more recrystallized from 200 mL methanol /500 mL ethyl acetate leading to 4.54 g of colorless crystals consisting of pure ⁇ -nucleoside (m.p. 188-191 °C, 29% yield).
  • step (b) The synthesis of 4,5-diaminouracil-hydrochloride, used in step (b) is described by Sherman & Taylor, Org. Syn. Coll. Vol IV, 247.
  • 1 L of absolute (99.8%) ethanol To this was added 39.4 g (1.72 g. atom) of sodium, and, after solution is complete, 91.5 mL (97.2 g., 0.86 mole) of ethyl cyanoacetate and 51.5 g (0.86 mole) of urea were added.
  • the mixture was heated under reflux on a steam bath with vigorous stirring for 4 hours. After about 2 hours, the reaction mixture becomes practically solid, and the sti ⁇ er may have to be stopped.
  • the slurry was sti ⁇ ed while being heated on a steam bath, and solid sodium hydrosulfite was added until the red color of the nitroso compound was completely bleached. Then an additional 30 g of sodium hydrosulfite was added; the light tan suspension was sti ⁇ ed with heating for 15 minutes more and was allowed to cool. The dense diaminouracil bisulfite was filtered from the cooled solution, washed well with H 2 O, and partially dried.
  • the crude product was readily purified by conversion to its hydrochloride salt.
  • the bisulfite salt was transfe ⁇ ed to a wide-mouthed 1-L flask, and concentrated hydrochloric acid was added until the consistency of the resulting mixture was such as to permit mechanical stirring (100 to 200 mL of acid).
  • the slurry was heated on a steam bath with stirring for 1 hour.
  • the tan diaminouracil hydrochloride was filtered on a sintered glass funnel, washed well with acetone, and vacuum-dried over phosphorus pentoxide to yield 104-124 g of 52 (68-81 %).
  • the precipitate was purified by boiling it in 500 mL H 2 O, to which a diluted sodium aluminate solution was added until the precipitate was dissolved.
  • the solution was filtered through activated charcoal after which the filtrate was added dropwise into boiling, diluted acetic acid. After cooling, the mixture was dried at a temperature of 100 °C under reduced pressure to give 53 as 17.0 g (79% yield) of virtually colorless crystals (m.p. > 360°C).
  • the first main fraction to appear yielded 6.5 g DC-pure 6,7-dimethyl-l-(2- deoxy-3-5-di-O-p-toluoyl-c_-D-ribofuranosyl)-4-thiolumazine (the isomer) after it was evaporated to a colorless amorphous solid.
  • the subsequent mixed fraction was also evaporated to dryness, recrystallized from 100 mL methanol, after which an additional 2.67 g of colorless crystals of the ⁇ isomer were precipitated out with a melting point of 154-155°C.
  • the filtrate was again evaporated to dryness, poured on a silica gel column (900g) and developed with chloroform/acetone (9:1).
  • the resulting powder was put onto a silica gel column (5.3 x 8.5 cm) previously equilibrated with CH 2 Cl 2 /MeOH mixtures (500 ml of 100: 1, 300 ml of 50: 1 and 500 ml of 9:1). The product fractions were pooled and evaporated to yield 68 as 0.63 g (81 %) of a microcrystalline powder (m.p. > 220°C decomp.).
  • the triethylammonium pteridine-2'-deoxyribonucleoside-5 '-monophosphate (58) (1 mmole) is coevapoprated three times with anhydrous pyridine and then dissolved in 10 mL of anhydrous dimethylformamide (DMF). The solution is stirred overnight after addition of 0.8g (5 mmole) of carbonyldimidazole under anhydrous conditions. Excess carbonyldimidazole is quenched by the adding of 0.33 mL of anhydrous methanol to the solution and stirring for 1 hour. To this solution is added a suspension of 5 mmole of tributylammonium pyrophosphate in 50 mL of anhydrous DMF.
  • DMF dimethylformamide
  • Oligo 1 5'- GTN TGG AAA ATC TCT AGC AGT -3' (Sequence I.D.
  • Oligo 2 5'- GTG TNG AAA ATC TCT AGC AGT -3' (Sequence I.D. No: 2),
  • Oligo 3 5'- GTG TGN AAA ATC TCT AGC AGT -3' (Sequence I.D.
  • Oligo 4 5'- GTG TGG AAA ATC TCT ANC AGT -3' (Sequence I.D.
  • Oligo 5 5'- GTG TGG AAA ATC TCT AGC ANT -3' (Sequence I.D.
  • Oligo 6 5'- GTG TNG AAA ATC TCT ANC AGT -3' (Sequence I.D.
  • Oligo 7 5'- ACT GCT AGA NAT TTT CCA CAC -3' (Sequence I.D. No: 8),
  • Oligo 8 5'- ACT GCT ANA GAT TTT CCA CAC -3' (Sequence I.D.
  • Oligo 9 5'- ACT NCT AGA GAT TTT CCA CAC -3' (Sequence I.D.
  • Oligo 10 5'- ACT GCT NGA GAT TTT CCA CAC -3' (Sequence I.D. No: 11).
  • N pteridine deoxyribonucleotide
  • the dimethoxytrityl blocked pteridine phosphoramidite was placed in bottle port # 5 on the DNA synthesizer. No changes in synthesis protocol were necessary to achieve incorporation of the pteridine nucleotide.
  • the oligonucleotides were cleaved from the solid support by treatment with concentrated ammonia, and deprotected by heating the ammonia solution to 55 °C for 8 hours. Samples where then evaporated to dryness in a Speed Vac Concentrator (Savant, Farmingdale, New York, USA). The oligonucleotides were purified by 19:1 20% polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis. Bands were detected by UV shadowing, excised, and eluted into 0.3 M sodium acetate pH 5.2 using a crush and soak method. Finally, after addition of MgCl 2 to achieve a concentration of 0.1 M, samples were precipitated in ethanol.
  • Table 1 Relative quantum yields of oligonucleotides containing pteridine nucleotides substituted for guanosine at various positions.
  • the oligonucleotide 5'- GTGTGGAAAATCTCTAGCANT -3' (Sequence I.D. No: 6) and its complement 5'- ACTGCTAGAGATTTTCCACAC -3' were synthesized according to the method of Example 11.
  • the oligonucleotides were then annealed together by heating them to 85 °C in a 100 mM NaCl solution and allowing the solution to slowly cool to room temperature. This formed the model substrate, a double- stranded DNA molecule: 5'- GTG TGG AAA ATC TCT AGC ANT -3 • (Sequence
  • HIV-1 integrase protein (3.5 pmol per reaction) was produced via an
  • the protein was stored at -70°C in 1 M NaCl/20 mM Hepes, pH 7.6/1 mM EDTA/1 mM dithiothreitol/20% glycerol (wt/vol).
  • the stock protein (0.44 mg/ml) was first diluted 1:3 in protein storage buffer (1 M NaCl/20 mM Hepes, pH 7.6/1 mM EDTA/1 mM dithiothreitol/20% (wt/vol) glycerol). Subsequent enzyme dilution was at 1:20 in reaction buffer (25 mM
  • the reaction was initiated by addition of the enzyme and was monitored for 10 to 20 minutes in real time by observing the change in fluorescence intensity using a fluorometer (model 8000, SLM-Aminco, Urbana, Illinois, U.S.A.).
  • the excitation wavelength was 360 nm and the emission wavelength was 460 nm.
  • MOLECULE TYPE DNA (genomic)
  • MOLECULE TYPE DNA (genomic)
  • N pteridine nucleotide
  • MOLECULE TYPE DNA (genomic)
  • N pteridine nucleotide
  • MOLECULE TYPE DNA (genomic)
  • N pteridine nucleotide
  • MOLECULE TYPE DNA (genomic)
  • N pteridine nucleotide
  • MOLECULE TYPE DNA (genomic)
  • N pteridine nucleotide
  • MOLECULE TYPE DNA (genomic)
  • MOLECULE TYPE DNA (genomic)
  • N pteridine nucleotide
  • MOLECULE TYPE DNA (genomic)
  • N pteridine nucleotide
  • N pteridine nucleotide
  • N pteridine nucleotide

Landscapes

  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Biochemistry (AREA)
  • Molecular Biology (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Biotechnology (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Genetics & Genomics (AREA)
  • Saccharide Compounds (AREA)
  • Measuring Or Testing Involving Enzymes Or Micro-Organisms (AREA)

Abstract

The invention provides novel pteridine nucleotide which are highly fluorescent under physiological conditions and which may be used in the chemical synthesis of fluorescent oligonucleotides. The invention further provides for fluorescent oligonucleotides comprising one or more pteridine nucleotides. In addition the invention provides for pteridine nucleotide triphosphates which may be used as the constituent monomers in DNA amplification procedures.

Description

PTERIDINE NUCLEOTIDE ANALOGS AS FLUORESCENT DNA
PROBES
BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION
Synthetic oligonucleotides find numerous uses in molecular biology as probes for screening genomic and complementary DNA libraries, as primers for DNA synthesis, sequencing, and amplification, and in the study of DNA-protein interactions. In addition, oligonucleotide probes have proven useful for assaying in vitro gene expression using techniques of in situ hybridization.
Recent improvements in DNA sequencing methods, fluorescent labels, and detection systems have dramatically increased the use of fluorescently labeled oligonucleotides in all of these applications. Typically oligonucleotides are labeled with a fluorescent marker, either directly through a covalent linkage (e.g. , a carbon linker), or indirectly whereby the oligonucleotide is bound to a molecule such as biotin or dioxigenin, which, is subsequently coupled to a fluorescently labeled binding moiety (e.g., streptavidin or a labeled monoclonal antibody).
These fluorescent labeling systems, however, suffer the disadvantage that the fluorescent complexes and their binding moieties are relatively large. The presence of large fluorescent labels and associated linkers may alter the mobility of the oligonucleotide, either through a gel as in sequencing, or through various compartments of a cell.
In addition, the presence of these markers alters the interaction of the oligonucleotide with other molecules either through chemical interactions or through steric hinderance. Thus the presence of these markers makes it difficult to study the interactions of DNA with other molecules such as proteins. The study of protein-DNA interactions is of profound interest as they involve some of the most fundamental mechanisms in biology. They include, for example, the progression of a DNA polymerase or reverse transcriptase along the length of the oligonucleotide, the activation of gene transcription as in the API or steroid hormone pathway, or the insertion of viral DNA into the host genome as mediated by the HIV IN enzyme. For these reasons, it is desirable to obtain a fluorescent moiety analogous in structure to a pyrimidine or purine nucleotide and capable of being incorporated into an oligonucleotide. Such a moiety would preferably render the oligonucleotide molecule fluorescent without significantly altering the size or chemical properties of the oligonucleotide.
Numerous analogs of nucleotides are known. Among them are furanosyl pteridine derivatives. Methods of synthesizing these pteridine derivatives, which are structurally analogous to purine nucleotides, are well known. Indeed, a number of pteridine-derived analogs have been synthesized in the hope of discovering new biologically active compounds. Thus, Pfleiderer (U.S. Patent No. 3, 798,210 and U.S. Patent No. 3,792,036) disclosed a number of pteridine-glycosides which possessed antibacterial and antiviral properties. Pfleiderer, however, did not investigate the fluorescent properties of these compounds. Similarly, Schmidt et al, Chem. Ber. 106: 1952-1975 (1973) describe the ribosidation of a series of pteridine derivatives to produce structural analogs of the nucleoside guanosine, while Harris et al, Liebigs. Ann. Chem. 1457-1468 (1981), describe the synthesis of pteridine derivatives structurally analogous to adenosine. Again, neither reference describes measurements of the fluorescent properties of the nucleosides.
The synthesis of oligonucleotides incorporating lumazine derivatives has been described by Bannwarth et al., Helvetica Chimica Acta. 74: 1991-1999 (1991), Bannwarth et al., Helvetica Chimica Acta. 74: 2000-2007 (1991) and Bannwarth et al. , (European Patent Application No. 0439036A2). Bannwarth et al. utilized the lumazine derivative in conjunction with a bathophenanthroline-ruthenium complex as an energy transfer system in which the lumazine derivative acted as an energy donor and the ruthenium complex acted as an energy receptor. Energy transfer occurred when the two compounds were brought into proximity resulting in fluorescence. The system provided a mechanism for studying the interaction of molecules bearing the two groups. The references, however, did not describe the use of a lumazine derivative alone in an oligonucleotide. In addition, Bannwarth recognized that a major disadvantage of the lumazine derivative was the ". . . relatively low extinction coefficient for the long wave- length absorption of the lumazine chromophore (e=8900 m"1 cm"1 at 324 nm pH 6.9)." Bannwarth et al, Helv. Chim. Acta. , 74: 1991-1999 (1991).
The present invention overcomes the limitations of these prior art compounds by providing a number of pteridine nucleotides which are analogous in structure to purine nucleotides, highly fluorescent under normal physiological conditions, and suitable for use in the chemical synthesis of oligonucleotides.
SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
The present invention provides for pteridine nucleotides of the form:
Figure imgf000005_0001
where R11 is combined with R12 to form a single oxo oxygen joined by a double bond to ring vertex 4, or with R13 to form a double bond between ring vertices 3 and 4; R12, when not combined with R", is either NH2 or NH2 either mono- or disubstituted with a protecting group; R13 when not combined with Rn is a lower alkyl or H; R14 is either H, lower alkyl or phenyl; R15 is combined with R16 to form a single oxo oxygen joined by a double bond to ring vertex 2, or with R17 to form a double bond between ring vertices 1 and 2, such that ring vertices 2 and 4 collectively bear at most one oxo oxygen; and R16 when not combined with R15 is a member selected from the group consisting of H, phenyl, NH2, and NH2 mono- or disubstituted with a protecting group. When R15 is not combined with R16, R18 is combined with R19 to form a single oxo oxygen joined by a double bond to ring vertex 7. When R15 is combined with R16, R18 is combined with R20 to form a double bond between ring vertices 7 and 8, and R19 is either H or a lower alkyl. R17 when not combined with R15, and R20 when not combined with R18, are compounds of formula:
Figure imgf000006_0001
where the symbol R21 represents a hydrogen, protecting groups, or a triphosphate; the symbol R22 represents a hydrogen, a hydroxyl, or a hydroxyl substituted with a protecting group; and R23 represents H, a phosphoramidite, an H-phosphonate, a methyl phosphonate, a phosphorothioate, a phosphotriester, a hemisuccinate, a hemisuccinate covalently bound to a solid support, a dicyclohexylcarbodiimide, and a dicyclohexylcarbodiimide covalently bound to a solid support. When R13 is H and R23 is H, R21 is a triphosphate and when Rn is combined with R13 to form a double bond between ring vertices 3 and 4 and R23 is H, R21 is a triphosphate. These compounds are highly fluorescent under normal physiological conditions, and suitable for use in the chemical synthesis of oligonucleotides. The invention further provides for oligonucleotides that incorporate these pteridine nucleotides.
In addition, the invention provides for pteridine nucleotide triphosphates that may be utilized in various DNA amplification processes. When used in a DNA amplification process, the nucleotide triphosphates are directly incorporated into the amplified DNA sequence rendering it fluorescent. This provides for a rapid assay for the presence or absence of the amplified product.
DESCRIPTION OF THE SPECIFIC EMBODIMENTS
As used herein, the term "lower alkyl" refers to a saturated hydrocarbon radical which may be straight-chain or branched-chain (for example, ethyl, isopropyl, t- amyl, or 2,5-dimethylhexyl). Preferred alkyl groups are those containing one to six carbon atoms. All numerical ranges in this specification and claims are intended to be inclusive of their upper and lower limits. The term "oligonucleotide" refers to a molecule comprised of two or more deoxyribonucleotides, ribonucleotides, modified ribonucleotides, modified dexoyribonucleotides, ribonucleotide analogs, deoxyribonucleotide analogs, or pteridine derivatives of the present invention. The exact size of an oligonucleotide depends on many factors and the ultimate function or use of the oligonucleotide. Generally, chemically synthesized oligonucleotides range in length from 2 to 200 bases, although, it is well known that oligonucleotides may be ligated together to provide longer sequences. As used herein, the term "oligonucleotide" also encompasses these longer sequences. It is also recognized that double-stranded polynucleotides may be created by hybridization with a complementary sequence or enzymatically through primer extension. The term oligonucleotide as used in this application encompasses both single and double-stranded oligonucleotides.
The term "solid support" refers to a solid material which is functionalized to permit the coupling of a monomer used in polynucleotide synthesis. The solid support is typically coupled to a nucleoside monomer through a covalent linkage to the 3 '-carbon on the furanose. Solid support materials typically are unreactive during the polynucleotide synthesis and simply provide a substratum to anchor the growing polynucleotide. Solid support materials include, but are not limited to, polacryloylmorpholide, silica, controlled pore glass (CPG), polystyrene, polystyrene/latex, and carboxyl modified teflon.
The term "cleavage" in reference to solid phase oligonucleotide synthesis refers to the breaking of the bond which binds an oligonucleotide to a solid support. Typically, cleavage involves hydrolysis of a succinate ester bond between the 3 '-hydroxyl of an attached oligonucleotide and the solid support. The term "deprotection" refers to the removal of protecting groups from the exocyclic amines of the heterocyclic bases of an oligonucleotide. Typically, deprotection consists of hydrolysis of an amide moiety consisting of an exocyclic amine and an amino protection group, e.g. benzoyl, p-nitrophenoxycarbonyl, di-n- butylaminomethylidene, and dimethyaminomethylenamino. The term deprotection is also used to refer to the removal of protecting groups from the phosphate diesters
(internucleotide phosphates) of the oligonucleotide. When such protecting groups are methoxy, "deprotection" as used herein may not encompass their removal. Instead, additional treatment with a standard thiophenol-containing reagent may be desired to produce a "thiolated" oligonucleotide.
The term "pteridine nucleotide" or "pteridine monomer" is used herein to refer to the furanosyl pteridine derivatives of the present invention with a 3 '-phosphate group. It is recognized that properly speaking the furanosyl pteridine derivatives are not nucleotides as the pteridine is neither a purine or a pyrimidine. However, because the furanosyl pteridine derivatives are structurally analogous to purine nucleotides, and the furanosyl pteridines of this invention are used in the same manner as nucleotides both will be referred to as nucleotides. As used herein, the pteridine nucleotide or pteridine monomer may be fully protected for use in polynucleotide synthesis or it may be deprotected when used as a triphosphate or when incorporated into an oligonucleotide.
The term "nucleotide monomer" as used herein refers to pteridine nucleotides, the "standard" nucleotides; adenosine, guanosine, cytidine, thymidine, and uracil, or derivatives of these nucleotides. Such derivatives include, but are not limited to, inosine, 5-bromodeoxycytidine, 5-bromo-deoxyuridine, N6-methyl-deoxyadenosine and 5-methyl-deoxycytidine.
As used herein, the term "protecting group" refers to a group which is joined to or substituted for a reactive group (e.g. a hydroxyl or an amine) on a molecule. The protecting group is chosen to prevent reaction of the particular radical during one or more steps of a chemical reaction. Generally the particular protecting group is chosen so as to permit removal at a later time to restore the reactive group without altering other reactive groups present in the molecule. The choice of a protecting group is a function of the particular radical to be protected and the compounds to which it will be exposed. The selection of protecting groups is well known to those of skill in the art. See, for example Greene et al. , Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, 2nd ed. , John Wiley & Sons, Inc. Somerset, N.J. (1991), which is herein incorporated by reference.
As used herein, the term "protected amine" refers to an amine which has been reacted with an amino protecting group. An amino protecting group prevents reaction of the amide function during either the synthesis of the derivatized pteridine nucleoside or during the chemical synthesis of DNA or RNA using that nucleotide. The amino protecting group can be removed at a later time to restore the amino group without altering other reactive groups present in the molecule. For example, the exocyclic amine may be reacted with dimethylformamid-diethylacetal to form the dimethylaminomethylenamino function. Amino protecting groups generally include carbamates, benzyl radicals, imidates, and others known to those of skill in the art. Preferred amino protecting groups include, but are not limited to, p- nitrophenylethoxycarbonyl or dimethyaminomethylenamino. The term "coupling" is generally used in DNA synthesis to refer to the joining of one nucleotide monomer to another nucleotide monomer or to the 5' terminal of an oligonucleotide. The coupling is generally accomplished by the formation of a phosphodiester linkage from the 3'- phosphate of one nucleotide monomer to the 5'- hydroxyl of a second monomer or oligonucleotide. Coupling is also used to refer to the joining of an initial nucleoside to a solid support.
The term "capping" refers to a step in which unreacted 5 '-hydroxyl groups that fail to condense and successfully couple with the next derivatized nucleotide are blocked. This insures that subsequent reactions proceed only by propagating chains of the desired sequence. Typically capping involves the acetylation of the 5 '-hydroxyl functions. Usually this is accomplished by acetic anhydride catalyzed by 4- dimethylaminopyridine (DMAP). Other reagents, known to those of skill in the art are suitable.
The term "synthesis cycle" refers to the sequence of reactions necessary to couple a nucleotide monomer to the 5' terminal of the oligonucleotide being synthesized. Typically, a synthesis cycle involves removal of the 5 '-hydroxyl blocking group on the terminus of the oligonucleotide, reaction with the phosphite derivative of a nucleotide monomer to form a phosphodiester bond, and then capping of molecules in which coupling was unsuccessful.
The term "normal physiological conditions" is used herein to refer to conditions that are typical inside a living organism or a cell. While it is recognized that some organs provide extreme conditions, the intra-organismal and intra-cellular environment normally varies around pH 7 (i.e. from pH 6.5 to pH 7.5), contains water as the predominant solvent, and exists at a temperature above 0°C and below 50 °C.
This invention provides a number of pteridine nucleotides which are highly fluorescent under normal physiological conditions and which may be utilized in the chemical synthesis of oligonucleotides to produce fluorescent oligonucleotides. These fluorescent oligonucleotides have many uses including, for example, probes for screening genomic and complementary DNA libraries, probes for in situ hybridization, primers for DNA synthesis, sequencing, and amplification, and as model substrates to investigate DNA-protein interactions.
In one embodiment, the pteridine nucleotides of this invention are suitable for use in the chemical synthesis of oligonucleotides. In general, this requires blocking the exocyclic amines on the pteridine, derivatizing the phosphite moiety with a reactive group appropriate to the particular synthetic chemistry contemplated, and blocking the 5' hydroxyl with a protecting group that may be removed during synthesis to facilitate the stepwise coupling of derivatized nucleotides to the 5' terminus of the growing oligonucleotide. Where the sugar of the pteridine derivative is a ribose, the reactive 2'- hydroxyl group must also be protected.
In a preferred embodiment, the invention provides for nucleotide monomers of formula I.
Figure imgf000010_0001
These nucleotide monomers are pteridine derivatives with ring vertices 1 through 8 as shown, where Rn is combined with R12 to form a single oxo oxygen joined by a double bond to ring vertex 4, or with R13 to form a double bond between ring vertices 3 and 4; R12, when not combined with Rπ, is either NH2 or NH2 either mono- or disubstituted with a protecting group; R13 when not combined with R11 is a lower alkyl or H; R14 is either H, lower alkyl or phenyl; R15 is combined with R16 to form a single oxo oxygen joined by a double bond to ring vertex 2, or with R17 to form a double bond between ring vertices 1 and 2, such that ring vertices 2 and 4 collectively bear at most one oxo oxygen; and R16 when not combined with R15 is a member selected from the group consisting of H, phenyl, NH2, and NH2 mono- or disubstituted with a protecting group. When R15 is not combined with R16, R18 is combined with R19 to form a single oxo oxygen joined by a double bond to ring vertex 7. When R15 is combined with R16, R18 is combined with R20 to form a double bond between ring vertices 7 and 8, and R19 is either H or a lower alkyl. R17 when not combined with R15, and R20 when not combined with R18, are compounds of formula H.
Figure imgf000011_0001
where the symbol R21 represents a hydrogen, protecting groups or a triphosphate; the symbol R22 represents a hydrogen, a hydroxyl, or a hydroxyl substituted with a protecting group; and R23 represents a hydrogen, a phosphoramidite, an H-phosphonate, a methyl phosphonate, a phosphorothioate, a phosphotriester, a hemisuccinate, a hemisuccinate covalently bound to a solid support, a dicyclohexylcarbodiimide, and a dicyclohexylcarbodiimide covalently bound to a solid support. When R13 is H and R23 is H, R21 is a triphosphate and when R11 is combined with R13 to form a double bond between ring vertices 3 and 4 and R23 is H, R21 is a triphosphate.
In another preferred embodiment R14 is hydrogen, a methyl or a phenyl, more particularly a hydrogen or a methyl.
In still another preferred embodiment, R16, when not combined with R15, is a hydrogen, a phenyl, an amino group, or NH2 disubstituted with a protecting group. More particularly, R16 is a hydrogen and a phenyl.
In yet another preferred embodiment when R18 is combined with R20, R19 is a hydrogen or a methyl.
In still yet another preferred embodiment, R14 is a hydrogen, a methyl, or a phenyl, R16, when not combined with R15, is a hydrogen, a phenyl or an amino, and, when R18 is combined with R20, R19 is a hydrogen or a methyl.
Among the compounds of the present invention, nine embodiments are particularly preferred. In a first preferred embodiment Rn is combined with R13 to form a double bond between ring vertices 3 and 4; R12 is NH2 or NH2 mono- or disubstituted with a protecting group; R14 is a hydrogen; R15 is combined with R17 to form a double bond between ring vertices 1 and 2; R16 is a phenyl; R18 is combined with R19 to form a single oxo oxygen joined by a double bond to ring vertex 7; and R20 is formula H. This embodiment is illustrated by formula ED.. Particularly preferred compounds of this embodiment are illustrated by formula HI when R12 is NH2.
Figure imgf000012_0001
In a second preferred embodiment R11 is combined with R13 to form a double bond between ring vertices 3 and 4; R12 is NH2 or NH2 mono- or disubstituted with a protecting group; R14 is a phenyl; R15 is combined with R17 to form a double bond between ring vertices 1 and 2; R16 is a hydrogen; R18 is combined with R19 to form a single oxo oxygen joined by a double bond to ring vertex 7 and R20 is formula H. This embodiment is illustrated by formula IV. Particularly preferred compounds of this embodiment are illustrated by formula IV when R12 is NH2.
Figure imgf000012_0002
In a third preferred embodiment Rn is combined with R12 to form a single oxo oxygen joined by a double bond to ring vertex 4; R13 is CH3; R14 is H; R15 is combined with R17 to form a double bond between ring vertices 1 and 2; R16 is NH2; R18 is combined with R19 to form a single oxo oxygen joined by a double bond to ring vertex 7; and R20 is formula H. This embodiment is illustrated by formula V. One particularly preferred compound of this embodiment is the nucleoside illustrated by formula V when R23 of formula H is H and more particularly when R21, R22, and R23 of formula H are all H.
Figure imgf000013_0001
In a fourth preferred embodiment R11 is combined with R12 to form a single oxo oxygen joined by a double bond to ring vertex 4; R13 is a hydrogen; R14 is hydrogen; R15 is combined with R17 to form a double bond between ring vertices 1 and 2; R16 is NH2 or NH2 mono- or disubstituted with a protecting group; R18 is combined with R19 to form a single oxo oxygen joined by a double bond to ring vertex 7; and R20 is formula H. This embodiment is illustrated by formula VI. Particularly preferred compounds of this embodiment are illustrated by formula VI when R16 is NH2.
Figure imgf000013_0002
In a fifth preferred embodiment Ru is combined with R12 to form a single oxo oxygen joined by a double bond to ring vertex 4; R13 is a hydrogen; R14 is CH3; R15 is combined with R17 to form a double bond between ring vertices 1 and 2; R16 is NH2 or NH2 mono- or disubstituted with a protecting group; R18 is combined with R19 to form a single oxo oxygen joined by a double bond to ring vertex 7; and R20 is formula H. This embodiment is illustrated by formula VH. Particularly preferred compounds of this embodiment are illustrated by formula VH when R16 is NH2.
Figure imgf000013_0003
In a sixth preferred embodiment Rn is combined with R13 to form a double bond between ring vertices 3 and 4; R12 is NH2 or NH2 mono- or disubstituted with a protecting group; R14 is CH3; R15 is combined with R16 to form a single oxo oxygen joined by a double bond to ring vertex 2; R17 is formula H; R18 is combined with R20to form a double bond between ring vertices 7 and 8; and R19 is CH3. This embodiment is illustrated by formula VHI. Particularly preferred compounds of this embodiment are illustrated by formula VHI when R12 is NH2.
Figure imgf000014_0001
In a seventh preferred embodiment R" is combined with R13 to form a double bond between ring vertices 3 and 4; R12 is NH2 or NH2 mono- or disubstituted with a protecting group; R14 is H; R15 is combined with R16 to form a single oxo oxygen joined by a double bond to ring vertex 2; R17 is formula H; R18 is combined with R20 to form a double bond between ring vertices 7 and 8; and R19 is CH3. This embodiment is illustrated by formula IX. Particularly preferred compounds of this embodiment are illustrated by formula IX when R12 is NH2.
Figure imgf000014_0002
In an eighth preferred embodiment R11 is combined with R13 to form a double bond between ring vertices 3 and 4; R12 is NH2; R14 is CH3; R15 is combined with R16 to form a single oxo oxygen joined by a double bond to ring vertex 2; R17 is formula H; R18 is combined with R20 to form a double bond between ring vertices 7 and 8; and R19 is H. This embodiment is illustrated by formula X. Particularly preferred compounds of this embodiment are illustrated by formula X when R12 is NH2.
Figure imgf000014_0003
(X) In a ninth preferred embodiment R11 is combined with R13 to form a double bond between ring vertices 3 and 4; R12 is NH2 or NH2 mono- or disubstituted with a protecting group; R14 is H; R15 is combined with R16 to form a single oxo oxygen joined by a double bond to ring vertex 2; R17 is formula H; R18 is combined with R20 to form a double bond between ring vertices 7 and 8; and R19 is H. This embodiment is illustrated by formula DDE. Particularly prefeπed compounds of this embodiment are illustrated by formula XI when R12 is NH2.
Figure imgf000015_0001
As explained above, the exocyclic amines of the pteridines must generally be protected during oligonucleotide synthesis. Protecting groups suitable for blocking the exocyclic amines of the pteridines are widely known to those of skill in the art. In general, a protecting group will prevent undesired reactions of the exocyclic amines during the synthesis of an oligonucleotide incorporating the pteridine derivative. It is of course recognized that these groups may also need to be protected during the actual synthesis of the pteridine derivative to prevent undesired reactions. The protecting group should be removable after synthesis of the oligonucleotide to restore the amine group without altering other reactive groups present in the molecule.
Typically, the amine groups are protected by acylation, usually by carbamates, benzyl radicals, imidates, and others known to those of skill in the art. Examples of protecting groups include, but are not limited to, benzoyl, 4- methoxybenzoyl, phenoxyacetyl, diphenylacetyl, isobutyryl, phthaloyl, di-n- butylaminomethylidene, dimethylaminomethylenamino, dimethylaminomethylidene, p- nitrophenylethoxycarbonyl and dimethylformamide-diethylacetal. Particularly preferred are p-nitrophenylethoxycarbonyl or dimethylaminomethylenamino. For a description of a number of suitable protecting groups see Reese, Tetrahedron, 34: 3143-3179 (1978); Ohtsuka et al, Nucleic Acids Res., 10: 6553-6570 (1982), and Narang, Tetrahedron 39: 3-22 (1983) which are incorporated herein by reference. Thus, in a preferred embodiment, the invention provides for nucleotide monomers of formula I in which R12 and R16 are independently NH2 either mono- or disubstituted by a protecting group selected from the group consisting of benzoyl, isobutyryl, phthaloyl, di-n-butylaminomethylidene, dimethylaminomethylidene, p-nitrophenylethoxycarbonyl and dimethylaminomethylenamino. More particularly, R12 is NH2 monosubstituted by a protecting group selected from the group consisting of di-n-butylaminomethylidene, p-nitrophenylethoxycarbonyl, and dimethylaminomethylenamino.
During oligonucleotide synthesis, the 5 '-hydroxyl group of the pteridine monomer must be blocked to prevent undesired reactions. However this blocking group must also be removable during synthesis to permit the stepwise coupling of new monomers to the 5' terminus of the growing oligonucleotide. Appropriate protecting groups are well known to those of skill in the art and include, but are not limited to, trityl, monomethoxytrityl, dimethoxytrityl, phthaloyl, di-n-butylaminomethylene, and dimethylaminomethylidene. Dimethoxytrityl is generally prefeπed as a blocking group for the 5 '-hydroxyl group.
Thus, in a preferred embodiment, the invention provides for nucleotide monomers of formula I in which R20 is formula H wherein R21 is H, trityl, monomethoxytrityl, dimethoxytrityl, phthaloyl, di-n-butylaminomethylene, or dimethylaminomethylidene. More specifically, R21 is either dimethoxytrityl, di- n-butylaminomethylene, or dimethylaminomethylidene.
Where the sugar of the pteridine derivative is a ribofuranose, the 2'- hydroxyl group must also be protected. Prefeπed 2'-hydroxyl protecting groups include, but are not limited to, trityl, monomethoxytrityl, dimethoxytrityl, tetrahydropyran-1-yl, 4-methoxytetrahydropyran-4-yl , 1 -(2-chloro-4-methyl)phenyl-4-methoxypiperidin-4-yl , t-butyldimethylsilyl, p-nitrophenylerhysulfonyl, tetrahydropyranyl, 4- methoxytetrahydropyranyl, 2-nitrobenzyl, 9-phenylxanthen-9-yl and p-nitrophenylethyl. In a prefeπed embodiment, the 2'-hydroxyl group will be protected by substitution with a tertbutyldimethylsilyl group. Thus in another prefeπed embodiment, the invention provides for nucleotide monomers of formula I, in which R20 is formula H wherein R22 is either H, OH, or OH substituted with either trityl, monomethoxytrityl, dimethoxytrityl, tetrahydropyran- 1 -yl , 4-methoxy tetrahydropyran-4-yl , 1 -(2-chloro-4-methyl)phenyl-4- methoxypiperidin-4-yl, t-butyldimethylsilyl, p-nitrophenylethylsulfonyl, tetrahydropyranyl, 4-methoxytetrahydropyranyl, 2-nitrobenzyl, 9-phenylxanthen-9-yl and p-nitrophenylethyl. More particularly, R22 is either H or OH substituted with either dimethoxytrityl, tetrahydropyran-1-yl, t-butyldimethylsilyl, 2-nitrobenzyl, or p- nitrophenylethyl.
The β-cyanoethyl, N-diisopropyl phosphoramidite compounds of the present invention are preferred as oligonucleotide synthesis monomers. These compounds may generally be utilized in most commercial DNA synthesizers without modification of the synthesis protocol. However, where large scale synthesis is desired, or where it is desirable to incorporate sulfur groups or other modifications in the phosphate linkages, the H-phosphonate compounds of the present invention may be prefeπed as synthesis reagents. The synthesis and use of other phosphite derivatives suitable for oligonucleotide synthesis is well known to those of skill in the art. These include, but are not limited to a methyl phosphonate, a phosphorothioate, and a phosphotriester. Prefeπed embodiments of this invention are the compounds where the pteridine nucleotides are derivatized and protected for use as reagents in the synthesis of oligonucleotides. In particular, the reactive exocyclic amines are protected and the 3'- hydroxyl is derivatized as an H-phosphonate or as a phosphoramidite. Particularly preferred are compounds illustrated by formulas HI through XI derivatized in this manner.
Thus, a first prefeπed embodiment is illustrated by formula HI in which R12 is NH2 mono- or disubstituted with a protecting group and R20 is formula H in which R23 is an H-phosphonate or a phosphoramidite. More particularly, R21 of formula H is a dimethoxytrityl; R22 is H and R23 is a β-cyanoethyl, N-diisopropyl phosphoramidite. Still more particularly, R12 is dimethylaminomethylenamino.
A second preferred embodiment is illustrated by formula IV in which R12 is NH2 mono- or disubstituted with a protecting group and R20 is formula H in which R23 is an H-phosphonate or a phosphoramidite. More particularly, R21 of formula H is a dimethoxytrityl; R22 is H and R23 is a β-cyanoethyl, N-diisopropyl phosphoramidite. Still more particularly, R12 is dimethylaminomethylenamino.
A third preferred embodiment is illustrated by formula V in which R20 is formula H and R23 is an H-phosphonate or a phosphoramidite. More particularly, R21 of formula H is a dimethoxytrityl; R22 is H and R23 is a β-cyanoethyl, N-diisopropyl phosphoramidite.
A fourth prefeπed embodiment is illustrated by formula VI in which R16 is NH2 mono- or disubstituted with a protecting group and R20 is formula H in which R23 is an H-phosphonate or a phosphoramidite. More particularly, R21 of formula H is a dimethoxytrityl; R22 is H and R23 is a β-cyanoethyl, N-diisopropyl phosphoramidite. Still more particularly, R16 is dimethylaminomethylenamino.
A fifth prefeπed embodiment is illustrated by formula VH in which R16 is NH2 mono- or disubstituted with a protecting group and R20 is formula H in which R23 is an H-phosphonate or a phosphoramidite. More particularly, R21 of formula H is a dimethoxytrityl; R22 is H and R23 is a β-cyanoethyl, N-diisopropyl phosphoramidite. Still more particularly, R16 is dimethylaminomethylenamino.
A sixth preferred embodiment is illustrated by formula VHI in which R12 is NH2 mono- or disubstituted with a protecting group and R17 is formula H in which R23 is an H-phosphonate or a phosphoramidite. More particularly, R21 of formula H is a dimethoxytrityl; R22 is H and R23 is a β-cyanoethyl, N-diisopropyl phosphoramidite. Still more particularly, R12 is p-nitrophenylethoxycarbonyl.
A seventh prefeπed embodiment is illustrated by formula IX in which R12 is NH2 mono- or disubstituted with a protecting group and R17 is formula H in which R23 is an H-phosphonate or a phosphoramidite. More particularly, R21 of formula H is a dimethoxytrityl; R22 is H and R23 is a β-cyanoethyl, N-diisopropyl phosphoramidite. Still more particularly, R12 is p-nitrophenylethoxycarbonyl.
An eighth preferred embodiment is illustrated by formula X in which R12 is NH2 mono- or disubstituted with a protecting group and R17 is formula H in which R23 is an H-phosphonate or a phosphoramidite. More particularly, R21 of formula H is a dimethoxytrityl; R22 is H and R23 is a β-cyanoethyl, N-diisopropyl phosphoramidite. Still more particularly, R12 is p-nitrophenylethoxycarbonyl.
A ninth prefeπed embodiment is illustrated by formula XI in which R12 is NH2 mono- or disubstituted with a protecting group and R17 is formula H in which R23 is an H-phosphonate or a phosphoramidite. More particularly, R21 of formula H is a dimethoxytrityl; R22 is H and R23 is a β-cyanoethyl, N-diisopropyl phosphoramidite. Still more particularly, R12 is p-nitrophenylethoxycarbonyl. The oligonucleotides of the present invention may be synthesized in solid phase or in solution. Generally, solid phase synthesis is prefeπed. Detailed descriptions of the procedures for solid phase synthesis of oligonucleotides by phosphite-triester, phosphotriester, and H-phosphonate chemistries are widely available. See, for example, Itakura, U.S. Pat. No. 4,401,796; Caruthers et al , U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,458,066 and
4,500,707; Beaucage et al, Tetrahedron Lett. , 22: 1859-1862 (1981); Matteucci et al, J. Amer. Chem. Soc , 103: 3185-3191 (1981); Caruthers et al, Genetic Engineering, 4: 1-17 (1982); Jones, chapter 2, Atkinson et al, chapter 3, and Sproat et al, chapter 4, in Gait, ed. Oligonucleotide Synthesis: A Practical Approach, IRL Press, Washington D.C. (1984); Froehler et al, Tetrahedron Lett., 27: 469-472 (1986); Froehler et al, Nucleic Acids Res. , 14: 5399-5407 (1986); Sinha et al Tetrahedron Lett. , 24: 5843-5846 (1983); and Sinha et al, Nucl. Acids Res. , 12: 4539-4557 (1984) which are incorporated herein by reference.
Generally, the timing of delivery and concentration of reagents utilized in a coupling cycle will not differ from the protocols typical for unmodified commercial phosphoramidites used in commercial DNA synthesizers. In these cases, one may merely add the solution containing the pteridine derivatives of this invention to a receptacle on a port provided for an extra phosphoramidite on a commercial synthesizer (e.g., model 380B, Applied Biosystems, Foster City, California, U.S.A.). However, where the coupling efficiency of a particular derivatized pteridine compound is substantially lower than the other phosphoramidites, it may be necessary to alter the timing of delivery or the concentration of the reagent in order to optimize the synthesis. Means of optimizing oligonucleotide synthesis protocols to correct for low coupling efficiencies are well known to those of skill in the art. Generally one merely increases the concentration of the reagent or the amount of the reagent delivered to achieve a higher coupling efficiency. Methods of determining coupling efficiency are also well known. For example, where the 5'-hydroxyl protecting group is a dimethoxytrityl (DMT), coupling efficiency may be determined by measuring the DMT cation concentration in the acid step (which removes the DMT group). DMT cation concentration is usually determined by spectrophotometrically monitoring the acid wash. The acid/DMT solution is a bright orange color. Alteratively, since capping prevents further extension of an oligonucleotide where coupling has failed, coupling efficiency may be estimated by comparing the ratio of truncated to full length oligonucleotides utilizing, for example, capillary electrophoresis or HPLC.
Solid phase oligonucleotide synthesis may be performed using a number of solid supports. A suitable support is one which provides a functional group for the attachment of a protected monomer which will become the 3' terminal base in the synthesized oligonucleotide. The support must be inert to the reagents utilized in the particular synthesis chemistry. Suitable supports are well known to those of skill in the art. Solid support materials include, but are not limited to polacryloylmorpholide, silica, controlled pore glass (CPG), polystyrene, polystyrene/latex, and carboxyl modified teflon. Prefeπed supports are amino-functionalized controlled pore glass and carboxyl- functionalized teflon.
Solid phase oligonucleotide synthesis requires, as a starting point, a fully protected monomer (e.g., a protected nucleoside) coupled to the solid support. This coupling is typically through the 3 '-hydroxyl (oxo when coupled) covalently bound to a linker which is, in turn, covalently bound to the solid support. The first synthesis cycle then couples a nucleotide monomer, via its 3'-phosphate, to the 5'-hydroxyl of the bound nucleoside through a condensation reaction that forms a 3 '-5' phosphodiester linkage. Subsequent synthesis cycles add nucleotide monomers to the 5'-hydroxyl of the last bound nucleotide. In this manner an oligonucleotide is synthesized in a 3' to 5' direction producing a "growing" oligonucleotide with its 3' terminus attached to the solid support.
Numerous means of linking nucleoside monomers to a solid support are known to those of skill in the art, although monomers covalently linked through a succinate or hemisuccinate to controlled pore glass are generally prefeπed. Conventional protected nucleosides coupled through a hemisuccinate to controlled pore glass are commercially available from a number of sources (e.g., Glen Research, Sterling,
Vermont, U.S.A., Applied Biosystems, Foster City, California, U.S.A., Pharmacia LKB, Piscataway, New Jersey, U.S.A.).
Placement of a pteridine nucleotide at the 3' end of an oligonucleotide requires initiating oligonucleotide synthesis with a fully blocked furanosyl pteridine linked to the solid support. In a prefeπed embodiment, linkage of the pteridine nucleoside is accomplished by first derivatizing the pteridine nucleotide as a hemisuccinate. The hemisuccinate may then be attached to amino functionalized controlled pore glass in a condensation reaction using mesitylene-2-sulfonyl chloride/ 1- methyl-lH-imidazole as a condensing agent. Controlled pore glass functionalized with a number of different reactive groups is commercially available (e.g. , Sigma Chemical, St. Louis, Missouri, U.S.A.). A similar coupling scheme is described by Atkinson et al, chapter 3 in Gait, ed. , Oligonucleotide Synthesis: A Practical Approach, IRL Press, Washington, D.C., (1984). Triisopropylbenzenesulfonyl chloride, imidazolides, triazolides or even the tetrazolides may also be used as condensing agents. Dicyclohexylcarbodiimide (DCC) and structural analogs are also suitable linkers. Other linkers and appropriate condensing groups are well known to those of skill in the art. In prefeπed embodiments, this invention therefore provides for pteridine nucleotides in which the 5 '-hydroxyl is derivatized as a hemisuccinate which may then be covalently bound to a solid support; more specifically to controlled pore glass. Particularly prefeπed are compounds illustrated by formulas HI through XI derivatized in this manner.
Thus, in a first preferred embodiment, this invention provides for compounds of formula HI where R12 is NH2 mono- or disubstituted with a protecting group and R20 is formula H in which R23 is a hemisuccinate, or a hemisuccinate covalently bound to a solid support. More particularly, R21 of formula H is a dimethoxytrityl; R22 is H; and R23 is a hemisuccinate covalently bound to controlled pore glass. Still more particularly R12 is dimethylaminomethylenamino. In a second prefeπed embodiment, this invention provides for compounds of formula IV where R12 is NH2 mono- or disubstituted with a protecting group and R20 is formula H in which R23 is a hemisuccinate, or a hemisuccinate covalently bound to a solid support. More particularly, R21 of formula H is a dimethoxytrityl; R22 is H; and R23 is a hemisuccinate covalently bound to controlled pore glass. Still more particularly R12 is dimethylaminomethylenamino.
In a third preferred embodiment, this invention provides for compounds of formula V where R20 is formula H in which R23 is a hemisuccinate, or a hemisuccinate covalently bound to a solid support. More particularly, R21 of formula H is a dimethoxytrityl; R22 is H; and R23 is a hemisuccinate covalently bound to controlled pore glass.
In a fourth preferred embodiment, this invention provides for compounds of formula VI where R16 is NH2 mono- or disubstituted with a protecting group and R20 is formula H in which R23 is a hemisuccinate, or a hemisuccinate covalently bound to a solid support. More particularly, R21 of formula H is a dimethoxytrityl; R22 is H; and R23 is a hemisuccinate covalently bound to controlled pore glass. Still more particularly R16 is dimethylaminomethylenamino.
In a fifth prefeπed embodiment, this invention provides for compounds of formula VH where R16 is NH2 mono- or disubstituted with a protecting group and R20 is formula H in which R23 is a hemisuccinate, or a hemisuccinate covalently bound to a solid support. More particularly, R21 of formula H is a dimethoxytrityl; R22 is H; and R23 is a hemisuccinate covalently bound to controlled pore glass. Still more particularly R16 is dimethylaminomethylenamino. In a sixth prefeπed embodiment, this invention provides for compounds of formula VHI where R12 is NH2 mono- or disubstituted with a protecting group and R17 is formula H in which R23 is a hemisuccinate, or a hemisuccinate covalently bound to a solid support. More particularly, R21 of formula H is a dimethoxytrityl; R22 is H; and R23 is a hemisuccinate covalently bound to controlled pore glass. Still more particularly R12 is p-nitrophenylethoxycarbonyl.
In a seventh prefeπed embodiment, this invention provides for compounds of formula IX where R12 is NH2 mono- or disubstituted with a protecting group and R17 is formula H in which R23 is a hemisuccinate, or a hemisuccinate covalently bound to a solid support. More particularly, R21 of formula H is a dimethoxytrityl; R22 is H; and R23 is a hemisuccinate covalently bound to controlled pore glass. Still more particularly R12 is p-nitrophenylethoxycarbonyl.
In an eighth prefeπed embodiment, this invention provides for compounds of formula X where R12 is NH2 mono- or disubstituted with a protecting group and R17 is formula H in which R23 is a hemisuccinate, or a hemisuccinate covalently bound to a solid support. More particularly, R21 of formula H is a dimethoxytrityl; R22 is H; and R23 is a hemisuccinate covalently bound to controlled pore glass. Still more particularly R12 is p-nitrophenylethoxycarbonyl.
In a ninth prefeπed embodiment, this invention provides for compounds of formula XI where R12 is NH2 mono- or disubstituted with a protecting group and R17 is formula H in which R23 is a hemisuccinate, or a hemisuccinate covalently bound to a solid support. More particularly, R21 of formula H is a dimethoxytrityl; R22 is H; and R23 is a hemisuccinate covalently bound to controlled pore glass. Still more particularly R12 is p-nitrophenylethoxycarbonyl. In embodiments where the exocyclic amines are protected by the p- nitrophenylethoxycarbonyl group, the deprotection reagents may also cleave the ester function of the succinyl spacer linking the 3' terminal nucleoside to the solid support. In this case, the coupling scheme described by Stengele et al, Tetrahedron Lett. , 18: 2549- 2552 (1990) which is incorporated herein by reference, is preferred. In this method, solid supports (dihydroxypropyl-CPG, 500 A and 1400 A, Fluka AG, Switzerland, Catalog Nos: 27754, 27764, 2770) are reacted first with N,N'-carbonyldiimiazole and then with 1,6-bismethylaminohexane as an aliphatic secondary amine spacer. This compound is then coupled with the appropriately protected 2'-nucleoside-3'-O-succinates and the free hydroxyl groups of the solid support are subsequently with acetic anhydride and 4- dimethylaminopyridine (DMAP). This linker is completely stable under the deprotection conditions used for p-nitrophenylethoxycarbonyl and p-nitrophenylethyl groups, while cleavage from the matrix can be achieved normally under hydrolytic conditions in concentrated ammonia in less than two hours. Once the full length oligonucleotide is synthesized, the protecting groups are removed (the oligonucleotide is deprotected), and the oligonucleotide is then cleaved from the solid support prior to use. (Where a teflon solid support is used, the oligonucleotide may be left permanently attached to the support to produce an affinity column.) Cleavage and deprotection may occur simultaneously or sequentially in any order. The two procedures may be interspersed so that some protecting groups are removed from the oligonucleotide before it is cleaved off the solid support and other groups are deprotected from the cleaved oligonucleotide in solution. The sequence of events depends on the particular blocking groups present, the particular linkage to a solid support, and the preferences of the individuals performing the synthesis. Where deprotection precedes cleavage, the protecting groups may be washed away from the oligonucleotide which remains bound on the solid support. Conversely, where deprotection follows cleavage, the removed protecting groups will remain in solution with the oligonucleotide. Often the oligonucleotide will require isolation from these protecting groups prior to use. In a prefeπed embodiment, and most commercial DNA synthesis, the protecting group on the 5 '-hydroxyl is removed at the last stage of synthesis. The oligonucleotide is then cleaved off the solid support, and the remaining deprotection occurs in solution. Removal of the 5'-hydroxyl protecting group typically just requires treatment with the same reagent utilized throughout the synthesis to remove the terminal 5 '-hydroxyl groups prior to coupling the next nucleotide monomer. Where the 5'- hydroxyl protecting group is a dimethoxytrityl group, deprotection may be accomplished by treatment with acetic acid, dichloroacetic acid or trichloroacetic acid. Typically, both cleavage and deprotection of the exocyclic amines are effected by first exposing the oligonucleotide attached to a solid phase support (via a base-labile bond) to the cleavage reagent for about 1-2 hours, so that the oligonucleotide is released from the solid support, and then heating the cleavage reagent containing the released oligonucleotide for at least 20-60 minutes at about 80-90 °C so that the protecting groups attached to the exocyclic amines are removed. The deprotection step may alternatively take place at a lower temperature, but must be carried out for a longer period of time (e.g. , the heating can be at 55 °C for 5 hours). In general, the prefeπed cleavage and deprotection reagent is concentrated ammonia.
Where the oligonucleotide is a ribonucleotide and the 2 '-hydroxyl group is blocked with a tert-butyldimethylsilyl(TBDMS) moiety, the latter group may be removed using tetrabutylammonium fluoride in tetrahydrofuran at the end of synthesis. See Wu et al, J. Org. Chem. 55: 4717-4724 (1990). Phenoxyacetyl protecting groups can be removed with anhydrous ammonia in alcohol (under these conditions the TBDMS groups are stable and the oligonucleotide is not cleaved). The benzoyl protecting group of cytidine is also removed with anhydrous ammonia in alcohol.
Where the exocyclic amines are protected by the p-nitrophenylethoxy¬ carbonyl group and the coupling to the solid support is via a 1,6-bis-methylaminohexane condensed with succinate nucleoside, the amino groups are preferably deprotected by treatment with a 1 M DBU (l,8-diaza-bicyclo[5.4.0]-undec-7-ene). Cleavage of the oligonucleotide from the solid support is then accomplished by treatment with concentrated ammonia.
If this latter approach to deprotection is used, it is prefeπed to synthesize the oligonucleotide using pteridine, adenine, thymidine, guanosine, cytidine, uracil, and modified nucleotide monomers protected with p-nitrophenyethyl and p-nitrophenyl- ethoxycarbonyl groups for amide and amine protection respectively. See Stengele and Pfleiderer, Tetrahedron Lett., 31: 2549-2552 (1990) citing Barone, et al Nucleic Acids Res., 12: 4051-4061 (1984). The single deprotection protocol will then deprotect all the constituent nucleotides of the oligonucleotide. Cleaved and fully deprotected oligonucleotides may be used directly (after lyophilization or evaporation to remove the deprotection reagent) in a number of applications, or they may be purified prior to use. Purification of synthetic oligonucleotides is generally desired to isolate the full length oligonucleotide from the protecting groups that were removed in the deprotection step and, more importantly, from the truncated oligonucleotides that were formed when oligonucleotides that failed to couple with the next nucleotide monomer were capped during synthesis.
Oligonucleotide purification techniques are well known to those of skill in the art. Methods include, but are not limited to, thin layer chromatography (TLC) on silica plates, gel electrophoresis, size fractionation (e.g., using a Sephadex column), reverse phase high performance liquid chromatography (HPLC) and anion exchange chromatography (e.g., using the mono-Q column, Pharmacia-LKB, Piscataway, New Jersey, U.S.A.). For a discussion of oligonucleotide purification see McLaughlin et al, chapter 5, and Wu et al , chapter 6 in Gait, ed., Oligonucleotide Synthesis: A Practical Approach, IRL Press, Washington, D.C., (1984).
The oligonucleotides of the present invention contain pteridine nucleotides at one or more positions in the sequence, either internal to the sequence or terminal. An oligonucleotide of the present invention may contain a single pteridine derivative at one or more locations or may contain two or more different pteridine derivatives. The oligonucleotide may consist entirely of pteridine nucleotides or contain naturally occurring and/or modified nucleotides. Modified nucleotides are well known to those of skill in the art and include, but are not limited to, inosine, 5-bromodeoxycytidine, 5- bromo-deoxyuridine, JS -methyl-deoxyadenosine and 5-methyl-deoxycytidine. Phosphoramidite forms of these nucleotides are commercially available from a number of suppliers including, for example, Applied Biosystems, Inc. Foster City, California, U.S.A., Clonetech, Palo Alto, California, U.S.A., and Glen Research, Sterling, Vermont, U.S.A..
In a prefeπed embodiment, this invention provides for oligonucleotides comprising one or more nucleotide monomers having formula XH.
Figure imgf000026_0001
The nucleotide monomers are pteridine derivatives with ring vertices 1 through 8 as shown where R11 through R16, R18, and R19 are as described for formula I except that the protecting groups are eliminated. Thus, R12, when not combined with R", is NH2 and R16, when not combined with R15, is H, phenyl, or NH2. R17, when not combined with R15, and R20 when not combined with R18, are compounds of formula XIH.
Figure imgf000026_0002
where the symbol R22 represents a hydrogen or a hydroxyl.
In a prefeπed embodiment, the oligonucleotides of the present invention comprise monomers of formula XH where R14 is hydrogen, a methyl or a phenyl, more particularly a hydrogen or a methyl.
In another prefeπed embodiment, the oligonucleotides of the present invention comprise monomers of formula XH where R16, when not combined with R15, is a hydrogen, a phenyl, or an amino group, more particularly a hydrogen and a phenyl. In yet another prefeπed embodiment, the oligonucleotides of the present invention comprise monomers of formula XH where when R18 is combined with R20, R19 is a hydrogen or a methyl.
In a further preferred embodiment, the oligonucleotides of the present invention comprise monomers of formula XH where R14 is a hydrogen, a methyl, or a phenyl; R16 is a hydrogen, a phenyl or an amino; and, when R18 is combined with R20, R19 is a hydrogen or a methyl.
Among the compounds of the present invention, oligonucleotides comprising one or more of nine nucleotide monomers are particularly preferred. The first prefeπed nucleotide monomer is illustrated by formula XH where R" is combined with R13 to form a double bond between ring vertices 3 and 4; R12 is an amino group; R14 is a hydrogen; R15 is combined with R17 to form a double bond between ring vertices 1 and 2; R16 is a phenyl, R18 is combined with R19 to form a single oxo oxygen joined by a double bond to ring vertex 7; and R20 is formula XIV. This nucleotide monomer is illustrated by formula XIV where R22 is H or OH and more preferably R22 is H.
Figure imgf000027_0001
A second prefeπed nucleotide monomer is illustrated by formula XH where R11 is combined with R13 to form a double bond between ring vertices 3 and 4; R12 is NH2. R14 is a phenyl; R15 is combined with R17 to form a double bond between ring vertices 1 and 2; R16 is a hydrogen, R18 is combined with R19 to form a single oxo oxygen joined by a double bond to ring vertex 7; and R20 is formula XHI. This nucleotide monomer is illustrated by formula XV where R22 is H or OH and more preferably R22 is H.
Figure imgf000028_0001
A third prefeπed nucleotide monomer is illustrated by formula XH where R" is combined with R12 to form a single oxo oxygen joined by a double bond to ring vertex 4; R13 is CH3; R14 is H; R15 is combined with R17 to form a double bond between ring vertices 1 and 2; R16 is NH2; R18 is combined with R19 to form a single oxo oxygen joined by a double bond to ring vertex 7; and R20 is formula XHI. This nucleotide monomer is illustrated by formula XVI where R22 is H or OH and more preferably R22 is H.
Figure imgf000028_0002
A fourth preferred nucleotide monomer is illustrated by formula XH where Rn is combined with R12 to form a single oxo oxygen joined by a double bond to ring vertex 4; R13 is H; R14 is H; R15 is combined with R17 to form a double bond between ring vertices 1 and 2; R16 is NH2; R18 is combined with R19 to form a single oxo oxygen joined by a double bond to ring vertex 7; and R20 is formula XHI. This nucleotide monomer is illustrated by formula XVIH where R22 is H or OH and more preferably R22 is H.
Figure imgf000029_0001
A fifth prefeπed nucleotide monomer is illustrated by formula XH where Rn is combined with R12 to form a single oxo oxygen joined by a double bond to ring vertex 4; R13 is a hydrogen; R14 is CH3; R15 is combined with R17 to form a double bond between ring vertices 1 and 2; R16 is NH2; R18 is combined with R19 to form a single oxo oxygen joined by a double bond to ring vertex 7; and R20 is formula XHI. This nucleotide monomer is illustrated by formula XVIH where R22 is H or OH and more preferably R22 is H.
Figure imgf000029_0002
A sixth preferred nucleotide monomer is illustrated by formula XH where R11 is combined with R13 to form a double bond between ring vertices 3 and 4; R12 is NH2; R14 is CH3; R15 is combined with R16 to form a single oxo oxygen joined by a double bond to ring vertex 2; R17 is formula XHI; R18 is combined with R20 to form a double bond between ring vertices 7 and 8; and R19 is CH3. This nucleotide monomer is illustrated by formula XIX where R22 is H or OH and more preferably R22 is H.
Figure imgf000030_0001
A seventh prefeπed nucleotide monomer is illustrated by formula XH where Rn is combined with R13 to form a double bond between ring vertices 3 and 4; R12 is NH2; R14 is H; R15 is combined with R16 to form a single oxo oxygen joined by a double bond to ring vertex 2; R17 is formula XHI; R18 is combined with R20 to form a double bond between ring vertices 7 and 8, and R19 is CH3. This nucleotide monomer is illustrated by formula XX where R22 is H or OH and more preferably R22 is H.
Figure imgf000030_0002
An eighth prefeπed nucleotide monomer is illustrated by formula XH where Rn is combined with R13 to form a double bond between ring vertices 3 and 4; R12 is NH2; R14 is CH3; R15 is combined with R16 to form a single oxo oxygen joined by a double bond to ring vertex 2, R17 is formula XHI, R18 is combined with R20 to form a double bond between ring vertices 7 and 8, and R19 is H. This nucleotide monomer is illustrated by formula XXI where R22 is H or OH and more preferably R22 is H.
Figure imgf000031_0001
A ninth preferred nucleotide monomer is illustrated by formula XH where R" is combined with R13 to form a double bond between ring vertices 3 and 4; R12 is NH2; R14 is H; R15 is combined with R16 to form a single oxo oxygen joined by a double bond to ring vertex 2; R17 is formula XHI; R18 is combined with R20 to form a double bond between ring vertices 7 and 8; and R19 is H. This nucleotide monomer is illustrated by formula XXH where R22 is H or OH and more preferably R22 is H.
Figure imgf000031_0002
The selection of particular pteridine nucleotides and their position within the oligonucleotide sequence will depend on the particular application for which the oligonucleotide is intended. One of skill in the art would recognize that the fluorescent signal of the pteridine derivative will be affected by pH and the particular chemistry of the neighboring molecules. In general, neighboring purines will tend to quench the signal more than neighboring pyrimidines. Purines as primary neighbors severely quench the signal, and they have a significant effect even as secondary neighbors. Tertiary purines are not as powerful quenchers. In addition, proximity to an end of the nucleotide minimizes the quench of the signal. Thus, where a strong signal is desired from the intact oligonucleotide, it is prefeπed that the pteridine nucleotides be located at or near a terminus and adjacent to one or more pyrimidines to reduce quenching of the signal. Conversely, where it is desired that the oligonucleotide only provide a signal when it is cut (e.g. , by an endonuclease), it is prefeπed to place the pteridine derivative close to quenching groups (purines), but at a location that is expected to separate the pteridine containing strand from quenching bases when the oligonucleotide is cut thereby releasing the fluorescent signal. The latter approach is illustrated in Example 12.
Thus, in one embodiment, the pteridine nucleotides are located at the 3' end, while in another embodiment, the pteridine nucleotides are located at the 5' end of the oligonucleotides of the present invention.
In yet another embodiment, the oligonucleotides of the present invention comprise pteridine nucleotide monomers which are suπounded by 1 to 10 pyrimidine monomers.
The oligonucleotides of the present invention are not limited to short single stranded sequences. One of skill would recognize that while oligonucleotide synthesis typically has an upper limit of approximately 200 bases, a number of oligonucleotides may be ligated together to form longer sequences. In addition, oligonucleotides having complementary sequences may be hybridized together to form double-stranded molecules. Methods of hybridizing and ligating oligonucleotides to form longer double stranded molecules are well known. See, for example, Sambrook et al. , Molecular Cloning - A Laboratory Manual, Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory, Cold Spring Harbor, New York, 1985).
The pteridine derivatives of the present invention are structurally analogous to naturally occurring purines. When incorporated into an oligonucleotide, they act as a fluorescent tag, but do not alter the physical and chemical properties of the oligonucleotide as severely as cuπently available fluorescent tags. In some cases the perturbations are so minimal as to allow the oligonucleotide to act as an enzyme substrate permitting the enzyme catalyzed reaction to occur even when the substitution has been made at a site known to be critical for the enzyme function. Thus the oligonucleotides of this invention are particularly useful in the investigation of DNA-protein interactions.
One such interaction is illustrated by the interaction between DNA and the viral integration (IN) protein. Integrase is a viral integration protein that has been implicated in the incorporation of HIV viral genes into the human genome. Engleman et al. Cell, 67: 1211-1221 (1991). Thus integrase appears crucial to the HIV infection of cells and may provide an important target for AIDS antiviral research. A specific DNA sequence (5'-GTG TGG AAA ATC TCT AGC AGT-3', Sequence I.D. No: 1) has been used as an effective model for the HIV integrase enzyme. Id. The enzyme functions in a step-wise manner to achieve preparation and actual insertion of the HIV genome into the genome of the host cell. The first step in the mechanism appears to be cleavage of a dinucleotide from the 3' end of the sequence leaving a 5' overhang. Because of their structural similarity to guanosine a number of the pteridine nucleotides of the present invention (e.g., compounds illustrated by formula V or formula VI) may be substituted for the guanosine in the dinucleotide that is cleaved off by integrase. In the intact DNA sequence, the neighboring purine will quench the signal of the pteridine nucleotide. Cleavage of the nucleotide from the strand by integrase releases the quenched fluorescent signal and allows real-time monitoring of the reaction by detecting the increase in fluorescence. This provides a simple and rapid assay for the activity of the integrase enzyme.
Thus, in still another embodiment, the oligonucleotides of the present invention are DNA sequences that model the U5 end of HIV-1 DNA, act as a substrate for integrase and are selected from the group consisting of:
5'- GTN TGG AAA ATC TCT AGC AGT -3' (Sequence I.D. No: 2),
5'- GTG TNG AAA ATC TCT AGC AGT -3' (Sequence I.D. No: 3),
5'- GTG TGN AAA ATC TCT AGC AGT -3' (Sequence I.D. No: 4), 5'- GTG TGG AAA ATC TCT ANC AGT -3' (Sequence I.D. No: 5),
5'- GTG TGG AAA ATC TCT AGC ANT -3' (Sequence I.D. No: 6), 5'- GTG TNG AAA ATC TCT ANC AGT -3' (Sequence I.D. No: 7), 5'- ACT GCT AGA NAT TTT CCA CAC -3' (Sequence I.D. No: 8), 5'- ACT GCT ANA GAT TTT CCA CAC -3' (Sequence I.D. No: 9), 5'- ACT NCT AGA GAT TTT CCA CAC -3' (Sequence I.D. No: 10), and
5'- ACT GCT NGA GAT TTT CCA CAC -3' (Sequence I.D. No: 11); where A is an adenosine nucleotide, C is a cytosine nucleotide, G is a guanosine nucleotide, T is a thymidine nucleotide, and N is a pteridine nucleotide of formula XVI, formula XVH, or formula XVHI in which R22 is H or OH and more preferably R22 is H.
Of course, the pteridine nucleotides and pteridine oligonucleotides may be utilized to investigate the interaction of DNA with other molecules in a number of contexts. For example, the pteridine nucleotides of formulas XIX, XX, XXI, and XXH may achieve an energy transfer with most of the other claimed compounds. These compounds may be used to monitor the insertion of foreign DNA into a host genome where a DNA strand containing the nucleotide would be brought into proximity to another DNA strand containing one of the other claimed compounds. This would create an energy transfer with the resulting emission of a new discreet signal.
One of skill would recognize that the pteridine derivatives of this invention may also be Used simply as fluorescent labels to label almost any biological molecule. The unprotected pteridines alone may be linked by the pteridine IN or 8N, either directly or through a linker or spacer to a composition it is desired to label. Alternatively, the pteridine nucleosides may be used as fluorescent labels. They may be linked preferably through the 5'-hydroxyl, the 3'-phosphate, or the 2'-hydroxyl (in the case of a ribofuranose) directly, or through a linker, to the composition it is desired to label. Such labeled compositions may include, but are not limited to, biological molecules such as antibodies, ligands, cell surface receptors, and enzymes.
Methods of detecting fluorescently labeled oligonucleotides in vitro or in vivo are well known to those of skill in the art. These means include, but are not limited to, direct visualization, fluorescence microscopy, fluorometers, photographic detection, detection using image intensifiers, photomultipliers, video cameras, and the like. Of course, the selection of a particular method depends on the particular experiment. For example, where the oligonucleotides are used as an assay for enzyme activity or for energy transfer between a pair of molecules, the reactions may be carried out in solution in a fluorometer. Where the oligonucleotides are used as probes for in situ hybridization, detection may be with an image acquisition system (e.g. , using a CCD video camera on a fluorescence microscope coupled to an image processing system).
The nucleotide triphosphate compounds of the present invention may be utilized as monomers for DNA synthesis in DNA amplification techniques such as polymerase chain reaction (Innis, et al. , PCR Protocols. A Guide to Methods and Application. Academic Press, Inc. San Diego, (1990)), ligase chain reaction (LCR) (see Wu et al , Genomics, 4: 560 (1989), Landegren, et al, Science, 241: 1077 (1988) and Barringer, et al, Gene, 89: 117 (1990)), transcription amplification (see Kwoh, et al, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. (U.S.A.), 86: 1173 (1989)) and self-sustained sequence replication (see Guatelli, et al, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. (U.S.A.), 87: 1874 (1990). Amplification utilizing the pteridine nucleotides of this invention provides a rapid assay for a particular DNA sequence. Where the presence or absence of a particular DNA sequence is diagnostic of a pathological condition (e.g., AIDS), amplification using the pteridine nucleotide triphosphates provides an extremely sensitive and rapid diagnostic tool. For example, if PCR amplification is used, a pair of PCR primers will be chosen that are complementary to the DNA sequences flanking the DNA sequence of interest. If the proper target sequences are present in the sample, the DNA sequence between the primers will be amplified. This amplified DNA sequence will contain the pteridine nucleotide triphosphates. The amplified sequence may be separated from the remaining monomers in the mixture by simple size fractionation (e.g. , by using an NAP column, Pharmacia-LKB, Piscataway, New Jersey, U.S.A.) or other techniques well known to those of skill in the art. The presence or absence of the amplified sequence may then be immediately detected by measuring the fluorescence of the remaining mixture. Alternatively, fluorescence polarization (FP) measurements can be used to detect a positive or negative PCR reaction without the necessity of separating the PCR products from the primers and nucleotide monomers. The technique uses pteridine nucleotide monomers or alternatively relatively short primers, about 25 base pairs each, that incorporate pteridine nucleotide monomers. After the PCR procedure is completed, the resulting mixture is analyzed using FP, by passing a beam of polarized light at an excitatory wavelength through the mixture. If the target sequence is not present in the starting mixture, the fluorescent primers will remain in solution as relatively small single-stranded fragments, or the fluorescent nucleotide monomers will remain in solution as relatively small molecules. Both the monomers or the short primer fragments will emit a relatively scattered and non-polarized fluorescent light. By contrast, if the target sequence is present, the pteridine monomers or the fluorescent primers will be incorporated into larger double-stranded segments which will move more slowly in response to the excitatory signal and the fluorescent light emitted by the mixture will be more polarized. See EP No.: 382433 which describes this technique in greater detail. Thus the invention provides for pteridine nucleotide triphosphates of formula I. Particularly prefeπed are the triphosphate compounds of formulas HI through XI. Thus a first prefeπed triphosphate is formula HI in which R12 is NH2 and R20 is formula H in which R21 is a triphosphate, R22 is H, and R23 is H. A second prefeπed triphosphate is formula IV in which R12 is NH2 and R20 is formula H in which R21 is a triphosphate, R22 is H, and R23 is H.
A third prefeπed triphosphate is formula V in which R20 is formula H in which R21 is a triphosphate, R22 is H, and R23 is H. A fourth prefeπed triphosphate is formula VI in which R16 is NH2 and R20 is formula H in which R21 is a triphosphate, R22 is H, and R23 is H.
A fifth prefeπed triphosphate is formula VH in which R16 is NH2 and R20 is formula H in which R21 is a triphosphate, R22 is H, and R23 is H.
A sixth prefeπed triphosphate is formula VHI in which R12 is NH2 and R17 is formula H in which R21 is a triphosphate, R22 is H, and R23 is H.
A seventh prefeπed triphosphate is formula IX in which R12 is NH2 and R17 is formula H in which R21 is a triphosphate, R22 is H, and R23 is H.
A eighth prefeπed triphosphate is formula X in which R12 is NH2 and R17 is formula H in which R21 is a triphosphate, R22 is H, and R23 is H. An ninth prefeπed triphosphate is formula XI in which R12 is NH2 and R17 is formula H in which R21 is a triphosphate, R22 is H, and R23 is H.
An additional aspect of the invention relates to kits useful in implementing the above-described assay. These kits take a variety of forms and can comprise one or more containers containing the sequence specific amplification primers and one or more pteridine nucleotide triphosphates. Other optional components of the kit include, for example, a polymerase, means used to separate the monomers from the amplified mixture, and the appropriate buffers for PCR or other amplification reactions. In addition to the above components, the kit can also contain instructions for carrying out the described method. The claimed pteridine nucleotides can be synthesized by standard methods well known to one of skill in the art. In general, the protected pteridine derivative is reacted with a chlorofuranose having its 3'- and 5'-hydroxyls protected as their 4-chlorobenzoyl or paratoluenesulfonyl esters to produce a pteridine nucleoside. See, for example Kiriasis et al , page 49-53 in Chemistry and Biology of Pteridines, Kisliuk and Brown, eds. Elsevier North Holland, Inc. N.Y. (1979), Schmid et al, Chem. Ber. 106: 1952-1975 (1973), Pfleiderer U.S. Patent No. 3,798,210, Pfleiderer, U.S. Patent No. 3,792,036, Harris et al, Liebigs Ann. Chem., 1457-1468 (1981), which illustrate the synthesis of various pteridine nucleosides and are incorporated herein by reference. See also Examples 1 through 4 which describe the synthesis of pteridine nucleosides. Following coupling, the protecting groups can be removed and the 5 '-hydroxyl converted to its dimethoxytrityl ether. Subsequent conversion of the 3 '-hydroxyl to the H- phosphonate, phosphoramidite, or hemisuccinate provides the desired compounds. Where an exocyclic amine or protected amine is desired in the product, it can be introduced at any of several stages. For example, the starting pteridine may contain an amine substituent which is protected prior to further manipulation (e.g. see compounds of formula HI). Alternatively, an amine may be introduced at a later stage by conversion of an oxo moiety to a thione followed by amination with ammonia (e.g. see Example 8 describing the synthesis of a phosphoramidite of formula VHI). Yet another method for introducing an amine uses a starting pteridine bearing a methylthio substituent in the 2 position (e.g. see Example 7 describing the synthesis of a phosphoramidite of formula V). After coupling with the desired chlorofuranose the protecting groups are removed and the methylthio group is displaced with ammonia. The 5 '-hydroxyl of the nucleoside is blocked with a protecting group
(preferably dimethoxytrityl). Means of coupling protecting groups are well known to those of skill in the art. In particular, the coupling of a dimethoxytrityl group is illustrated in Examples 6 through 9. Briefly, this is accomplished by reaction of the nucleoside with dimethoxytrityl chloride in dry pyridine. Other protocols are generally known to those of skill in the art. See, for example, Atkinson et al , chapter 3, in Gait, ed., Oligonucleotide Synthesis: A Practical Approach (IRL Press, Washington, D.C., 1984), which is incorporated herein by reference.
The 3 '-hydroxyl of the pteridine nucleoside can be converted to its respective hemisuccinate (for coupling to CPG as describe earlier), phosphoramidite, H- phosphonate, or triphosphate using methods well known to those of skill in the art. For example, conversion of the nucleoside 3 '-hydroxyl to a hemisuccinate may be accomplished by reaction with succinic anhydride. Atkinson et al , chapter 3, in Gait, ed., Oligonucleotide Synthesis: A Practical Approach (IRL Press, Washington, D.C., 1984) which is incorporated herein by reference describe the functionalization of control pore glass and the synthesis and coupling of nucleoside-3'-O succinates.
Means of converting a nucleoside to a phosphoramidite are also well known to those of skill in the art. See, for example, Atkinson et al. , chapter 3, in Gait, ed., Oligonucleotide Synthesis: A Practical Approach (IRL Press, Washington, D.C., 1984), which is incorporated herein by reference, who utilize the method of McBride and Caruthers, Tetrahedron Lett. , 24: 245 (1983). Another approach is illustrated in Examples 7 and 8 in which the nucleoside is reacted with β-cyanoethoxy-bis- diisopropylphosphane in tetrazole. Subsequent isolation of the phosphoramidite is described in those examples.
Similarly, means of converting a nucleoside to an H-phosphonate are also well known to those of skill in the art. In one approach, phosphorous (III) trichloride derivatives are used to directly phosphitylate the 3 '-hydroxyl of the nucleoside. More specifically, phosphorous (III) triimidazolide may be used to phosphitylate the 3'- hydroxyl. This method is described in detail by Garegg et al Chemica Scripta, 25: 280- 282 (1985) and by Tocik et al. Nucleic Acids Res. , 18: 193 (1987) both of which are incorporated herein by reference. Similarly, the use of tris-(l,l,l,3,3,3-hexafluoro-2- propyl) phosphite to produce ribonucleoside-H-phosphonates is described by Sakatsume et al. Nucleic Acids Res. , 17: 3689-3697 (1989), which is incorporated herein by reference. The use of the same reagent to produce deoxynucleoside-H-phosphonates is described by Sakatsume et al. Nucleic Acids Res., 18: 3327-3331 (1990), which is incorporated herein by reference. Other approaches to the derivatization of the 3'-hydroxyl to produce H- phosphonates may be found in Sekine et al J. Org. Chem., 47: 571-573 (1982); Marugg et al. Tetrahedron Lett. , 23: 2661-2664 (1986), and Pon et al. Tetrahedron Lett. , 26: 2525-2528 (1985).
Derivatization of the 3 '-hydroxyl as a triphosphate may be accomplished by a number of means known to those of skill in the art. Where the pteridine nucleoside has sufficient structural similarity to native nucleotides to act as an enzymatic substrate, the monophosphate may be synthesized chemically as described below and then enzymatically converted to the diphosphate and then to the triphosphate using the appropriate nucleotide monophosphate and diphosphate kinases respectively.
Alternatively, the nucleoside may be chemically derivatized as the triphosphate. This may be accomplished by reacting the nucleoside with trimethyl phosphate and POCl3 and then adding a triethylammonium bicarbonate buffer to form the nucleotide monophosphate which may then be purified chromatographically. The nucleotide monophosphate is then activated using carbonyldiimidazole and coupled with tributylammonium pyrophosphate to form the nucleotide triphosphate. The nucleotide triphosphate may then be precipitated as a sodium salt which is more stable than the trierthyklammonium salt and can be stored without decomposition. Details of the derivatization of a nucleoside to the nucleotide triphosphate are provided in Example 10.
The syntheses of the pteridine derivatives of the present invention are described in detail in the examples. In particular, the syntheses of pteridine nucleosides of formulas HI, VI, IX, X and XI are illustrated in Examples 1 through 5 respectively. The syntheses of the pteridine nucleotide phosphoramidites of formulas IV, V, VHI and VH are illustrated in Examples 6, through 9. The conversion of pteridine nucleosides to pteridine nucleotide triphosphates is illustrated in Example 10. The synthesis, cleavage and deprotection of deoxyoligonucleotides incorporating one of the claimed pteridine nucleotides is illustrated in Example 11. Finally, the use of the claimed oligonucleotides in an assay for integrase activity is illustrated in Example 12. The examples are provided to illustrate, but not to limit the claimed invention.
EXAMPLE 1 Synthesis a Nucleoside of Formula HI: 4-Amino-2-phenvI-8-.2-deoxy-fi-D- ribofuranosyl)pteridine-7-one (5). a) Silver Salt of isonitrosomalononitrile (1)
Synthesis of the silver salt of isonitrosomalononitrile used in step (b) was described by Longo, Gazz. Chim. ItaL , 61: 575 (1931). To 120 mL of a solution of acetic acid and H2O (1/1) was added 20 g (0.3 mole) of malononitrile (Fluka AG,
Switzerland). The mixture was heated and stiπed until the malononitrile dissolved. The mixture was then cooled to 0°C and a solution of 23 g (0.33 mole) sodium nitrite in 100 mL of H2O was slowly added while stirring. The solution was then stirred at room temperature for 12 hours in the dark. To this orange colored solution was added a solution of 52 g (0.3 mole) of silver nitrate dissolved in 100 mL of H2O. The resulting precipitate was collected, filtered under low vacuum, washed with ether and then dried in a desiccator over P4O10 in vacuum to yield 1 as 59.7 g (99% yield, m.p. > 350°C). b) 2-phenyl-4,6-diamino-5-nitrosopyrimidine (2)
The synthesis of 2-phenyl-4,6-diamino-5-nitrosopyrimidine was described by Taylor et al, J. Am. Chem. Soc , 81: 2442-2448 (1959). Small portions, 0.11 mole, of finely divided silver salt of isonitrosomalononitrile (1) was added to a stirred solution of 0.1 mole of benzamidine hydrohalide in 100 mL of methanol. Stirring was continued for one hour after addition was complete. By this time, the yellow silver salt had disappeared and a heavy precipitate of white silver halide had separated. The reaction mixture was filtered, and the yellow filtrate was evaporated at room temperature under reduced pressure to dryness. The yield of crude product was almost quantitative. Recrystallization from ethyl acetate yielded a pure benzamidine salt of isonitrosomalononitrile in the form of light yellow crystals (m.p. 151 °C -152°C).
Analysis for CI(>H5N5O calculated: C, 55.8; H, 4.2; N, 32.5. Found: C, 55.7; H, 4.0; N, 32.6.
A mixture of 2 grams of the benzamidine salt of isonitrosomalononitrile in 10 mL of α-picoline was heated was heated to 125° to 130°C for 0.5 hours. The salt dissolved rapidly and the color of the mixture gradually turned green. The reaction mixture was then cooled and diluted with H2O. Filtration after standing yielded 2 as bluish green crystals of 2-phenyl-5,6-diamino-5-nitrosopyrimidine (m.p. 243-244°C). Analysis for C10H9N5O calculated: C, 55.8; H, 4.2; N, 32.5. Found: C, 55.9; H, 3.9; N, 32.6. c) 4-amino-2-phenyl-pteridine-7-one (3)
Synthesis of 4-amino-2-phenyl-pteridine-7-one was described by Harris et al, Liebigs. Ann. Chem. 1457-1468 (1981). To 200 mL of methanol was added 2.15 g (10 mmol) of 2-phenyl-4,6-diamino-5-nitrosopyrimidine (2). The mixture was hydrated in an agitator at room temperature using hydrogen via 5% Pd/C-catalyst until the reaction ceased (approximately 2 hours). The colorless solution was filtered, combined with a solution of 1 g Na in 20 mL of H2O, heated to a boil, and then treated with activated charcoal and filtered while hot. The filtrate was brought to pH 5 with glacial acetic acid and left to stand and cool. The precipitate was recrystallized from dimethylformamide to obtain 3 as 1.0 g of brownish crystals (42% yield, m.p. 330°- 332°C). d) 4-Amino-2-phenyl-8-β-deoxy-3,5-di-0-(4-chlorobenzoyl)-β-D-ribofiιranosylJ- pteridine-7-one (4)
A mixture of 1.0 g (4.2 mmol) of 4-amino-2-phenyl-pteridine-7-one (3) and a few crystals of ammonium sulfate was heated in 100 mL of hexamethyldisilazane (HMDS) under reflux for 4 hours. After cooling the excess HMDS was distilled off in vacuum and the residue dissolved in 100 mL of dry toluene. To the mixture was added 2.17 g (4.6 mmol) of 2-deoxy-3,5-di-O-(4-chlorobenzoyl)-c_-D-ribofuranosyl chloride (made as in Example 3, step (a) for the toluyl derivative) and 0.476 g (2.3 mmol) of silver perchlorate. The solution was then stiπed under anhydrous conditions for 24 hours at room temperature and then diluted with 200 mL of CH2C12. The resulting AgCl precipitate was filtered off through silica and then the filtrate was treated with 100 mL of a saturated aqueous solution of sodium bicarbonate followed by 100 mL of a saturated aqueous solution of NaCl. The organic layer was dried over Na2SO4, filtered and then the filtrate evaporated.
The residue was dissolved in a little ethyl acetate, put onto a silica-gel column and then eluted with n-hexane / ethyl acetate 5:1. The main fraction was collected, evaporated and the residue recrystallized twice from CHC13 / methanol to give 4 as 1.43 g (54% yield) of colorless crystals (m.p. 175-178°C).
Analysis calculated for
Figure imgf000041_0001
(632.5): C, 58.87; H, 3.67; N, 11.07. Found: C, 58.62; H, 3.74; N, 11.10. e) 4-Amino-2-phenyl-8- (2-deoxy-β-D-ribofiιranosyl)pteridine- 7-one (5)
To a solution of 10 mg of sodium in 50 mL of anhydrous methanol was added 0.632 g (1 mmol) of 4-amino-2-phenyl-8-[2-deoxy-3,5-di-O-(4-chlorophenyl)-/3D- ribofuranosyl]pteridine-7-one (4). The solution was stirred at room temperature for 1 hour. The solution was then neutralized by the addition of AcOH and then evaporated. The residue was recrystallized from methanol / H20 to give 5 as 0.323 g (91 % yield) of colorless crystals (m.p. 169-172°C). Analysis calculated for C17H17N504 (355.4): C, 57.46; H, 4.81; N, 19.71. Found: C, 57.04; H, 4.88; N, 20.01.
EXAMPLE 2 Synthesis of a Nucleoside of Formula VI: 2,-Deoxy- .-D-ribofuranosyl- isoxanthopterin (15).
The synthesis of 2,4,5-triamino-6-benzyloxy-pyrimidine (9), steps (a) through (d), is described by Pfleiderer et al, Chem. Ber. , 94: 12-18 (1961). a) 6-chloro-2,4-diamino-pyrimidine (6)
To 500 mL of freshly distilled POCl3 at a temperature of 80-90 °C is added 100 g of 2,4-diamino-6-oxo-dihydropyrimidine (Aldrich, Milwaukee, Wisconsin, USA). The mixture is distilled under reflux until, after approximately 2 hours, the mixture has completely dissolved. The residual POCl3 is suctioned off using vacuum and the remaining syrup is dripped slowly onto ice. The highly acidic solution is carefully neutralized by cooling it using concentrated sodium aluminate solution, and in the final stage with solid sodium carbonate. When completed the total volume of solution is approximately 1800 mL. Upon cooling a yellowish precipitate is separated out which is suctioned off and dried in a vacuum desiccator. The end product which contains mostly non-organic salts is boiled three times, each time with 1 liter of acetone to which active charcoal is added. The extracts are cooled and the resulting clear precipitate is collected. Evaporation of the filtrates yields an additional fraction. b) 2,4-diamino-6-benzyloxy-pyrimidine (7)
A solution of 3.8 g sodium in 100 mL benzylalcohol is heated in an oil bath with 21.6 g 6-chloro-2,4-diamino-pyrimidine (6) for 3 hours at 160°C. The surplus alcohol is distilled off in vacuum. a) The oily residue is thoroughly washed in warm water thereby giving rise to a rubbery substance. The warm solution is dissolved in warm 30% acetic acid, faded with activated charcoal and brought to pH 6 using diluted ammonia. When slowly cooled an oily mass initially separates out, followed by a crystalline substance. The crystals are separated from the congealed oil by means of excitation, decanting and filtration. The oily residue is then heated and cooled several times to become crystalline. The pooled fractions, once they are dried in a vacuum desiccator, are dissolved in a small quantity of chloroform, then treated with activated charcoal and aluminum oxide (base, cationotropic Al2O3) and separated out again by intense freezing a temperature of -20 °C or lower. Several repetitions of this process yield chromatographically pure 7. b) In an alternative purification process the alcohol-free reaction residue is dissolved in benzole, treated with activated charcoal and the filtrate is thoroughly evaporated. The product which separates out when cooled is recrystallized several times from benzole to yield 7. c) 5-nitroso-2,4-diamino-6-benzyloxy-primidine (8)
To a solution of 16 g 2,4-diamino-6-benzyloxy-pyrimidine (7) in 250 mL of warm 30% acetic acid is added a solution of 7g sodium nitrite in 25 mL H2O. The sodium nitrite solution is held at 70-80 °C and is added dropwise while being stiπed continuously. The sodium nitrite solution is added until potassium-iodate starch paper shows a positive reaction. The violet-red precipitate is cooled, suctioned off and then recrystallized from ethanol or acetone to yield 8. d) 2,4,5-triamino-6-benzyloxy-pyrimidine (9)
Sodium dithionite is added in portions to a suspension of 17 g 5-nitroso- 2,4-diamino-6-benzyloxy-primidine (8) in 300 mL H2O at 50 °C until the red nitroso compound is fully reduced. The free base is separated out by adding aqueous ammonia. The crude product is cooled, suctioned off and crystallized from water, to which activated charcoal and a trace of sodium dithionite is added yielding 9. e) 2,4-diamino-6-benzyloxy-5-ethoxycarbonylmethyleneimino-pyrimidine (10)
The synthesis of 2,4-diamino-6-benzyloxy-5- ethoxycarbonylmethyleneimino-pyrimidine is described by Pfleiderer & Reisser, Chem. Ber. , 95: 1621-1628 (1961). A suspension of 2.3 g of 2,4,5-triamino-6-benzyloxy- pyrimidine (9) in 250 mL of H2O is agitated in 3 g ethylglyoxylate-hemiethylacetal for three hours at room temperature. The resulting bright yellow precipitate is filtered off under light vacuum, washed, and dried at a temperature of 100°C. The precipitate is recrystallized from ethanol to give 10. f) 2-amino-4-benzyloxypteridine-7-one (11)
The synthesis of 2-amino-4-benzyloxypteridine-7-one is described by Pfleiderer & Reisser, Chem. Ber. , 95: 1621-1628 (1961). To a solution of 1 g 2,4- diamino-6-benzyloxy-5-ethoxycarbonylmethyleneimino-pyrimidine (10) in 190 mL of ethanol is added 30 mL 1 N NaHCO3. The solution is distilled under reflux for 1 hour and then the solution is heat separated from the little remaining undissolved material. The pteridine that precipitates out due to acidification of the filtrate with 20 mL of glacial acetic acid is suctioned off after cooling and recrystallized from benzylalcohol to give 11. g) 4-benzyloxy-2- (N, N-dimethylaminomethylenimino)-pteridine- 7-one (12) To 100 mL of anhydrous DMF is added 2.88 g (10.7 mmoles) of 2-amino-
4-benzyloxypteridine-7-one (11) and 1.92 mL (11.2 mmoles) of N,N-dimethylforamide- diethylacetal. The mixture is stirred at room temperature for 4 hours by which time it becomes a clear solution. The DMF is distilled off in high vacuum below 50°C. To the residue is then added a solution of 1 mL of methanol and 50 mL of diethylether. After 10 minutes, the precipitate is collected. The filtrate is again evaporated to dryness and the resulting residue is stirred in 10 mL of diethylether to yield a second precipitate. The precipitates are pooled and dried under high vacuum to give 12. h) 4-benzyloxy-2-(N,N-dimethylaminomethyleneimino)-8-(2-deoxy-3,5-di-p-toluoyl- β-D-ribofuranosyl)-pteridine- 7-one (13)
To 3.24 g (10 mmoles) of 4-benzyloxy-2-(N,N- dimethylaminomethyleneimino)-pteridine-7-one (12) is added 100 mL of anhydrous acetonitrile. Then 1.87 mL (12.5 mmoles) of DBU are added and the solution is stiπed until it becomes clear after about 10 min. To this solution is gradually added 4.5 g (11 mmoles of l-chloro-2-deoxy-3,5-di-O-p-toluoyl-c_-D-ribofuranose. The stirring is then continued for 30 min. The resulting precipitate is collected to give after drying an a,β- anomeric mixture. The filtrate is evaporated to dryness, the residue dissolved in 100 mL of CH2C12 and twice washed with H2O to remove the DBU. The organic layer is dried over Na2SO4 and then evaporated. The resulting residue is purified by silica-gel column chromatography in toluene/ethyl acetate 1/3. The main fraction is collected and gives on evaporation an _.,/3-anomeric mixture. Both crops are pooled and recrystallized from ethyl acetate/methanol 20/1 to give 13. i) 8-(2-Deoxy-3,5-di-0-p-toluoyl-β-D-ribofuranosyl)-isoxanthopterin (14)
In 100 mL of methanol are dissolved 3.38 g (5 mmoles) of 4-benzyloxy-2- (N,N-dimethylaminomethyleneimino)-8-(2-deoxy-3,5-di-p-toluoyl-/3-D-ribofuranosyl)- pteridine-7-one (13). Then 0.2 g of palladium-charcoal (5%) is added and the mixture is shaken under hydrogen atmosphere for 1 day. The catalyst is filtered off and the filtrate evaporated to dryness. The residue is recrystallized from methanol to give 14. j) 8-(2-Deoxy-β-D-ribofuranosyl)-isoxanthopterin (15)
To 30 mL of a saturated solution of ammonia in methanol is added 1.0 g (2 mmoles) of 8-(2-deoxy-3,5-di-O-p-toluoyl-/3-D-ribofuranosyl)-isoxanthopterin (14). The mixture is stiπed at room temperature overnight. The solution is then evaporated to dryness and the residue recrystallized from a little H2O by addition of drops of acetic acid. Cooling produces 15.
EXAMPLE 3 Synthesis of a Nucleoside of Formula IX: 4-Amino-l-(2-deoxy-ft-D-ribofuranosyl)-7- methyl-pteridine-2-one (23). a) 2-deoxy-3,5-di-0-p-toluoyl-a-D-ribofiιranosyl-chloride (16)
The synthesis of 2-deoxy-3,5-di-O-p-toluoyl-c_-D-ribofuranosyl chloride, used in step (e) is described by Hoffer, Chem. Ber., 93: 2777-2781 (1960). To 243 mL of methanol is added 13.6 g (0.1 mol) of 2-deoxy-D-ribose (Aldrich, Milwaukee, Wisconsin, USA) and 27 mL of 1 % methanolized HC1. The mixture is allowed to stand sealed for 12-15 minutes to form methylglycoside. Afterwards, 3-5 g silver carbonate is mixed in to immediately bind all hydrogen chloride. The clear filtered solution is boiled down in vacuum to a syrup-like consistency and the remaining methanol is separated off by repeated boiling in vacuum while adding small amounts of dry pyridine. Finally the mixture is dissolved in 80 mL pyridine and acylated with 34 g (0.22 mole) p- toluylchloride while cooling. The mixture is then heated for two hours at 40-50 °C or is allowed to stand overnight at room temperature. Water is added, after which the mixture is partitioned with 200 mL ether. The ether solution is then washed free of pyridine using H2O followed by dilute sulphuric acid followed by potassium hydrogen carbonate solution. The mixture is then boiled down in vacuum to form a honey-yellow syrup. From this syrup, it is possible to obtain crystallized 3,5-di-p-toluyl-methyl-2-deoxy-D- ribofuranoside by seeding. To isolate the chloride, the syrup is dissolved in 20-50 mL glacial acetic acid and the solution is placed in a beaker together with 80 mL of acetic acid that has been saturated with hydrogen chloride. The solution is held at 10 °C and hydrogen chloride is introduced until the mixture hardens after about 10 minutes to a thick crystalline paste. After not more than 30 minutes, the crystalline substance is washed on a filter under low vacuum with absolute ether. This washing step is preferably repeated a second time. The substance is then dried in a vacuum desiccator with soda lime and phosphorous pentaoxide and remains stable in this condition for weeks. When desired, 2-deoxy-3,5-di-O-p-toluoyl-α-D-ribofuranosyl-chloride (16) is recrystallized from toluene or carbon tetrachloride. b) 2-hydroxy-4,6-diaminopyrimidine sulfate (17)
The synthesis of 4,6-diamino-2-hydroxy-pyrimidine sulfate is described by Bendich et al. J. Amer. Chem. Soc , 70: 3109-3113 (1948). To 5.40 g of 4,6-diamino-2- thiolpyrimidine (Aldrich Chemical Co., Milwaukee, Wisconsin, USA) and 5.5g of chloroacetic acid is added 75 mL of boiling H2O. The solution is refluxed for 1.25 hours. Without cooling, 9.5 ml of 18 N sulfuric acid is added and the refluxing is continued for an additional hour. Norite is added and upon cooling the filtrate yields 17. c) 4,6-diamino-5-formylamino-2-hydroxy-pyrimidine (18)
The synthesis of 4,6-diamino-5-formylamino-2-hydroxy-pyrimidine is described by Pfleiderer, Chem. Ber. 90: 2272-2276 (1957). To 54 mL of formamide is added 9 g of 4,6-diamino-2-hydroxy-pyrimidine sulfate (17) and 4.5 g of sodium nitrite. This solution is heated to 60 °C and 10 mL of formic acid is added drop-wise. This forms a red suspension which is further heated to 110°C. Small quantities of sodium dithionite are added until a yellow coloring is obtained. During this time the temperature must not exceed 130 °C. The mixture is allowed to cool and the precipitate is filtered off under light vacuum. Finally, 18 is recrystallized from a large amount of H2O with animal charcoal. d) 4,5,6-triamino-pyrimidine-2-one hydrochloride (19)
The synthesis of 4,5,6-triamino-pyrimidine-2-one hydrochloride is described by Pfleiderer, Chem. Ber. 90: 2272-2276 (1957). To 3 g of 4,6-diamino-5- formylamino-2-hydroxy-pyrimidine (18) is added 50 mL of 10% to 15% methanolic HCl. The solution is refluxed for 7 hours and then allowed to cool. Once cooled, the mixture is filtered under light vacuum, then washed in alcohol and dried in a drying chamber. The hydrochloride is then dissolved in H2O at room temperature and neutralized to pH 7 by the addition of 1 N ammonia. The resulting precipitate is collected, washed with ethanol, and dried in a drying chamber to yield 19. e) 4-amino-7-methyl-pteridine-2-one (20)
In 50 mL of H2O is dissolved 1.77 g (0.01 mole) of 4,5,6-triamino- pyrimidine-2-one hydrochloride (19). The pH of the solution is adjusted to 5 and then, 4 mL of 40% aqueous methylglyoxal (FLUKA AG, Switzerland) is added and the solution is heated under reflux for 30 minutes. The resulting precipitate is collected and purified by recrystallization from a large amount of H20 to give 20. f) 4-benzoylamino-7-methyl-pteridine-2-one (21)
In 20 mL of pyridine is dissolved 1.63 g (0.01 mole) of 4-amino-7-methyl- pteridine-2-one (20). Then 3.12 g (0.02 mole) of benzoyl chloride is added dropwise while stirring the mixture. The mixture is heated to 80 °C for 30 minutes and then poured on ice. The resulting precipitate is collected, washed with ethanol and ether and then recrystallized from DMF to give 21. g) 4-benzoylamino-l (2-deoxy-3,5-di-0-p-toluoyl-β-D-ribofuranosyl)- 7-methyl- pteridine-2-one (22)
To 60 mL of anhydrous acetonitrile is added 2.83 g (0.01 mole) of 4- benzoylamino-7-methyl-pteridine-2-one (21). Then 1.5 mL (11 mmole) of 1,8- diazabicyclo[5.4.0]-undec-7-ene (DBU) is added and the mixture is stiπed for 15 min at room temperature. After stirring, 4.26 g (11 mmole) of 2-deoxy-3,5-di-O-p-toluoyl-α-D- ribofuranosyl chloride is added to the solution and stiπed for 1 hour at room temperature. The solution is then evaporated to dryness, the residue dissolved in CHC13, washed with sodium bicarbonate solution and the organic phase is dried over Na2SO4. After concentration to a small volume the material is purified by silica-gel column chromatography in ethyl acetate / acetone 4/1. The main fraction is evaporated and the residue recrystallized from ethanol to give 22. h) 4-amino-l (2-deoxy-β-D-ribofuranosyl)-7-methyl-pteridine-2-one (23)
To 50 mL of saturated methanolic ammonia is added 1.65 g (0.005 mole) of 4-benzoylamino-l-(2-deoxy-3,5-di-O-p-toluoyl-3-D-ribofuranosyl)-7-methyl-pteridine- 2-one (22). The mixture is stiπed overnight at room temperature. The mixture is then evaporated to dryness and the residue recrystallized from ethanol/H2O 20: 1 to give 23.
EXAMPLE 4 Synthesis of a Nucleoside of Formula X : 4-Amino-l-(2-deoxy- 3-D-ribofuranosyl)-6- methyl-pteridine-2-one (28). a) methylglyoxalmonoaldoxime (24)
Methylglyoxalmonoaldoxime may be synthesized according to the protocol of G. Charrier Gazz. Chim. Italy 37: 145 (1907). To 30 mL of an acetic acid/H2O solution (1/1) is added 5.8 g (0.1 mole) of acetone. The solution is then cooled to 0°C. A solution of 7.6 g (0.11 mole) of sodium nitrite in 20 mL of H2O is added dropwise with stirring. The solution is then stiπed for another 3 hours at room temperature and then evaporated carefully in vacuum. The residue is extracted with benzene to give, on partial evaporation, 24 as colorless crystals. The crystals can be further purified by sublimation in high vacuum. b) 4-Amino-6-methyl-pteridine-2-one (25)
To 50 mL of H2O is added 1.77 g (0.01 mole) of 4,5,6-triamino- pyrimidine-2-one hydrochloride (19) (see Example 3). The pH is adjusted to 5 and 1.74 g (0.02 mole) of methylglyoxalmonoaldoxime (24) is added while stirring the mixture. The resulting precipitate of the coπesponding Schiff s base is collected, then dissolved in 25 mL of 80% sulfuric acid and heated to 100° for 30 min. After cooling the mixture is poured onto ice and then carefully neutralized by NaHCO3 which results in the formation of a precipitate. The product is filtered and then recrystallized from a large volume of H2O to give 25. c) 4-benzoylamino-6-methyl-pteridine-2-one (26)
The synthesis of 4-benzoylamino-6-methyl-pteridine-2-one is carried out as in Example 3, step (d), substituting 4-amino-6-methyl-pteridine-2-one (25) for 4-amino-7- methyl-pteridine-2-one (20). d) 4-benzoylamino-l-(-2-deoxy-3,5-di-0-p-toluoyl-β-D-ribofuranosyl)-6- methylpteridine-2-one (27)
The synthesis of 4-benzoylamino-l-(-2-deoxy-3,5-di-O-p-toluoyl-/3-D- ribofuranosyl)-6-methylpteridine-2-one is carried out as in Example 3, step (e), substituting 4-benzoylamino-6-methyl-pteridine-2-one (26) for 4-benzoylamino-7-methyl- pteridine-2-one (21). e) 4-amino-l-(2-deoxy-β-D-ribofiιranosyl)-6-methyl-pteridine-2-one (28)
The synthesis of 4-Amino-l-(2-deoxy-/3-D-ribofuranosyl)-6-methyl- pteridine-2-one is carried out as in Example 3, step (f), substituting 4-benzoylamino-l-(- 2-deoxy-3,5-di-O-p-toluoyl-/3-D-ribofuranosyl)-6-methylpteridine-2-one(27) for 4- benzoylamino- 1 -(-2-deoxy-3 , 5-di-O-p-toluoyl-/3-D-ribofuranosyl)-7-methylpteridine-2-one (22).
EXAMPLE 5 Synthesis of a Nucleoside of Formula XI: 4-Amιno-l-(2-deoxy-<3-D-ribofuranosyl)- pteridine-2-one (32). a) 4,5 ,6-triamino-2-hydroxypyrimidine sulfate (29)
Compound 17, 4,6-diamino-2-hydroxy-pyrimidine sulfate, is synthesized as described in Example 3 step (b). The conversion of 17 to 4,5,6-triamino-2- hydroxypyrimidine sulfate (29) is described by Bendich et al , J. Amer. Chem. Soc, 70: 3109-3113 (1948). To a mixture of 110 mL of glacial acetic acid and 110 mL of H2O is added 15.3 g of very finely pulverized 17. The mixture is kept at about 5°C and 11.0 g of sodium nitrite in 25 mL of H2O is added with constant stirring. The carmine red- colored precipitate is collected after two hours and washed with three small portions of chilled H2O. The moist precipitate is suspended in 400 mL of H2O and 45 g of sodium hydrosulfite is added and the mixture is boiled for three minutes during which time the substance is bleached. To this solution 53 mL of 18 N sulfuric acid is carefully added. The fixture is boiled for a few minutes and filtered after Norite treatment to yield, on chilling 29 which can be recrystallized from 2 N sulfuric acid. b) 4-amino-pteridine-2-one (30).
The synthesis of 4-amino-pteridine-2-one is described by Taylor et al, J. Amer. Chem. Soc , 71: 2538-2541 (1949). To a solution of 2.0 g (0.0084 mole) of 4,5,6-triamino-2-hydroxypyrimidine sulfate (29) in 50 mL of H2O adjusted to pH 5 with dilute NaOH is added 3.0 g (0.0113 mole) of glyoxal bisulfite. The reaction mixture is heated to boiling, the pH adjusted to 9 and the boiling is continued for fifteen minutes. After neutralization with dilute hydrochloric acid, cooling and filtering, the light tan solid is washed with H2O followed by acetone and dried in vacuo. The solid is dissolved in hot 0.5 N NaOH and then treated with Norite. The hot filtrate is then acidified with acetic acid. A final recrystallization from 0.5 N acetic acid gives 30. c) 4-arnino-l-(2-deoxy-3,5-di-0-p-toluoyl-β-D-ribofuranosyl)-pteridine-2-one (31)
To 20 mL of hexamethyldisilazane (HMDS) is added 2.98 g (0.02 mole) of 4-amino-pteridine-2-one (30). The mixture is heated for 24 hours under reflux, with moisture excluded, to obtain a clear solution. The excess HMDS is removed under high vacuum to give l-trimethylsilylamino-2-trimethylsilyloxy-pteridine as a viscous oil. The residue is dissolved in 200 mL of benzene and then 9.37 g (0.022 mole) of 2-deoxy-3,5- di-O-p-toluoyl-α-D-ribofuranosyl chloride, 4 g HgO, and 4 g HgBr2 are added and the mixture is refluxed for 5 hours. After cooling, the precipitate is filtered off, the filtrate evaporated to dryness and the residue dissolved in 100 mL of CHC13. The solution is extracted twice with 100 mL of 20% KI. The organic layer is then dried over Na2SO4, again evaporated and the residue dissolved in a little ethyl acetate for silica-gel column chromatography with ethyl acetate / acetone 7:3. The first fraction contains excess sugar, the second fraction the α-anomer and last eluting fraction the β-deoxyriboside. Evaporation and recrystallization of the residue from ethanol gives 31. d) 4-amino-l-(2-deoxy-β-D-ribofuranosyl)-pteridine-2-one (32)
To 0.51 g (1 mmole) of 4-amino-l-(2-deoxy-3,5-di-O-toluoyl-j3-D- ribofuranosyl)-pteridine-2-one (31) is added 50 mL of 0.0005 N sodium methoxide. The 48 mixture is stiπed at room temperature for 24 h. The mixture is then neutralized with AcOH, evaporated to dryness, and twice coevaporated with H2O. The residue is then recrystallized from 50 mL of ethanol to give 32.
EXAMPLE 6
Synthesis of A Phosphoramidite of Nucleoside of Formula IV: 4-Amino-6-phenyl-8- (5-O-dimethoxytrityl-2-deoxy-3-D-ribofuranosyl)-pteridine-7-one-3,-O-( -cvanoethyl_ N-diisopropyl)phosphoramidite (41)
The synthesis of 4,6-diamino-5-nitroso-pyrimidine, steps (a) through (c), was described by Evans et al. J. Chem. Soc , 4106 (1956). a) 4,6 diaminopyrimidine-2-sulphinic acid (33)
To a solution of 50 g of 4,6-diamino-2-mercaptopyrimidine (Aldrich, Milwaukee, Wisconsin, USA) in 2N NaOH (220 mL) was added 750 mL of a 3% hydrogen peroxide solution. The solution was maintained at a temperature less than 20°C. Stirring was continued for a further 30 minutes and the clear pale yellow solution was acidified with acetic acid (ca. 50 mL). The precipitate was washed with H2O and air dried, to give 33 as 58 g (95% yield) of an off-white amorphous acid (m.p. 168- 170°C decomp.). For analysis, a sample was dissolved in dilute aqueous ammonia and reprecipitated with acetic acid. Analysis for QH^ O^ calculated: C, 27.6; H, 3.5; N, 32.2. Found C, 27.8; H, 3.8; N, 32.2. b) 4,6-diamino-pyrimidine hydrochloride (34)
To 500 mL of dry ethanol containing 2.5 N ethanolic hydrogen chloride (150 mL) was added 50 g of 4,6-diaminopyrimidine-2-sulphinic acid (33). The mixture was shaken for 30 minutes. The mixture was then cooled to 0°C and, after 1 hour, the crystals were removed, washed with ether, and dried to give 23 g of pale yellow needles (m.p. 196-198°C). Concentration of the original filtrate to 250 mL, followed by addition of 750 mL of ether, gave a further crop of 15 g of almost white needles (m.p. 188°C). Recrystallization from spirit gave 34 as white needles (m.p. 203-204°C). Analysis for H^ HCl calculated: C, 32.8; H, 4.8; N, 3.82; Cl, 24.2. Found C, 33.3; H, 4.8; N, 38.1; Cl, 24.1.
The sulphinic acid (5g) was then added portion-wise to hydrochloric acid (15 ml; d 1.18) at room temperature. The reaction was vigorous and sulphur dioxide was freely evolved. Hydrochloric acid was removed from the resulting slurry under reduced pressure. The residue was washed with acetone and then ether to give 4.05 g of 7 (m.p. 195°C). Recrystallization of a sample from spirit raised the melting point to 201-202°C. c) 4,6-diamino-5-nitroso-pyrimidine (35)
To 250 mL of 2 N HCl was added 8.0 g (55 mmoles) of 4,6-diamino- pyrimidine hydrochloride (34). The 4,6-diamino-pyrimidine hydrochloride was allowed to dissolve. The solution was then cooled to 0°C and a solution of 4.2 g (61 mmoles) of NaNO2 dissolved in 15 mL of H2O was added dropwise within 20 minutes while stirring. Stirring was continued for another 30 minutes at 0° and then 2 hours at room temperature. The violet solution was neutralized by NaHCO3, the precipitate collected, washed with H2O and ethanol and dried to give 35 as 6.3 g (82% yield) of a blue-violet crystal powder (m.p. >350°C). d) 4-amino-6-phenyl-pteridine-7-one (36) The synthesis of 4-amino-6-phenyl-pteridine-7-one was described by Harris et al, Liebigs. Ann. Chem. 1457-1468 (1981). To a solution of 0.5 g Na in 50 mL of absolute ethanol was added 1.38 g (10 nmol) of 4,6-diamino-5-nitroso-pyrimidine (35) and 2.0 g of phenyl acetic acid ethylester. The materials were allowed to dissolve and the solution was then heated for 1 hour under reflux. The precipitate which settled out was cooled and collected. The precipitate was then heated in 100 mL H2O, filtered off from the insoluble nitroso compound, and then acidified to pH 2 using dilute hydrochloric acid. Once the gelatinous reaction product precipitated out it was heated until it reached a microcrystalline state. The gelatinous reaction product was then drawn off and recrystallized from dimethylformamide yielding 36 as crystals (m.p. >320°C). Analysis for C^H^O calculated: C, 60.24; H, 3.79; N, 29.28. Found C, 60.35; H, 3.78; N, 29.53. e) 4-N,N-Dimethylaminomethyleneimino-6-phenyl-pteridine-7-one (37)
A mixture of 400 mL of dry DMF, 2.39 g (10 mmol) of 4-amino-6- phenyl-pteridine-7-one (36) and 2.5 mL of N,N-dimethlformamide-diethylacetal was stiπed at 60 °C for 5 hours. The solution was evaporated in vacuum to dryness and the residue recrystallized from isopropanol to give 37 as 2.83 g (96% yield) of colorless crystals (m.p. 284-286°C). Analysis calculated for C15H,4N6O (294.3): C, 61.2 1; H, 4.79; N, 28.55. Found: C, 60.88; H, 5.00; N, 28.15. f) 4-N,N-Dimethylaminomethyleneimino-6-phenyl-8-[2-deoxy-3,5-di-0-(4- chlorobenzoyl)-β-D-ribofuranosyl]pteridine- 7-one (38) To 60 mL of dry acetonitrile was added 2.94 g (10 mmol) of 4-N,N- dimethylaminomethyleneimino-6-phenyl-pteridine-7-one (37) and 1.49 mL (11 mmol) of l,8-diazabicyclo[5.4.0]undec-7-ene (DBU). The solution was stiπed for 15 min until clear. To this solution was added 4.72 g (11 mmol) of 2-deoxy-3,5-di-O-(4- chlorobenzoyl)-c--D-ribofuranosyl chloride (made as in Example 3, step (a) for the toluyl derivative). The solution was then stiπed for 2 hours at room temperature during which period a yellowish precipitate formed. The solid precipitate was collected and recrystallized from CHCl3/methanol to provide 38 as 5.3 g (83% yield) of yellowish crystals (m.p. 171-174°C). Analysis calculated for C34H_gCl_N6O6. 1/2 H20 (696.6): C, 58.62; H, 4.05; N, 12.06. Found: C, 58.71; H, 4.16; N 11.91. g) 4-Amino-6-phenyl-8- (2-deoxy-β-D-ribofuranosyl)pteridine- 7-one (39)
To a solution consisting of 70 mg of K2CO3 in 25 mL of anhydrous methanol was added 0.687 g (1 mmol) of 4-N,N-dimethylaminomethylenimino-6-phenyl- 8-[2-deoxy3 ,5-di-O-(4-chlorobenzoyl)-/3 -D-ribofuranosyl]pteridine-7-one (38) . Then 0.7 mL of concentrated ammonia was added to this suspension. The solution was neutralized by the addition of AcOH after stirring for 2 days at room temperature and the resulting yellow precipitate (0.2 g, 56% yield) collected. The filtrate was evaporated to dryness and the residue recrystallized from methanol to give 39 as another 0.12 g (34% yield) of yellow crystals (m.p. 163 °C decomp.). Analysis calculated for C17H N5O4 • 1/2 H2O (364.4): C, 56.03; H, 4.97; N, 19.22. Found: C, 56.16; H, 4.75; N, 19.14. h) 4-Amino-6-phenyl-8-(5-0-dimethoxytrityl-2-deoxy-β-D-ribofiιranosyl)-pteridine- 7-one (40)
To a solution of 0.355 g (lmmol) of 4-amino-6-phenyl-8-(2-deoxy-/3-D- ribofuranosyl)-pteridine-7-one (39) in 10 ml of anhydrous pyridine were added some molecular sieves and 0.407 g (1.2 mmol) of dimethoxytrityl chloride. The solution was stirred at room temperature for 12 hours. The molecular sieves were filtered off and the filtrate evaporated. The residue was dissolved in 30 ml of CH2C12 then extracted with a saturated solution of NaHCO3, followed by a saturated solution of NaCl. The organic layer was dried over Na2SO4, then evaporated again and the residue put onto a silica gel column for chromatography with toluene/EtOAc 1:1 as eluent. The product fraction was evaporated, dissolved again in little CH2C12 and then drop- wise added to n-hexane with stirring to give after drying in a vacuum desiccator 40 as 0.46g (70%) of a yellowish crystal powder of m.p. 114°C (decomp.).
Analysis calculated for C38H35N5O6 (657.7): C, 69.39; H, 5.36; N, 10.64. Found: C, 68.91; H, 5.67; N, 10.44.
i) 4-Amino-6-phenyl-8- (5-0-dimethoxytrityl-2-deoxy-β-D-ribofuranosyl)-pteridine-
7-one-3'-0- (β-cyanoethyl, N-diisopropyl)phosphoramidite (41)
To a solution of 0.657 g (a mmol) of 4-amino-6-phenyl-8-(5-O-dimethoxy- trityl-2-deoxy-3-D-ribofuranosyl)-pteridine-7-one (40) in 15 ml of CH2C12 were added 0.452 g (1.5 mmol) of 2-cyanoethoxy-bis-N, N-diisopropylamino-phosphane and 35 mg (0.5 mmol) of tetrazole. The mixture was then stiπed under argon atmosphere for 12 hours at room temperature. The reaction solution was diluted with 15 ml of CH2C12 and then extracted with saturated solutions of NaHCO3 and NaCl. The organic phase was dried over Na2SO4, filtered and evaporated. The residue was put onto a silica gel column for chromatography with toluene / EtOAc 3:2 containing a small amount of triethylamine. The product fraction was collected, evaporated, the residue dissolved in little toluene and then added dropwise to 100 ml of n-hexane with stirring to give 41 as 0.78 g (91 %) of a microcrystalline powder (m.p. > 100°C decomp.). Analysis calculated for C47H52N707P (858.0): C, 65.80; H, 6.11; N, 11.43. Found C, 66.13; H, 6.20; N, 11.03.
EXAMPLE 7 Synthesis of a Phosphoramidite of Formula V: (3-Methyl-8-(2-deoxy-5-0- dimethoxytrityl-3-D-ribofuranosyl)isoxanthopterin-3,-O-(g-cvanoethyl.N- diisopropyDphosphoramidite) (51) a) 2-methylmercapto-4-amino-6-oxo-pyrimidine (42)
The synthesis of 2-methylmercapto-4-amino-6-oxypyrimidine was described by Johns et al, J. Biol Chem. , 14: 381-387 (1913). To 100 mL of a 10 percent solution of NaOH was added 25 g of pulverized 4-amino-2-mercapto-6- oxopyrimidine (Aldrich, Milwaukee, Wisconsin, USA). To this solution was added 25 g of technical dimethylsulphate in small portions, with thorough shaking after each addition. In some cases it was found necessary to dilute the solution with H2O as the precipitate which resulted became too thick to permit thorough mixing to take place. After the mixture had stood at room temperature for 15 minutes, it gave an acid reaction and the precipitate was filtered by suction. The mercapto pyrimidine thus obtained was removed to a flask while still moist, 200 mL of 95 percent alcohol were added and the mixture was heated to the boiling point of the alcohol. This dissolved most of the precipitate. The flask was then cooled and allowed to stand at room temperature for an hour. On filtering, 20 to 25 grams of pure 42 were obtained. This was 75 to 90% of the calculated weight. b) 4-amino-l-methyl-2-methylthio-6-oxodihydropyrimidine (43)
The synthesis of 4-amino-l-methyl-2-methylthio-6-oxodihydropyrimidine was described by Johns et al, J. Biol. Chem., 20: 153-160 (1915). To 65 mL of normal potassium hydroxide solution was added 10 g of 2-methylmercapto-4-amino-6-oxo- pyrimidine (42). To this solution was gradually added 9 grams of dimethyl sulphate while the solution was agitated by frequent shaking. A white, crystalline precipitate began to appear almost immediately, and this soon became very bulky. As soon as the solution became acid to litmus, the crystals were filtered off by suction. The filtrate was neutralized with NaOH, and evaporated to dryness. The residue was washed with cold water, the solid was filtered off and added to the crystals already obtained. The combined solids were then triturated with dilute ammonia to dissolve any unaltered 2- methylmercapto-4-amino-6-oxo-pyrimidine, a small quantity of which was found to be present. That part of the residue which was not soluble in ammonia consisted of two compounds which differed widely as to their melting points and solubility in ether. The compound having the lower melting point was very soluble in ether, while the one with the higher melting point was almost insoluble in this solvent. Ether, therefore, served as a means of separating these compounds from each other.
The compound soluble in ether was 2-methylmercapto-4-amino-6- methoxypyrimidine. This compound was removed from the solid residue by repeated washings with ether and filtering out of the solid residue. The solid residue was then recrystallized from alcohol to give 43 as slender prisms (yield = 60%, m.p. 255°C). Analysis calculated for C6H9ON3S: N, 24.57. Found N, 24.71. c) 6-amino-3-methyl-2-methylthio-5-nitroso-pyrimidine-4-one (44)
The synthesis of 6-amino-3-methyl-2-methylthio-5-nitroso-pyrimidine-4-one (= 4-amino-l-methyl-2-methylthio-5-nitroso-6-oxodihydropyrimidine) was described by Schneider et al. Chem. Ber., 107: 3377-3394 (1974). To a suspension of 11 g of 4- amino- l-methyl-2-methylthio-6-oxodihydropyrimidine (43) in 1 L of 30% acetic acid was added dropwise a solution of 50 g of sodium nitrite in 100 mL of H2O. The mixture was stiπed for an additional hour at room temperature and then cooled in a refrigerator overnight. The precipitate was collected and washed with H2O and then acetone and dried at 100°C. This yields 119.5 g (92% yield) of a chromatographically uniform crude product (m.p. 230°C decomp.). Recrystallization of 1 g of this material from 240 mL of H2O gave 44 as 0.52 g of blue crystals (m.p. 234°C decomp.). d) 5,6-Diamino-3-methyl-2-methylthio-pyrimidine-4-one (45)
To 4.0 g (0.02 mole) of 6-amino-3-methyl-2-methylthio-5-nitroso- pyrimidine-4-one (44) was added 40 mL of 20% aqueous ammonium sulfide solution. The mixture was heated under reflux for 30 min. After cooling the precipitate was collected, washed with a little ethanol and dried in a desiccator to give 45 as 2.72 g (75% yield) of colorless crystals (m.p. 211-212°C). e) 1 -methyl-2-methylmercapto-4-amino-6-oxo-dihydropyrimidine- azomethinecarbonic acid-5 ethylester (46). The synthesis of 3-methyl-2-methylthio-pteridine-4,7-dione from 1-methyl-
2-memylmercaptCH4,5-diamino-6-oxo-dihydropyrimidine (5,6-diamino-3-methyl-2- methylthio-pyrimidine-4-one), steps c and d, was described by Pfleiderer, Chem. Ber. 91: 1670 (1958). In 200 mL of H2O was dissolved 6 g of 5,6-diamino-3-methyl-2- methylthio-pyrimidine-4-one (45). The solution was cooled to room temperature and then combined with 6 g ethylglyoxylate-hemiethylacetal. The thick precipitate that immediately resulted was drawn off after one hour and recrystallized from ethanol producing 8 g of bright yellow crystals of 46 (m.p. 178 °C). Analysis calculated for C104N4O3S«H2O: C, 41.66; H, 5.59; N, 19.44. Found: C, 42.18; H, 5.57; N, 19.32. f) 3-methyl-2-methylthio-pteridine-4,7-dione (47)
To 200 mL of 0.5 N NaHCO3 was added 8g of l-methyl-2- methylmercapto-4-amino-6-oxo-dihydropyrimidine-azomethinecarbonic acid-5 ethylester crystals (46). The solution was refluxed 30 minutes. The clear solution was treated with animal charcoal and then heat acidified to pH 1. Once cooled the precipitate was collected and recrystallized from H2O yielding 47 as 4.5 g of faint yellow crystals of 3- methyl-2-methylthio-pteridine-4,7-dione (m.p. 292-294 °C).
Analysis calculated for C8H8N4O2S: C, 42.86; H, 3.60; N, 24.99. Found: C, 42.70; H, 3.58; N, 24.43. g) 3-Methyl-2-methylthio-8-[2-deoxy-3,5-di-0- (4t-chloro-β-D- ribqfiιranosylJpteridine-4, 7-dione (48)
Crystals of 3-methyl-2-methylthio-pteridine-4,7-dione (47) were dried in a drying oven at 100°C under high vacuum. Then 5.6 g (25 mmol) of the dried crystals were suspended in 250 mL of anhydrous acetonitrile under argon atmosphere with 12.9 g of 2-deoxy-3,5-di-O-(4-chlorobenzoyl)-D-ribofuranosyl chloride (made as in Example 3, step (a) for the toluyl derivative). Then 3 mL of hexamethyldisilazane and 2 mL of trimethylsilyl chloride were added. The mixture was stiπed for 30 minutes and then 7.4 mL of SnCl4 was added dropwise within 2 minutes. After exactly 20 min of reaction the mixture was poured slowly into 1200 mL of a chilled saturated aqueous solution of sodium bicarbonate. The solution was then extracted three times with 200 mL of ethyl acetate each. The pooled organic layers were washed with a saturated solution of NaCl, dried over MgSO4, evaporated to dryness and coevaporated three times with CH2C12. The resulting residue consisting mainly of an , β anomeric nucleoside mixture was separated by fractional recrystallization. The first crystallization was done with 200 mL methanol/350 mL ethyl acetate. The resulting precipitate was again recrystallized from 200 mL methanol/280 mL ethyl acetate and then the resulting solid once more recrystallized from 200 mL methanol /500 mL ethyl acetate leading to 4.54 g of colorless crystals consisting of pure α-nucleoside (m.p. 188-191 °C, 29% yield). The filtrates were combined, evaporated, and the residue was recrystallized from 100 mL methanol/ 130 mL ethyl acetate yielding to 1.8 g of the α,/3-mixture (12% yield). The filtrate thereof was again evaporated to dryness the residue was recrystallized from 50 mL ethyl acetate / 50 mL ether to yield 48 as 6.79 g (44% yield) of chromatographically pure crystalline /3-nucleoside (m.p. 130-133 °C). Analysis calculated for C^H^ClzKAS: C, 52.52; H, 3.59; N, 9.07. Found: C, 52.45; H, 3.61; N 8.90. h) 3-Methyl-8- (2-deoxy-β-D-ribofuranosyl)isoxanthopterin (2-Amino-3-methyl-8- (2-deoxy-β-D-ribofuranosyl)pteridine-4, 7-dione) (49)
A solution of 3.3 g (4 mmol) of 3-methyl-2-methylthio-8-[2-deoxy-3,5-di- O-(4-chlorobenzoyl)-/_-D-ribofuranosyl]pteridine-4,7-dione (48) in 100 mL of dry acetonitrile was treated added to 100 mL of saturated methanic ammonia at room temperature. The mixture was let stand for 24 hours. A small amount of insoluble material was filtered off and the filtrate evaporate to dryness. After two coevaporations with methanol the precipitate was dissolved in 20 mL of warm methanol. Then 50 mL of ethyl ether was added and the mixture was chilled in the ice-box for 3 days. The precipitate was collected and dried at 60°C in vacuum yielding 49 as 1.46 g (88% yield) of colorless crystals (m.p. > 250°C decomp.).
Analysis calculated for Cι2H15N5O5« l/2 H2O: C, 45.28; H, 5.07; N, 22.00. Found: C, 45.55; H, 5.07; N 21.92. i) 3-Methyl-8-(2-deoxy-5-0-dimethoxytrityl-β-D-ribofuranosyl)isoxanthopterin (50) To 3.1 g (10 mmol) of 3-methyl-8-(2-deOxy-j3-D-ribofuranosyl)isox___thopterin
(49) was added 50 mL of dry pyridine. The solution was then coevaporated. The coevaporation was repeated three times with 50 mL of dry pyridine each. The residue was then suspended in 50 mL of dry pyridine. To this solution was added 5.1 g (15 mmol) of dimethoxytrityl chloride and the mixture was stiπed at room temperature. After 10 minutes a clear solution was obtained and after 3 hours the reaction was stopped by addition of 10 mL of methanol. The solution was evaporated, the residue dissolved in CH2C12 and then extracted twice with a 5% aqueous solution of sodium bicarbonate. The organic layer was dried over MgSO4 and the filtrate evaporated again. The residue was dissolved in a little CH2Cl2/methanol, put onto a silica-gel column (3 x 20 cm, packed with toluene / ethyl acetate) for flash-chromatography. A gradient of solvent mixtures had to be applied to achieve purification : 500 mL toluene/ethyl acetate 1: 1, 2.5 1 of ethyl acetate, 1 1 of ethyl acetate/methanol 99: 1 and 2 1 of ethyl acetate /methanol 98:2. The substance fraction in ethyl acetate/methanol was evaporated and dried in high vacuum to give 50 as 3.9 g (63% yield)) of a colorless amorphous solid. Analysis calculated for C33H33N5O7 • 1/2 H2O: C, 63.86; H, 5.52; N, 11.28. Found: C, 63.90; H, 5.82; N, 10.86. j) 3-Methyl-8- (2-deoxy-5-0-dimethoxytrityl-β-D-ribofiιranosyl)isoxanthopterin-3 '- O- (β-cyanoethyl, N-diisopropyl)phosphoramidite (51)
A suspension of 3.06 g (4.9 mmol) of 3-methyl-8-(2-deoxy-5-O- dimethoxytrityl-0-D-ribofuranosyl)isoxanthopterin (50) and 0.18 g (25 mmol) of tetrazole was stiπed under argon atmosphere with 2.2 g (7.3 mmol) of j8-cyanoethoxy-bis- diisopropylphosphane. The suspension became clear after 30 min and the reaction was stopped after 4 hours. The reaction solution was extracted once with a 5 % aqueous solution of sodium bicarbonate, then the organic layer was dried over MgSO4 and the filtrate evaporated to dryness. Purification was done by flash-chromatography on a silica-gel column (3 x 20 cm) in 200 mL of hexane / ethyl acetate 2: 1 followed by 2 1 of hexane / ethyl acetate 1:1. The product fraction was collected, evaporated to dryness and dried in high vacuum to give 51 as 2.38 g (59% yield)) of a colorless amorphous solid.
Analysis calculated for C42H50N7O8P • H2O (820.8): C, 61.45; H, 6.26; N, 11.94. Found: C, 61.56; H, 6.47; N 11.51.
EXAMPLE 8 Synthesis of a Phosphoramidite of Formula Vπi: (6.7-Dimethv.-4-r2-(4- nitrophenvI)ethoxycarbonyl)amino-l-(2-deoxy-5-O-dimethoxy-trityl-3-D- ribofuranosyl)pteridine-2-one-3,-O-(g-cvanoethyl. N-diisopropyl)phosphoramidite {59L a) 4,5-diaminouracil-hydrochloride (52)
The synthesis of 4,5-diaminouracil-hydrochloride, used in step (b) is described by Sherman & Taylor, Org. Syn. Coll. Vol IV, 247. In a 3 L, three-necked flask equipped with a reflux condenser and an efficient stiπer was placed 1 L of absolute (99.8%) ethanol. To this was added 39.4 g (1.72 g. atom) of sodium, and, after solution is complete, 91.5 mL (97.2 g., 0.86 mole) of ethyl cyanoacetate and 51.5 g (0.86 mole) of urea were added. The mixture was heated under reflux on a steam bath with vigorous stirring for 4 hours. After about 2 hours, the reaction mixture becomes practically solid, and the stiπer may have to be stopped. At the end of the reaction time, 1 L of hot
(80°C) H2O was added to the reaction mixture, and stirring is resumed. After complete solution has taken place, the stiπed mixture was heated at 80° for 15 minutes and is then neutralized to litmus with glacial acetic acid. Additional glacial acetic acid (75 mL) was added, followed by cautious addition of a solution of 64.8 g (0.94 mole) of sodium nitrite dissolved in 70 mL of H2O. The rose-red nitroso compound separated almost immediately as an expanded precipitate which almost stopped the stirrer. After a few minutes the nitroso compound was removed by filtration and washed twice with a small amount of ice water. The moist material was transfeπed back to the 3 L flask, and 430 mL of warm H2O (50°C) were added.
The slurry was stiπed while being heated on a steam bath, and solid sodium hydrosulfite was added until the red color of the nitroso compound was completely bleached. Then an additional 30 g of sodium hydrosulfite was added; the light tan suspension was stiπed with heating for 15 minutes more and was allowed to cool. The dense diaminouracil bisulfite was filtered from the cooled solution, washed well with H2O, and partially dried.
The crude product was readily purified by conversion to its hydrochloride salt. The bisulfite salt was transfeπed to a wide-mouthed 1-L flask, and concentrated hydrochloric acid was added until the consistency of the resulting mixture was such as to permit mechanical stirring (100 to 200 mL of acid). The slurry was heated on a steam bath with stirring for 1 hour. The tan diaminouracil hydrochloride was filtered on a sintered glass funnel, washed well with acetone, and vacuum-dried over phosphorus pentoxide to yield 104-124 g of 52 (68-81 %). b) 6, 7-dimethyllumazine (53)
The synthesis of 6,7-dimethyllumazine is described by Pfleiderer et al Chem. Ber. , 106: 3149-3174 (1973). To a solution consisting of 50 mL H2O, 20 mL ethanol, and 1 mL concentrated HCl was added 20 mL of diacetyl. The solution was heated to a boil and droplets of a solution of 20 g 4,5-diaminouracil-hydrochloride (52) in 450 mL of H2O were slowly added. The mixture was heated under reflux for 2 hours, refrigerated in an ice box overnight and the resulting precipitate (18.7 g) was collected. The precipitate was purified by boiling it in 500 mL H2O, to which a diluted sodium aluminate solution was added until the precipitate was dissolved. The solution was filtered through activated charcoal after which the filtrate was added dropwise into boiling, diluted acetic acid. After cooling, the mixture was dried at a temperature of 100 °C under reduced pressure to give 53 as 17.0 g (79% yield) of virtually colorless crystals (m.p. > 360°C). c) 6, 7-dimethyl-l-(2-deoxy-3,5-di-0-toluoyl-β-D-ribofuranosyl)lumazine (54) The synthesis of 6,7-dimethyl-l-(2-deoxy-3,5-di-O-toluoyl-/_-D~ ribofuranosyl)lumazine is described by Ritzmann et al, Liebigs Ann. Chem. , 1217-1234 (1977). To 50 mL of hexamethyldisilazane was added 7.68 g of 6,7-dimethyllumazine (53) and a few ammonium sulfate crystals. The solution was heated under reflux for about 24 hours until it became clear. The excess hexamethyldisilazane was then distilled off in vacuum. The residue was dissolved in 220 mL of absolute benzole, 16 g of 3,5- Di-O-p-toluoyl-2-desoxy-d-erythro-pentofuranosylchloride was added and the solution was agitated for a period of one week at room temperature under dry conditions. To this solution was added 5 mL of methanol. The solution was evaporated to dryness, and the residue was recrystallized from 200 mL of methanol. Nearly DC-pure 6,7-Dimethyl-l- (2-deoxy-3-5-di-O-p-toluoyl-β-D-ribofuranosyl)-4-thiolumazine (the β isomer) was precipitated out. Renewed recrystallization of this first fraction from 300 mL methanol yielded 2.36 g of pure β isomer. The filtrates were purified, evaporated to dryness and then chromatographed over a silica gel column (70 x 5 cm) using chloroform/methanol (30:1). The first main fraction to appear yielded 6.5 g DC-pure 6,7-dimethyl-l-(2- deoxy-3-5-di-O-p-toluoyl-c_-D-ribofuranosyl)-4-thiolumazine (the isomer) after it was evaporated to a colorless amorphous solid. The subsequent mixed fraction was also evaporated to dryness, recrystallized from 100 mL methanol, after which an additional 2.67 g of colorless crystals of the β isomer were precipitated out with a melting point of 154-155°C. The filtrate was again evaporated to dryness, poured on a silica gel column (900g) and developed with chloroform/acetone (9:1). An additional 2.7 g of the α isomer was obtained from the main fraction having the greater Rp value and an additional 0.43 g of the β isomer from the fraction with the lesser RF value. The total yield consisted of 54 as 5.46 g (25%) of the β isomer in the form of colorless crystals with a melting point of 154-155 °C and 9.2 g (43% yield) of the or isomer as an amorphous solid (m.p. 126-132°C). Note that the assignment of the α- and β-D-anomers was reversed after the Ritzman et al paper by Cao et al , Helv. Chim. Acta. , 75: 1267-1273 (1992). d) 6, 7-Dimethyl-l-(2-deoxy-3-5-di-0-p-toluoyl-β-D-ribofuranosyl)-4-thiolumazine
(55).
A mixture of 0.871 g (1.6 mmol) of 6.7-dimethyl-l-(2-deoxy-3,5-di-O- toluoyl-/.-D-ribofuranosyl)lumazine (54) and 0.403 g (1 mmol) of Lawesson reagent in 20 mL of toluene was refluxed for 20 hours. The mixture was then evaporated, the residue taken up in 20 mL of CH2C12 and then treated twice with a saturated solution of sodium bicarbonate. The aqueous phase was extracted three times with 10 mL of CH2C12 each, the united organic extracts dried over Na2SO4, filtered and again evaporated. Re- crystallization of the residue from 150 mL of methanol yielded 55 as 0.67 g (75% yield) of orange-colored crystals (m.p. 166-168°C).
Analysis calculated for C29H28N4O6S • H2O (578.6): C, 60.20; H, 5.22; N, 9.68. Found: C, 60.43; H, 5.06; N 9.72. e) 4-Amino-6, 7-dimethyl-l-(2-deoxy-β-D-ribofuranosyl)pteridine-2-one (56) In an autoclave was heated 0.42 g (0.75 mmol) of 6,7-dimethyl-l-(2- deoxy-3,5-di-O-p-toluoyl-5,-D-ribofuranosyl)-4-thiolumazine(55) in 25 mL of a saturated solution of ammonia in methanol for 16 h to 100°C. After cooling the solution was evaporated and the residue treated with CH2C12. The solid material was collected, washed with ether and dried in high vacuum to give 56 as 0.207 g (91 % yield) of a colorless crystal powder (m.p. > 300 °C decomp.).
Analysis calculated for C13H,7N5O4 • H2O: C 49.36, H 5.74, N 22.14. Found: C 49.17, H 5.47, N 21.80.
f) 6, 7-Dimethyl-4f-2- (4-nitrophenyl)ethoxycarbonyl]amino-l - (2-deoxy-β-D— ribofuranosyl)-pteridine-2-one (57)
A mixture of 1.54 g (5 mmol) of 4-amino-6,7-dimethyl-l-(2-deoxy-/3-D- ribofuranosyl)pteridine-2-one (56) and 1.87 g (6 mmol) of l-methyl-3-[2(4-nitrophenyl)- ethoxycarbonyl]imidazolium chloride (see Himmelsbach, et al Tetrahedron 40: 59 (1984) which is herein incorporated by reference) in 80 mL of anhydrous DMF was stirred at room temperature over night. To this solution was slowly added 100 mL of H2O with stirring. The solution was then cooled and the precipitate collected by suction and, after washing with methanol and ether and drying in a desiccator, gave 57 as 2.0 g (80% yield) of crude material. Recrystallization from methanol yielded 1.5 g (60% yield) of colorless crystals (m.p. 154-155°C). Analysis calculated for C^H^N • H2O: C, 50.96; H, 5.01; N, 16.21. Found: C, 50.51; H, 5.15; N, 15.84. g) 6, 7-Dimethyl-4-[2-(4-nitrophenyl)ethoxycarbonyl]amino-l-(2-deoxy-5-0- dimethoxytrityl-β-D-ribofuranosyl)pteridine-2-one (58)
Water was removed from 2.0 g (4 mmol) of 6,7-dimethyl-4-[2-(4- nitrophenyl)ethoxycarbonyl]amino-l-(2deoxy-i8-D-ribofuranosyl)pteridine-2-one (57) by twice coevaporating the crystals with 20 mL of anhydrous pyridine. The residue was dissolved in 100 mL of dry pyridine to which 1.63 g (4.8 mmol) of dimethoxytrityl chloride was added. The mixture was then stiπed for 18 hours at room temperature. The reaction was quenched by the addition of 10 mL of methanol, then evaporated and finally the residue was dissolved in CH2C12. The solution was treated with a saturated aqueous solution of sodium bicarbonate. After separation the organic layer was dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and evaporated again. The residue was dissolved in a little CHC13, put onto a silica-gel column and then eluted with a gradient of toluene/ethyl acetate 4:1 to 1: 1. The main fraction was obtained with toluene/ethyl acetate 2:1 and gave on evaporation 58 as 2.84 g (88% yield)) of a colorless amorphous solid. Analysis calculated for C43H42N60: C, 64.33; H, 5.27; N, 10.47. Found: C, 64.51; H, 5.23; N, 10.24.
h) 6, 7-Dimethyl-4-[2- (4-nitrophenyl)ethoxycarbonyl)amino-l-(2-deoxy-5-0- dimethoxy-trityl-β-D-ribqfuranosyl)pteridine-2-one-3 '-0- (β-cyanoethyl, N— diisopropyl)phosphoramidite (59)
To 40 mL of dry CH2C12 and 20 mL of dry acetonitrile were added 1.0 g (1.25 mmol) of 6.7-dimethyl-4-[2-(4-nitrophenyl)ethoxycarbonyl]amino-l-(2-deoxy-5-0- dimethoxytrityl-j8-D-ribofuranosyl)pteridine-2-one (58), 44 mg (0.63 mmol) of tetrazole and 0.754 g (2.5 mmol) of jβ-cyanoethoxy-bis-diisopropylamino-phosphane with stirring. After 18 hours the solution was diluted with 50 mL of CH2C12, then extracted with a saturated aqueous solution of sodium bicarbonate, the organic layer was dried over sodium sulfate and finally evaporated. The residue was dissolved in a little CH2C12 and then purified by column chromatography on a silica-gel with a gradient of toluene/ethyl acetate 4:1 to 1: 1. The main fraction gave on evaporation and drying in high vacuum 59 as 0.98 g (78% yield) of an amorphous solid.
Analysis calculated for Cs^N , (1003.1): C, 62.27; H, 5.93; N, 11.17. Found: C, 62.00; H, 6.01; N 10.65. EXAMPLE 9 Synthesis of a Phosphoramidite of Formula Vπ: 2-amino-6-methyl-4-p- nitrophenylethvI-8-(5-O-dimethoxytrityl-2-deoxy-3-Dribofuranosyl)-pteridine-7-one- 3,-Q-(β-cvanoethyl. N-diisopropyl) phosphoramidite (71). The synthesis of 5,6-diamino-2-methylthio-pyrimidine-4-one (2- methylmercapto-4,5-diamino-6-oxypyrimidine), steps (a) through (c) was performed as described by Johns et al, J. Biol. Chem. , 14: 381-388 (1913). a) 2-methylmercapto-4-amino-6-oxo-pyrimidine (42)
The synthesis of 2-methylmercapto-4-amino-6-oxypyrimidine was described by Johns et al, J. Biol. Chem. , 14: 381-387 (1913) and illustrated in Example 6, step (a). b) 2-methylmercapto-4-amino-5-nitroso-6-oxypyrimidine (60)
To 350 mL of H2O were added 20 g of 2-methylmercapto-4-amino-6- oxypyrimidine (42) and 5.1 g NaOH. A solution of sodium nitrite in 40 mL of water was added. The mixture was then acidified by the gradual addition of 17 g of glacial acetic acid. The precipitate which formed was white, but turned blue in a short time. The mixture was allowed to remain at room temperature overnight after which the precipitate was filtered off, washed with cold water and used, without drying, for the preparation of 2-methylmercapto-4,5-diamino-6-oxypyrimidine. The yield of the nitroso derivative was almost quantitative. It was but slightly soluble in hot water or alcohol and was not soluble in benzene. It formed a red solution in alkalies and blue in acids. A portion was purified for analysis by dissolving it in ammonia and precipitating with acetic acid. The substance did not melt, but began to decompose at about 255 °C. Analysis calculated for C5HO2N4S: N, 30.10. Found N, 30.16. c) 5,6-diamino-2-methylthio-pyrimidine-4-one (61)
To a 1 L flask was added 50 mL of a 10 percent solution of ammonium sulphide. The solution was heated on a steam bath. The moist 2-methylmercapto-4- amino-5-nitroso-6-oxy-pyrimidine (60) obtained in the previous experiment was added gradually. Ammonium sulphide was also added when the solution turned red as this indicated that the nitroso compound was present in excess. When the ammonium sulphide was present in excess the solution was yellow. When all of the nitroso compound was reduced the addition of excess ammonium sulphide should be avoided or the diamino compound obtained will be highly colored. d) 6-Ethoxycarbonylmethyl-2-methylthio-pteridine-4, 7-dione (62)
A mixture of 17.2 g (0.1 mol) of 5,6-diamino-2-methylthio-pyrimidine-4- one (61) and 22.6 g of sodium ethyl oxalylacetate was heated in 200 mL of glacial acetic acid to 80°C for 30 minutes. After cooling the precipitate was collected, washed with H2O and dried. The crude material was then dissolved again by heating in EtOH/H2O 1: 1 and 170 mL of saturated NaHCO3 solution was added. The hot solution was treated with charcoal, filtered and the filtrate poured slowly into 200 mL of hot glacial acetic acid with stirring. The yellowish precipitate was filtered off, washed with H2O and ethanol and dried at 100°C to give 62 as 18.9 g (64%) of glittering crystals of m.p. 213°C. Analysis calculated for CπH12N4O4S (296.3): C, 44.59; H, 4.08; N, 18.91. Found: C, 44.49; H, 4.03; N, 18.88. e) 6-Methyl-2-methylthio-pteridine-4, 7-dione (63)
A solution of 19.7 g (66.5 mmol) of 6-ethoxycarbonylmethyl-2-methylthio- pteridine-4,7-dione (62) in 120 mL of 2.5 N NaOH was stiπed at 80°C for 30 min. The hot solution was treated with charcoal, filtered and the filtrate added slowly into 50 mL of hot glacial acetic acid. The precipitate was collected after cooling, washed with H2O and acetone and dried at 100° to give 63 as 14.3 g (96%) of a yellow crystalline powder (m.p. .275 °C decomp.). Analysis calculated for C8H8N4O2S (224.3); C, 42.85; H, 3.60; N, 24.99. Found: C, 42.79; H, 3.59; N, 25.06. f) 6-Methyl-2-methylthio-8-(3,5-di-0-p-toluoyl-2-deoxy-β-D-ribofuranosyl)- pteridine-4, 7-dione (64)
To a suspension of 4.0 g (17.83 mmol) of 6-methyl-2-methylithio- peteridine-4,7-dione (64) in 240 mL of anhydrous acetonitrile was added 8 mL (53.6 mmol) of DBU. The mixture was stiπed for 30 minutes at room temperature. To the resulting clear solution were added 4.62 g (11.9 mmol) of 3,5-di-O-p-toluoyl-2-deoxy-α- D-ribofuranosyl chloride (16) and then the mixture was stiπed for 6 hours at room temperature with moisture excluded. To this solution was added 2.4 mL glacial acetic acid in 100 mL of dicholoromethane. The solution was stiπed for 5 minutes and then evaporated to dryness under reduced pressure to give a syrupy residue which was chromatographed on a silica gel column (16 x 8.5 cm) first with 2.5 L of toluene/ethyl acetate 1:1, then 2.5 L of toluene/ethyl acetate 1:2 and finally 3 L of dichloromethane/methanol 100:3. The product fraction was collected, evaporated and the residue recrystallized from toluene to give 64 as 2.12 g (31 %) of colorless crystals (m.p. 196-197°C).
Analysis calculated for C29H28N4O7S (576.6): C, 60.41; H, 4.89; N, 9.72. Found: C, 60.26; H, 4.96; N, 9.68. g) 6-Methyl-2-methylthio-4-p-nitrophenylethoxy-8- (3,5-di-0-p-toluoyl-2-deoxy-β-D- ribofuranosyl)-pteridine-7-one (65)
To a solution of 2.19 g (3.8 mmol) of 6-methyl-2-methylthio-8-(3,5-di-O- p-toluoyl-2-deoxy-β-D-ribofuranosyl)-pteridine-4,7-dione (64), 9.95 g (5.69 mmol) of p- nitro-phenylethanol and 1.52 g (5.69 mmol) of triphenylphosphane in 75 mL of dioxan was added 1.16 g (5.7 mmol) of ethyl azodicarboxylate. The mixture stirred for 2.5 hours at room temperature. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure and the residue purified by silica gel column (5.3 x 15 cm) flash chromatography using 300 mL of toluene, 250 mL toluene/ethyl acetate 8: 1 and 650 mL of toluene ethyl acetate 6:1. The product fraction was collected, evaporated to dryness and the residue recrystallized from CH2Cl2/AcoEt to give 65 as 2.31 g (85%) of colorless crystals (m.p. 122-125°C). Analysis calculated for C37H3JN5O9S(727.8): C, 61.23; H, 4.86; N, 9.65. Found: C, 61.18; H, 4.95; N, 9.67. h) 6-Methyl-2-methylsulfonyl-4-p-nitrophenylethoxy-8-(3,5-di-0-p-toluoyl-2-deoxy- β-D-ribofuranosyl)-pteridine- 7-one (66) To a solution of 2.27 g (3.13 mmol) of 6-methyl-2-methylthio-4-p- nitrophenylethoxy-8-(3,5-di-O-p-toluoyl-2-deoxy-β-D-ribofuranosyl)-pteridine-7-one(65) in 100 mL anhydrous CH2C12 were added with stirring 1.35 g (> 6.25 mmol) of m- chloro-perbenzoic acid (80-90% purity). After stirring for 24 hours, the solution was concentrated under reduced pressure to 10 mL and the precipitate of m-chlorobenzoic acid filtered off, washed with CH2C12 (92 x 5 ml) and then both filtrates evaporated. The residue was put onto a silica gel column (5.3 x 14 cm) and the produce eluted by toluene/ AcOEt 5:2. The product fraction was concentrated to a small volume whereby 66 crystallized out of solution producing 2.4 g (86%) of colorless crystals(m.p. 193°C). Analysis calculated for C37H35N5OπS (757.8): C, 58.65; H, 4.66; N, 9.24. Found: C, 58.77; H, 4.69; N, 9.30. i) 2-Amino-6-methyl-4-p-nitrophenylethoxy-8- (3, 5-di- O-p-toluoyl-2-deoxy-β-D- ribofuranosyl)-pteridine- 7-one (67)
While stirring, a solution of 1.89 g (2.5 mmol) of 6-methyl-2- methylsulfonyl-4-p-nitrophenylethoxy-8-(3,5-di-O-p-toluoyl-2-deoxy-β-D-ribofuranosyl)- pteridine-7-one (66) was bubbled with gaseous NH3 for 80 minutes. The solution was then evaporated, twice coevaporated with CH2C12 and the resulting residue was put onto a silica gel column (5.5 x 8 cm) for chromatography with toluene/ AcOEt 5:2. The product fraction was concentrated to a small volume whereby 67 crystallized out of solution as 1.68 g (97%) of colorless crystals (m.p. 208-209°C). Analysis calculated for G^N , (694.7): C, 62.24; H, 4.93; N, 12.10. Found: C, 61.98; H, 4.94; N, 12.14. j) 2-Amino-6-methyl-4-p-nitrophenylethoxy-8-(2-deoxy-β-D-ribofuranosyl)- pteridine-7-one (68)
To a solution of 1.17 g (1.69 mmol) of 2-amino-6-methyl-4-p- nitrophenylethoxy-8-(3 ,5-di-O-p-toluoyl-2-deoxy-/? -D-ribofuranosyl)-pteridine-7-one (67) in 30 mL of CH2C12 and 60 mL of MeOH was added 0.45 g (3.37 mmol) of sodium thiophenolate. The solution was stiπed at room temperature for 16 hours. Then 11 g of flash silica gel was added to the reaction mixture and evaporated under reduced pressure. The resulting powder was put onto a silica gel column (5.3 x 8.5 cm) previously equilibrated with CH2Cl2/MeOH mixtures (500 ml of 100: 1, 300 ml of 50: 1 and 500 ml of 9:1). The product fractions were pooled and evaporated to yield 68 as 0.63 g (81 %) of a microcrystalline powder (m.p. > 220°C decomp.).
Analysis calculated for C^H^NA (458.4): C, 52.40; H, 4.84; N, 18.34. Found: C, 52.31; H, 4.76; N, 18.22. k) 2-Amino-6-methyl-8-(2-deoxy-β-D-ribofuranosyl)-pteridine-4, 7-dione[6-Methyl-
8- (2-deoxy-β-D-ribofuranosyl)-isoxanthopterin (69)
To a solution of 0.195 g (0.425 mmol) of 2-amino-6-methyl-4-p- nitrophenyl-ethoxy-8-(2-deoxy-3-D-ribofuranosyl)-pteridine-7-one (68) in 15 mL of pyridine was added with 1.12 mL (1.14 mmol) of DBU. The solution was stiπed for 3 hours at room temperature. The solution was then evaporated under reduced pressure, the residue dissolved in 25 mL of H2O, and washed with CH2C12 (3 x 25 ml). The aqueous phase was neutralized by HCl to pH7 and then concentrated to a small volume (5 mL). The mixture was placed in the ice-box and 69 precipitated as 0.94 g (71 %) of colorless crystals (m.p. > 300 °C decomp.).
Analysis calculated for C12H15N5O5 x V4H2O (318.3): C, 54.28; H, 5.06; N, 22.00. Found: C, 45.42; H, 4.91; N, 21.86. I) 2-Amino-6-methyl-4-p-nitrophenylethoxy-8- (5-0-dimethoxytrityl-2-deoxy-β-D- ribofuranosyl)-pteridine-7-one (70)
To a solution of 0.57 g (1.22 mmol) of 2-amino-6-methyl-4-p-nitrophenyl- ethoxy-8-(2-deoxy-j_'-D-ribofuranosyl)-pteridine-7-one (69) in 15 mL of anhydrous pyridine was added 0.454 g (1.34 mmol) of dimethyloxytrityl chloride. The mixture was stirred for 1.5 hours at room temperature. Then, 5 mL of MeOH were added, the solution was stiπed for 5 min and then diluted by 100 mL of CH2C12. The resulting solution was washed with 100 mL of saturated NaHCO3 solution and twice with H2O (100 mL). The organic layer was dried over Na2SO4, evaporated and the residue put onto a silica gel column (3 x 15 cm) for chromatography with toluene / AcOEt 1:1. The product fraction was evaporated to give 70 as 0.5 g (54%) of a solid foam.
Analysis calculated for C41H40N6O9 (760.8): C, 63.14; H, 5.30; N, 11.05. Found: C, 63.06; H, 5.21; N, 10.91. m) 2-Amino-6-methyl-4-p-nitrophenylethoxy-8-(5-0-dimethoxytrityl-2-deoxy-β-D- ribofuranosyl)-pteridine-7-one-3 '-0- (β-cyanoethyl, N-diisopropyl)phosphoramidite (71) To a solution of 0.76 g (1 mmol) of 2-amino-6-methyl-4-p- nitrophenylethoxy-8-(5-O-dimethoxytrityl-2-deoxy-/_'-D-ribofuranosyl)-pteridine-7-one(70) in 15 mL of anhydrous CH2C12, under argon atmosphere, was added 0.452 g (1.5 mmol) of 2-cyanoethoxy-bis-N,N-diisopropylamino-phosphane and 35 mg (0.5 mmol) of tetrazole. The solution was stiπed for 12 hours at room temperature. The mixture was then diluted with 15 mL of CH2C12 and extracted once with 10 mL of a saturated
NaHCO3 solution and twice with a saturated NaCl solution. The organic layer was dried over Na2SO4, evaporated and the residue put onto a silica gel column for chromatography with toluene / AcOEt 3:2 containing a small amount of triethylamine. The product fraction was collected, evaporated to a yellowish foam which was dissolved in little toluene and added dropwise into 100 mL of n-hexane with stirring to give, after filtration by suction and drying, 71 as 0.865 g (90%) of a yellowish powder (m.p. > 150°C decomp.). Analysis calculated for C50H57N8OιoP (960.9): C, 62.97; H, 5.98; N, 12.32. Found: C, 62.81; H, 5.88; N, 12.20.
EXAMPLE 10 General Synthesis of 2,-deoxy-ff-D-ribofuranosyl-pteridine-5,-triphosphates a) triethylammonium pteridine-2'-deoxyribonucleoside-5 '-monophosphate (72)
To 15 mL of trimethyl phosphate is added 6.5 mmoles of the appropriate pteridine-jβ-D-2'-deoxyribonucleoside. The mixture is cooled to -6°C excluding all moisture. The mixture was then stiπed and 1.5 mL (16.3 mmole) of POCl3 was added dropwise over a period of 5 minutes, after which the mixture is stiπed for 2 h at 0°C to obtain a clear solution. To the solution is added 120 mL of 0.5 M triethylammonium bicarbonate buffer pH 7.5. The solution is stiπed for 15 minutes and then evaporated in vacuo. After several coevaporations with methanol, the residue is dissolved in H2O and put onto a DEAE-Sephadex column (2.5 x 80 cm; HCO3-form). Chromatography is performed using a linear gradient of 0 - 0.3 M triethylammonium bicarbonate buffer pH 7.5 using 8 - 10 Liters of buffer.
The main fraction is eluted at a 0.2 - 0.3 M buffer concentration. This fraction is evaporated in vacuo at 30° and then the resulting residue coevaporated several times with methanol. Drying in high vacuum gives solid 72. b) triethylammonium pteridine-2'-deoxyribonucleoside-5 '-triphosphate (73)
The triethylammonium pteridine-2'-deoxyribonucleoside-5 '-monophosphate (58) (1 mmole) is coevapoprated three times with anhydrous pyridine and then dissolved in 10 mL of anhydrous dimethylformamide (DMF). The solution is stirred overnight after addition of 0.8g (5 mmole) of carbonyldimidazole under anhydrous conditions. Excess carbonyldimidazole is quenched by the adding of 0.33 mL of anhydrous methanol to the solution and stirring for 1 hour. To this solution is added a suspension of 5 mmole of tributylammonium pyrophosphate in 50 mL of anhydrous DMF. The mixture is then stiπed continuously for 20 hours at room temperature. The resulting precipitate is filtered off, washed with DMF and the filtrate evaporated under high vacuum at 30°C. The residue is coevaporated several times with methanol and H2O, then dissolved in H2O and put onto a DEAE-Sephadex column (2.5 x 80 cm, HCO3 form) and eluted with a linear gradient of triethylammonium bicarbonate buffer pH 7.5 using about 10 L. The product is eluted in the fractions at a buffer concentration of 0.7M. The fractions are pooled, evaporated, and then coevaporated several times with methanol. The mixture is then dried under high vacuum to give an 73 as an amorphous solid. c) sodium pteridine-2'-deoxyribonucleoside-5 '-triphosphate (74)
In 10 mL of anhydrous methanol is dissolved 0.5 mmole of triethylammonium pteridine-2'-deoxyribonucleoside-5' -triphosphate (73). The solution is stirred and 1.5 equivalents of a 1 N Nal solution in acetone is slowly added dropwise producing a precipitate of the sodium salt. The suspension is diluted with 100 mL of acetone, stiπed for 30 minutes and then the solid is collected by suction through a porcelain funnel. The solid is washed with small portions of acetone and dried under high vacuum to give the 74 which is more stable then the trierthyklammonium salt and can be stored without decomposition.
EXAMPLE 11 Synthesis of Oligonucleotides Containing Pteridine Derivatives The following oligonucleotides were synthesized on an ABI DNA synthesizer (model 380B, Applied Biosystems, Foster City, CA):
Oligo 1: 5'- GTN TGG AAA ATC TCT AGC AGT -3' (Sequence I.D.
No: 2),
Oligo 2: 5'- GTG TNG AAA ATC TCT AGC AGT -3' (Sequence I.D. No: 2),
Oligo 3: 5'- GTG TGN AAA ATC TCT AGC AGT -3' (Sequence I.D.
No: 4),
Oligo 4: 5'- GTG TGG AAA ATC TCT ANC AGT -3' (Sequence I.D.
No: 5), Oligo 5: 5'- GTG TGG AAA ATC TCT AGC ANT -3' (Sequence I.D.
No: 6),
Oligo 6: 5'- GTG TNG AAA ATC TCT ANC AGT -3' (Sequence I.D.
No: 7),
Oligo 7: 5'- ACT GCT AGA NAT TTT CCA CAC -3' (Sequence I.D. No: 8),
Oligo 8: 5'- ACT GCT ANA GAT TTT CCA CAC -3' (Sequence I.D.
No: 9), Oligo 9: 5'- ACT NCT AGA GAT TTT CCA CAC -3' (Sequence I.D.
No: 10) and
Oligo 10: 5'- ACT GCT NGA GAT TTT CCA CAC -3' (Sequence I.D. No: 11). In each oligonucleotide one or more guanosines was replaced by the pteridine deoxyribonucleotide (designated N) of formula XV.
To synthesize the oligonucleotides containing the pteridine nucleotide, the dimethoxytrityl blocked pteridine phosphoramidite was placed in bottle port # 5 on the DNA synthesizer. No changes in synthesis protocol were necessary to achieve incorporation of the pteridine nucleotide.
The oligonucleotides were cleaved from the solid support by treatment with concentrated ammonia, and deprotected by heating the ammonia solution to 55 °C for 8 hours. Samples where then evaporated to dryness in a Speed Vac Concentrator (Savant, Farmingdale, New York, USA). The oligonucleotides were purified by 19:1 20% polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis. Bands were detected by UV shadowing, excised, and eluted into 0.3 M sodium acetate pH 5.2 using a crush and soak method. Finally, after addition of MgCl2 to achieve a concentration of 0.1 M, samples were precipitated in ethanol.
Fluorescent analysis of the oligonucleotides in TRIS buffer at pH 7.8 revealed the relative quantum yields shown below in Table 1. Fluorescence measurements were made using an excitatory wavelength of 360 nm. Quinine sulfate was used as the standard and measurements were taken on a fluorometer (model 8000, SLM-Aminco, Urbana, Illinois, U.S.A.).
Table 1: Relative quantum yields of oligonucleotides containing pteridine nucleotides substituted for guanosine at various positions.
Relative Sequence
Oligonucleotide Quantum Efficiency ID
5'- GTNTGG AAA ATC TCT AGC AGT-3' 0.12 - 0.17 2 5'- GTG TNG AAA ATC TCT AGCAGT-3' 0.09 - 0.15 3 5'- GTG TGNAAAATC TCT AGCAGT-3' 0.02 - 0.03 4 5'- GTGTGG AAAATC TCTANC AGT-3' 0.04 - 0.07 5 5'- GTG TGG AAA ATC TCT AGC ANT-3' 0.14 6 5'-GTG TNG AAA ATC TCT ANCAGT-3' 0.10 7 5'-ACT GCT AGANATTTT CCA CAC -3' 0.03 - 0.04 8 5'-ACT GCTANAGATTTT CCACAC -3' 0.02 - 0.03 9 5'-ACTNCTAGA GATTTT CCA CAC -3' 0.24 - 0.39 10 5'-ACT GCT NGA GATTIT CCA CAC -3' 0.23 11
EXAMPLE 12 Realtime Detection of Integrase Activity Utilizing Oligonucleotides Containing Pteridine Derivatives.
The oligonucleotide 5'- GTGTGGAAAATCTCTAGCANT -3' (Sequence I.D. No: 6) and its complement 5'- ACTGCTAGAGATTTTCCACAC -3' were synthesized according to the method of Example 11. The oligonucleotides were then annealed together by heating them to 85 °C in a 100 mM NaCl solution and allowing the solution to slowly cool to room temperature. This formed the model substrate, a double- stranded DNA molecule: 5'- GTG TGG AAA ATC TCT AGC ANT -3 • (Sequence
I.D. No: 6)
3 •- CAC ACC TTT TAG AGA TCG TCA -5• (Sequence
I.D. No: 12) where N represents the pteridine nucleotide. HIV-1 integrase protein (3.5 pmol per reaction) was produced via an
Echerichia coli expression vector, as described by Bushman et al. Science, 249: 1555-
1558 (1990). The protein was stored at -70°C in 1 M NaCl/20 mM Hepes, pH 7.6/1 mM EDTA/1 mM dithiothreitol/20% glycerol (wt/vol).
The stock protein (0.44 mg/ml) was first diluted 1:3 in protein storage buffer (1 M NaCl/20 mM Hepes, pH 7.6/1 mM EDTA/1 mM dithiothreitol/20% (wt/vol) glycerol). Subsequent enzyme dilution was at 1:20 in reaction buffer (25 mM
Mops, pH 7.2/7.5 mM MnCl2/bovine serum albumin at 100 μg/ml/10 mM 2- mercaptoethanol). The reaction volume is 60 μl. The final reaction mixture contained
50 mM NaCl, ImM Hepes, 50 μM EDTA and 50 μM dithiothreitol, 10% (wt/vol) glycerol, 7.5 mM MnCl2, 0.1 mg/ml bovine serum albumin, 10 mM 2-mercaptoethanol, and 25 mM MOPS, pH 7.2.
The reaction was initiated by addition of the enzyme and was monitored for 10 to 20 minutes in real time by observing the change in fluorescence intensity using a fluorometer (model 8000, SLM-Aminco, Urbana, Illinois, U.S.A.). The excitation wavelength was 360 nm and the emission wavelength was 460 nm.
The integrase reacted with the model substrate shown above to produce:
5'-GTGTGGAAAATCTCTAGCA -3' + NT 3'-CACACCTTTTAGAGATCG TCA -5'
The fluorescence of the pteridine nucleotide was quenched considerably when it was incorporated into the oligonucleotide (quantum yield of 0.14). The cleavage reaction released this quench resulting in a four-fold increase in the signal (quantum yield of 0.88 for the monomer). Thus the activity of integrase was assayed by measuring the increase in fluorescence.
SEQUENCE LISTING
(1) GENERAL INFORMATION:
(i) APPLICANT:
(A) NAME: The United States of America, as represented by
The Secretary of the Department of Health and Human Services
(B) STREET: 6011 Executive Blvd., Suite 325
(C) CITY: Rockville
(D) STATE: Maryland
(E) COUNTRY: U.S.A.
(F) POSTAL CODE (ZIP): 20852
(G) TELEPHONE: (301) 496-7056 (H) TELEFAX: (301) 402-0220 (I) TELEX:
(ii) TITLE OF INVENTION: PTERIDINE NUCLEOTIDE ANALOGS AS FLUORESCENT DNA PROBES
(iii) NUMBER OF SEQUENCES: 12
(iv) COMPUTER READABLE FORM:
(A) MEDIUM TYPE: Floppy disk
(B) COMPUTER: IBM PC compatible
(C) OPERATING SYSTEM: PC-DOS/MS-DOS
(D) SOFTWARE: Patentin Release #1.0, Version #1.25
(v) CURRENT APPLICATION DATA:
(A) APPLICATION NUMBER: PCT/US95/ not yet assigned
(B) FILING DATE:
(C) CLASSIFICATION:
(vi) PRIOR APPLICATION DATA:
(A) APPLICATION NUMBER: US 08/245,923
(B) FILING DATE: 18-MAY-1994
(vii) ATTORNEY/AGENT INFORMATION:
(A) NAME: M. HENRY HEINES
(B) REGISTRATION NUMBER: 28,219
(C) REFERENCE/DOCKET NUMBER: 15280-183PC
(ix) TELECOMMUNICATION INFORMATION:
(A) TELEPHONE: (415) 543-9600
(B) TELEFAX: (415) 543-5043
(2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:l:
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 21 base pairs
(B) TYPE: nucleic acid
(C) STRANDEDNESS: single
(D) TOPOLOGY: linear
(ii) MOLECULE TYPE: DNA (genomic)
(xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:l: GTGTGGAAAA TCTCTAGCAG T 21 (2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:2:
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 21 base pairs
(B) TYPE: nucleic acid
(C) STRANDEDNESS: single
(D) TOPOLOGY: linear
(ii) MOLECULE TYPE: DNA (genomic)
(ix) FEATURE:
(D) OTHER INFORMATION: N = pteridine nucleotide
(xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:2:
GTNTGGAAAA TCTCTAGCAG T 21
(2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:3:
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 21 base pairs
(B) TYPE: nucleic acid
(C) STRANDEDNESS: single
(D) TOPOLOGY: linear
(ii) MOLECULE TYPE: DNA (genomic)
(ix) FEATURE:
(D) OTHER INFORMATION: N = pteridine nucleotide
(xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:3:
GTGTNGAAAA TCTCTAGCAG T 21
(2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:4:
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 21 base pairs
(B) TYPE: nucleic acid
(C) STRANDEDNESS: single
(D) TOPOLOGY: linear
(ii) MOLECULE TYPE: DNA (genomic)
(ix) FEATURE:
(D) OTHER INFORMATION: N = pteridine nucleotide
(xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:4:
GTGTGNAAAA TCTCTAGCAG T 21
(2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:5:
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 21 base pairs
(B) TYPE: nucleic acid
(C) STRANDEDNESS: single
(D) TOPOLOGY: linear
(ii) MOLECULE TYPE: DNA (genomic)
(ix) FEATURE:
(D) OTHER INFORMATION: N = pteridine nucleotide
(xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:5:
GTGTGGAAAA TCTCTANCAG T 21 (2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:6:
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 21 base pairs
(B) TYPE: nucleic acid
(C) STRANDEDNESS: single
(D) TOPOLOGY: linear
(ii) MOLECULE TYPE: DNA (genomic)
(ix) FEATURE:
(D) OTHER INFORMATION: N = pteridine nucleotide
(xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:6:
GTGTGGAAAA TCTCTAGCAN T 21
(2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:7:
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 21 base pairs
(B) TYPE: nucleic acid
(C) STRANDEDNESS: single
(D) TOPOLOGY: linear
(ii) MOLECULE TYPE: DNA (genomic)
(ix) FEATURE:
(D) OTHER INFORMATION: N = pteridine nucleotide (xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:7:
GTGTNGAAAA TCTCTANCAG T 21
(2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:8:
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 21 base pairs
(B) TYPE: nucleic acid
(C) STRANDEDNESS: single
(D) TOPOLOGY: linear
(ii) MOLECULE TYPE: DNA (genomic)
(ix) FEATURE:
(D) OTHER INFORMATION: N = pteridine nucleotide
(xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:8: ACTGCTAGAN ATTTTCCACA C 21
(2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:9:
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 21 base pairs
(B) TYPE: nucleic acid
(C) STRANDEDNESS: single
(D) TOPOLOGY: linear
(ii) MOLECULE TYPE: DNA (genomic)
(ix) FEATURE:
(D) OTHER INFORMATION: N = pteridine nucleotide
(xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:9:
ACTGCTANAG ATTTTCCACA C 21 (2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:10:
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 21 base pairs
(B) TYPE: nucleic acid
(C) STRANDEDNESS: single
(D) TOPOLOGY: linear
(ii) MOLECULE TYPE: cDNA
(ix) FEATURE:
(D) OTHER INFORMATION: N = pteridine nucleotide
(xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:10:
ACTNCTAGAG ATTTTCCACA C 21
(2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:11:
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 21 base pairs
(B) TYPE: nucleic acid
(C) STRANDEDNESS: single
(D) TOPOLOGY: linear
(ii) MOLECULE TYPE: cDNA
(ix) FEATURE:
(D) OTHER INFORMATION: N = pteridine nucleotide
(xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:11:
ACTGCTNGAG ATTTTCCACA C 21
(2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:12:
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 21 base pairs
(B) TYPE: nucleic acid
(C) STRANDEDNESS: single
(D) TOPOLOGY: linear
(ii) MOLECULE TYPE: cDNA
(xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:12: CACACCTTTT AGAGATCGTC A 21

Claims

WHAT IS CLAIMED IS:
1. A compound having the formula shown below, with ring vertices 1 through 8 as shown:
Figure imgf000077_0001
in which: R11 is combined with R12 to form a single oxo oxygen joined by a double bond to ring vertex 4, or with R13 to form a double bond between ring vertices 3 and 4; R12 when not combined with Rn is a member selected from the group consisting of NH2, and NH2 either mono- or disubstituted with a protecting group; R13 when not combined with Rn is lower alkyl or H; R14 is a member selected from the group consisting of H, lower alkyl and phenyl; R15 is combined with R16 to form a single oxo oxygen joined by a double bond to ring vertex 2, or with R17 to form a double bond between ring vertices 1 and 2, such that ring vertices 2 and 4 collectively bear at most one oxo oxygen; R16 when not combined with R15 is a member selected from the group consisting of H, phenyl, NH2, and NH2 mono- or disubstituted with a protecting group; when R15 is not combined with R16, R18 is combined with R19 to form a single oxo oxygen joined by a double bond to ring vertex 7; when R15 is combined with R16, R18 is combined with R20 to form a double bond between ring vertices 7 and 8, and R19 is a member selected from the group consisting of H and lower alkyl; and R17 when not combined with R15, and R20 when not combined with R18, are
Figure imgf000078_0001
in which: R21 is a member selected from the group consisting of H, a triphosphate, and protecting groups; R22 is a member selected from the group consisting of H, OH and OH substituted with a protecting group; and R23 is a member selected from the group consisting of H, a phosphoramidite, an H-phosphonate, a methyl phosphonate, a phosphorothioate, a phosphotriester, a hemisuccinate, a hemisuccinate covalently bound to a solid support, a dicyclohexylcarbodiimide, and a dicyclohexylcarbodiimide covalently bound to a solid support; when R13 is H and R23 is H, R21 is a triphosphate; and when R11 is combined with R13 to form a double bond between ring vertices 3 and 4 and R23 is H, R21 is a triphosphate.
2. A compound in accordance with claim 1 in which R14 is a member selected from the group consisting of H, CH3 and phenyl.
3. A compound in accordance with claim 1 in which R14 is a member selected from the group consisting of H and CH3.
4. A compound in accordance with claim 1 in which R16, when not combined with R15, is a member selected from the group consisting of H, phenyl, NH2, and NH2 disubstituted with a protecting group.
5. A compound in accordance with claim 1 in which R16, when not combined with R15, is a member selected from the group consisting of H and phenyl.
6. A compound in accordance with claim 1 in which, when R18 is combined with R20, R19 is a member selected from the group consisting of H and CH3.
7. A compound in accordance with claim 1 in which R14 is a member selected from the group consisting of H, CH3 and phenyl; R16, when not combined with R15, is a member selected from the group consisting of H, phenyl and NH2; and, when R18 is combined with R20, R19 is a member selected from the group consisting of H and CH3.
8. A compound in accordance with claim 1 in which R12 is NH2 either mono- or disubstituted by a protecting group selected from the group consisting of benzoyl, isobutyryl, phthaloyl, di-n-butylaminomethylidene, dimethylaminomethylidene, p-nitrophenylethoxycarbonyl and dimethylaminomethylenamino.
9. A compound in accordance with claim 1 in which R12 is NH2 monosubstituted by a protecting group selected from the group consisting of di-n-butylaminomethylidene, p-nitrophenylethoxycarbonyl, and dimethylaminomethylenamino.
10. A compound in accordance with claim 1 in which R16 is NH2 either mono- or disubstituted by a protecting group selected from the group consisting of benzoyl, isobutyryl, phthaloyl, di-n-butylaminomethylidene, dimethylaminomethylidene, p-nitrophenylethoxycarbonyl and dimethylaminomethylenamino.
11. A compound in accordance with claim 1 in which R16 is NH2 monosubstituted by a protecting group selected from the group consisting of di-n-butylaminomethylidene, p-nitrophenylethoxycarbonyl, and dimethylaminomethylenamino.
12. A compound in accordance with claim 1 in which R21 is a member selected from the group consisting of H, trityl, monomethoxytrityl, dimethoxytrityl, phthaloyl, di-n-butylaminomethylene, and dimethylaminomethylidene.
13. A compound in accordance with claim 1 in which R21 is a member selected from the group consisting of dimethoxytrityl, di-n-butylaminomethylene, and dimethylaminomethylidene.
14. A compound in accordance with claim 1 in which R22 is a member selected from the group consisting of H, OH and OH substituted with a member selected from the group consisting of trityl, monomethoxytrityl, dimethoxytrityl, tetrahydropyran-1-yl, 4-methoxytetrahydropyran-4-yl, l-(2-chloro-4-methyl)phenyl- 4-methoxypiperidin-4-yl, t-butyldimethylsilyl, p-nitrophenylethylsulfonyl, tetrahydropyranyl, 4- methoxytetrahydropyranyl, 2-nitrobenzyl, 9-phenylxanthen-9-yl and p-nitrophenylethyl.
15. A compound in accordance with claim 1 in which R22 is a member selected from the group consisting of H and OH substituted with a member selected from the group consisting of dimethoxytrityl, tetrahydropyran-1-yl, t-butyldimethylsilyl, 2-nitrobenzyl, and p-nitrophenylethyl.
16. A compound in accordance with claim 1 in which: R11 is combined with R13 to form a double bond between ring vertices 3 and 4; R12 is selected from the group consisting of NH2, and NH2 mono- or disubstituted with a protecting group;; R14 is H; R15 is combined with R17 to form a double bond between ring vertices 1 and 2; R16 is phenyl; R18 is combined with R19 to form a single oxo oxygen joined by a double bond to ring vertex 7; and R20 is
Figure imgf000081_0001
17. A compound in accordance with claim 1 in which: R11 is combined with R13 to form a double bond between ring vertices 3 and 4; R12 is selected from the group consisting of NH2, and NH2 mono- or disubstituted with a protecting group; R14 is phenyl;
R15 is combined with R17 to form a double bond between ring vertices 1 and 2; R16 is H; R18 is combined with R19 to form a single oxo oxygen joined by a double bond to ring vertex 7; and R20 is
Figure imgf000081_0002
18. A compound in accordance with claim 1 in which: R11 is combined with R12 to form a single oxo oxygen joined by a double bond to ring vertex 4; R13 is CH3; R14 is H;
R15 is combined with R17 to form a double bond between ring vertices 1 and 2; R16 is NH2; R18 is combined with R19 to form a single oxo oxygen joined by a double bond to ring vertex 7; and R20 is
Figure imgf000082_0001
19. A compound in accordance with claim 1 in which: R11 is combined with R12 to form a single oxo oxygen joined by a double bond to ring vertex 4; R13 is H; R14 is H;
R15 is combined with R17 to form a double bond between ring vertices 1 and 2; R16 is selected from the group consisting of NH2 and NH2 mono- or disubstituted with a protecting group; R18 is combined with R19 to form a single oxo oxygen joined by a double bond to ring vertex 7; and R20 is
Figure imgf000083_0001
20. A compound in accordance with claim 1 in which: R11 is combined with R12 to form a single oxo oxygen joined by a double bond to ring vertex 4; R13 is H; R14 is CH3.
R15 is combined with R17 to form a double bond between ring vertices 1 and 2; R16 is selected from the group consisting of NH2 and NH2 mono- or disubstituted with a protecting group; R18 is combined with R19 to form a single oxo oxygen joined by a double bond to ring vertex 7; and R20 is
Figure imgf000083_0002
21. A compound in accordance with claim 1 in which: R11 is combined with R13 to form a double bond between ring vertices 3 and 4; R12 is selected from the group consisting of NH2 and NH2 mono- or di-substituted with a protecting group; R14 is CH3; R15 is combined with R16 to form a single oxo oxygen joined by a double bond to ring vertex 2; R17 is
R18 is combined with R20 to form a double bond between ring vertices 7 and 8; and R19 is CH,.
22. A compound in accordance with claim 1 in which: R11 is combined with R13 to form a double bond between ring vertices 3 and 4; R12 is selected from the group consisting of NH2 and NH2 mono- or di-substituted with a protecting group;; R14 is H; R15 is combined with R16 to form a single oxo oxygen joined by a double bond to ring vertex 2; R17 is
Figure imgf000084_0002
R18 is combined with R20 to form a double bond between ring vertices 7 and 8; and R19 is CH,.
23. A compound in accordance with claim 1 in which: R11 is combined with R13 to form a double bond between ring vertices 3 and 4; R12 is selected from the group consisting of NH2 and NH2 mono- or di-substituted with a protecting group; R14 is CH3; R15 is combined with R16 to form a single oxo oxygen joined by a double bond to ring vertex 2; R17 is
Figure imgf000085_0001
R18 is combined with R20 to form a double bond between ring vertices 7 and 8; and R19 is H.
24. A compound in accordance with claim 1 in which: R" is combined with R13 to form a double bond between ring vertices 3 and 4; R12 is selected from the group consisting of NH2 and NH2 mono- or di-substituted with a protecting group; R14 is H; R15 is combined with R16 to form a single oxo oxygen joined by a double bond to ring vertex 2; R17 is
Figure imgf000085_0002
R18 is combined with R20 to form a double bond between ring vertices 7 and 8; and R19 is H.
25. A compound in accordance with claim 16 in which R12 is NH2
26. A compound in accordance with claim 16 in which: R12 is mono- or di-substituted with a protecting group; and R23 is a member selected from the group consisting of H-phosphonate, phosphoramidite, hemisuccinate, and hemisuccinate covalently bound to a solid support.
27. A compound in accordance with claim 26 in which: R21 is dimethoxytrityl; R22 is H; and R23 is a /.-cyanoethyl, N-diisopropyl phosphoramidite.
28. A compound in accordance with claim 27 in which: R12 is dimethylaminomethylenamino.
29. A compound in accordance with claim 26 in which: R21 is dimethoxytrityl; R22 is H; and R23 is a hemisuccinate covalently bound to controlled pore glass.
30. A compound in accordance with claim 29 in which: R12 is dimethylaminomethylenamino.
31. A compound in accordance with claim 17 in which R12 is NH2
32. A compound in accordance with claim 17 in which: R12 is mono- or di-substituted with a protecting group; and R23 is a member selected from the group consisting of H-phosphonate, phosphoramidite, hemisuccinate, and hemisuccinate covalently bound to a solid support.
33. A compound in accordance with claim 32 in which: R21 is dimethoxytrityl; R22 is H; and R23 is a jS-cyanoethyl, N-diisopropyl phosphoramidite.
34. A compound in accordance with claim 33 in which R12 is dimethylaminomethylenamino.
35. A compound in accordance with claim 32 in which: R21 is dimethoxytrityl; R22 is H; and R23 is a hemisuccinate covalently bound to controlled pore glass.
36. A compound in accordance with claim 35 in which R12 is dimethylaminomethylenamino.
37. A compound in accordance with claim 18 in which R23 is a member selected from the group consisting of H, H-phosphonate, phosphoramidite, hemisuccinate, and hemisuccinate covalently bound to a solid support.
38. A compound in accordance with claim 37 in which: R21 is H; R22 is H; and R23 is H.
39. A compound in accordance with claim 37 in which: R21 is dimethoxytrityl; R22 is H; and R23 is a /3-cyanoethyl, N-diisopropyl phosphoramidite.
40. A compound in accordance with claim 37 in which: R21 is dimethoxytrityl; R22 is H; and
R23 is a hemisuccinate covalently bound to controlled pore glass.
41. A compound in accordance with claim 19 in which R16 is NH2
42. A compound in accordance with claim 19 in which: R16 is NH2 mono- or di-substituted with a protecting group; and R23 is a member selected from the group consisting of H-phosphonate, phosphoramidite, hemisuccinate, and hemisuccinate covalently bound to a solid support.
43. A compound in accordance with claim 42 in which: R21 is dimethoxytrityl; R22 is H; and R23 is a 3-cyanoethyl, N-diisopropyl phosphoramidite.
44. A compound in accordance with claim 43 in which R16 is dimethylaminomethylenamino.
45. A compound in accordance with claim 42 in which: R21 is dimethoxytrityl; R22 is H; and
R23 is a hemisuccinate covalently bound to controlled pore glass.
46. A compound in accordance with claim 45 in which R16 is dimethylaminomethylenamino.
47. A compound in accordance with claim 20 in which R16 is NH2
48. A compound in accordance with claim 20 in which: R16 is NH2 mono- or di-substituted with a protecting group; and R23 is a member selected from the group consisting of H-phosphonate, phosphoramidite, hemisuccinate, and hemisuccinate covalently bound to a solid support.
49. A compound in accordance with claim 48 in which: R21 is dimethoxytrityl; R22 is H; and R23 is a /.-cyanoethyl, N-diisopropyl phosphoramidite.
50. A compound in accordance with claim 49 in which R16 is dimethylaminomethylenamino.
51. A compound in accordance with claim 48 in which: R21 is dimethoxytrityl; R22 is H; and R23 is a hemisuccinate covalently bound to controlled pore glass.
52. A compound in accordance with claim 51 in which R16 is dimethylaminomethylenamino.
53. A compound in accordance with claim 21 in which R12 is NB 2.
54. A compound in accordance with claim 21 in which: R12 is NH2 mono- or di-substituted with a protecting group; and R23 is a member selected from the group consisting of H-phosphonate, phosphoramidite, hemisuccinate, and hemisuccinate covalently bound to a solid support.
55. A compound in accordance with claim 54 in which: R21 is dimethoxytrityl; R22 is H; and R23 is a jδ-cyanoethyl, N-diisopropyl phosphoramidite.
56. A compound in accordance with claim 55 in which R12 is p-nitrophenylethoxycarbonyl.
57. A compound in accordance with claim 54 in which: R21 is dimethoxytrityl; R22 is H; and
R23 is a hemisuccinate covalently bound to controlled pore glass.
58. A compound in accordance with claim 57 in which R12 is p-nitrophenylethoxycarbonyl.
59. A compound in accordance with claim 22 in which R12 is NH2
60. A compound in accordance with claim 22 in which: R12 is NH2 mono- or di-substituted with a protecting group; and R23 is a member selected from the group consisting of H-phosphonate, phosphoramidite, hemisuccinate, and hemisuccinate covalently bound to a solid support.
61. A compound in accordance with claim 60 in which: R21 is dimethoxytrityl; R22 is H; and R23 is a β-cyanoethyl, N-diisopropyl phosphoramidite.
62. A compound in accordance with claim 61 in which R12 is p-nitrophenylethoxycarbonyl.
63. A compound in accordance with claim 60 in which: R21 is dimethoxytrityl; R22 is H; and
R23 is a hemisuccinate covalently bound to controlled pore glass.
64. A compound in accordance with claim 63 in which R12 is p-nitrophenylethoxycarbonyl.
65. A compound in accordance with claim 23 in which R12 is NH2.
66. A compound in accordance with claim 23 in which: R12 is NH2 mono- or di-substituted with a protecting group; and R23 is a member selected from the group consisting of H-phosphonate, phosphoramidite, hemisuccinate, and hemisuccinate covalently bound to a solid support.
67. A compound in accordance with claim 66 in which: R21 is dimethoxytrityl; R22 is H; and R23 is a /.-cyanoethyl, N-diisopropyl phosphoramidite.
68. A compound in accordance with claim 67 in which R12 is p-nitrophenylethoxycarbonyl.
69. A compound in accordance with claim 66 in which: R21 is dimethoxytrityl; R22 is H; and
R23 is a hemisuccinate covalently bound to controlled pore glass.
70. A compound in accordance with claim 69 in which R12 is p-nitrophenylethoxycarbonyl.
71. A compound in accordance with claim 24 in which R12 is NH2
72. A compound in accordance with claim 24 in which: R12 is NH2 mono- or di-substituted with a protecting group; and R23 is a member selected from the group consisting of H-phosphonate, phosphoramidite, hemisuccinate, and hemisuccinate covalently bound to a solid support.
73. A compound in accordance with claim 72 in which: R21 is dimethoxytrityl; R22 is H; and R23 is a jS-cyanoethyl, N-diisopropyl phosphoramidite.
74. A compound in accordance with claim 73 in which: R12 is p-nitrophenylethoxycarbonyl.
75. A compound in accordance with claim 72 in which: R21 is dimethoxytrityl; R22 is H; and R23 is a hemisuccinate covalently bound to controlled pore glass.
76. A compound in accordance with claim 75 in which: R12 is p-nitrophenylethoxycarbonyl.
77. A compound in accordance with claim 16 in which: R21 is a triphosphate; R22 is H; and R23 is H.
78. A compound in accordance with claim 17 in which: R21 is a triphosphate; R22 is H; and R23 is H.
79. A compound in accordance with claim 18 in which: R21 is a triphosphate; R22 is H; and R23 is H.
80. A compound in accordance with claim 19 in which: R21 is a triphosphate; R22 is H; and R23 is H.
81. A compound in accordance with claim 20 in which: R21 is a triphosphate; R22 is H; and R23 is H.
82. A compound in accordance with claim 21 in which: R21 is a triphosphate; R22 is H; and R23 is H.
83. A compound in accordance with claim 22 in which: R21 is a triphosphate; R22 is H; and R23 is H.
84. A compound in accordance with claim 23 in which: R21 is a triphosphate; R22 is H; and R23 is H.
85. A compound in accordance with claim 24 in which: R21 is a triphosphate; R22 is H; and R23 is H.
86. An oligonucleotide comprising one or more nucleotide monomers which are pteridine derivatives having the formula shown below, with ring vertices 1 through 8 as shown:
Figure imgf000094_0001
h: Rn is combined with R12 to form a single oxo oxygen joined by a double bond to ring vertex 4, or with R13 to form a double bond between ring vertices 3 and 4; R12 when not combined with R" is NH2 R13 when not combined with R11 is lower alkyl or H; R14 is a member selected from the group consisting of H, lower alkyl and phenyl; R15 is combined with R16 to form a single oxo oxygen joined by a double bond to ring vertex 2, or with R17 to form a double bond between ring vertices 1 and 2, such that ring vertices 2 and 4 collectively bear at most one oxo oxygen; R16 when not combined with R15 is a member selected from the group consisting of H, phenyl, and NH2; when R15 is not combined with R16, R18 is combined with R19 to form a single oxo oxygen joined by a double bond to ring vertex 7; when R15 is combined with R16, R18 is combined with R20 to form a double bond between ring vertices 7 and 8, and R19 is a member selected from the group consisting of H and lower alkyl; and R17 when not combined with R15, and R20 when not combined with R18, are
Figure imgf000094_0002
in which R22 is a member selected from the group consisting of H and OH.
87. A compound in accordance with claim 86 in which R14 is a member selected from the group consisting of H, CH3 and phenyl.
88. A compound in accordance with claim 86 in which R14 is a member selected from the group consisting of H and CH3.
89. A compound in accordance with claim 86 in which R16, when not combined with R15, is a member selected from the group consisting of H, phenyl and NH2.
90. A compound in accordance with claim 86 in which R16, when not combined with R15, is a member selected from the group consisting of H and phenyl.
91. A compound in accordance with claim 86 in which, when R18 is combined with R20, R19 is a member selected from the group consisting of H and CH3.
92. A compound in accordance with claim 86 in which R14 is a member selected from the group consisting of H, CH3 and phenyl; R16 is a member selected from the group consisting of H, phenyl and NH2; and, when R18 is combined with R20, R19 is a member selected from the group consisting of H and CH3.
93. A compound in accordance with claim 86 in which: R11 is combined with R13 to form a double bond between ring vertices 3 and 4; R12 is NH2; R14 is H; R15 is combined with R17 to form a double bond between ring vertices 1 and 2; R16 is phenyl; R18 is combined with R19 to form a single oxo oxygen joined by a double bond to ring vertex 7; and R20 is
Figure imgf000096_0001
94. A compound in accordance with claim 86 in which: Rn is combined with R13 to form a double bond between ring vertices 3 and 4; R12 is NH2; R14 is phenyl;
R15 is combined with R17 to form a double bond between ring vertices 1 and 2; R16 is H; R18 is combined with R19 to form a single oxo oxygen joined by a double bond to ring vertex 7; and R20 is
Figure imgf000096_0002
95. A compound in accordance with claim 86 in which: R11 is combined with R12 to form a single oxo oxygen joined by a double bond to ring vertex 4; R13 is CH3; R14 is H;
R15 is combined with R17 to form a double bond between ring vertices 1 and 2; R16 is NH2; R18 is combined with R19 to form a single oxo oxygen joined by a double bond to ring vertex 7; and R is
Figure imgf000097_0001
96. A compound in accordance with claim 86 in which: Rn is combined with R12 to form a single oxo oxygen joined by a double bond to ring vertex 4; R13 is H; R14 is H;
R15 is combined with R17 to form a double bond between ring vertices 1 and 2; R16 is NH2; R18 is combined with R19 to form a single oxo oxygen joined by a double bond to ring vertex 7; and R20 is
Figure imgf000097_0002
97. A compound in accordance with claim 86 in which: R11 is combined with R12 to form a single oxo oxygen joined by a double bond to ring vertex 4; R13 is H; R14 is CH3;
R15 is combined with R17 to form a double bond between ring vertices 1 and 2; R16 is NH2; R18 is combined with R19 to form a single oxo oxygen joined by a double bond to ring vertex 7; and R20 is
Figure imgf000098_0001
98. A compound in accordance with claim 86 in which: R11 is combined with R13 to form a double bond between ring vertices 3 and 4; R12 is NH2; R14 is CH3;
R15 is combined with R16 to form a single oxo oxygen joined by a double bond to ring vertex 2;
Figure imgf000098_0002
R18 is combined with R20 to form a double bond between ring vertices 7 and 8; and R19 is CH3.
99. A compound in accordance with claim 86 in which: R11 is combined with R13 to form a double bond between ring vertices 3 and 4; R12 is NH2; R14 is H;
R15 is combined with R16 to form a single oxo oxygen joined by a double bond to ring vertex 2; RI7 is
Figure imgf000099_0001
R18 is combined with R20 to form a double bond between ring vertices 7 and 8; and R19 is CH,.
100. A compound in accordance with claim 86 in which: R11 is combined with R13 to form a double bond between ring vertices 3 and 4; R12 is NH2; R14 is CH3; R15 is combined with R16 to form a single oxo oxygen joined by a double bond to ring vertex 2; R17 is
Figure imgf000099_0002
R18 is combined with R20 to form a double bond between ring vertices 7 and 8; and R19 is H.
101. A compound in accordance with claim 86 in which: R" is combined with R13 to form a double bond between ring vertices 3 and 4; R12 is NH2; R14 is H; R15 is combined with R16 to form a single oxo oxygen joined by a double bond to ring vertex 2; R17 is
Figure imgf000100_0001
R18 is combined with R20 to form a double bond between ring vertices 7 and 8; and R19 is H.
102. A compound in accordance with claim 86 in which said nucleotide monomers are at the 3' end of said oligonucleotide.
103. A compound in accordance with claim 86 in which said nucleotide monomers are at the 5' end of said oligonucleotide.
104. A compound in accordance with claim 86 in which said nucleotide monomers are suπounded by 1 to 10 pyrimidine monomers.
105. (Once amended) A compound in accordance with claim 86 selected from the group consisting of: 5'- GTN TGG AAA ATC TCT AGC AGT -3' (Sequence I.D. No: 2), 5'- GTG TNG AAA ATC TCT AGC AGT -3' (Sequence I.D. No: 3), 5'- GTG TGN AAA ATC TCT AGC AGT -3' (Sequence I.D. No: 4), 5'- GTG TGG AAA ATC TCT ANC AGT -3' (Sequence I.D. No: 5), 5'- GTG TGG AAA ATC TCT AGC ANT -3' (Sequence I.D. No: 6), 5'- GTG TNG AAA ATC TCT ANC AGT -3' (Sequence I.D. No: 7), 5'- ACT GCT AGA NAT TTT CCA CAC -3' (Sequence I.D. No: 8), 5'- ACT GCT ANA GAT TTT CCA CAC -3' (Sequence I.D. No: 9), 5'- ACT NCT AGA GAT TTT CCA CAC -3' (Sequence I.D. No: 10) and 5'- ACT GCT NGA GAT TTT CCA CAC -3' (Sequence I.D. No: 11), wherein A is an adenosine nucleotide, C is a cytosine nucleotide, G is a guanosine nucleotide, T is a thymidine nucleotide, and N is a pteridine nucleotide in which Rn is combined with R12 to form a single oxo oxygen joined by a double bond to ring vertex 4; R13 is CH3 or H; R14 is H; R15 is combined with R17 to form a double bond between ring vertices 1 and 2; R16 is NH2; R18 is combined with R19 to form a single oxo oxygen joined by a double bond to ring vertex 7; and R20 is
Figure imgf000101_0001
in which R22 is H.
PCT/US1995/005264 1994-05-18 1995-04-25 Pteridine nucleotide analogs as fluorescent dna probes WO1995031469A1 (en)

Priority Applications (6)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP7529675A JPH10500949A (en) 1994-05-18 1995-04-25 Pteridine nucleotide analogs as fluorescent DNA
EP95917197A EP0759927B1 (en) 1994-05-18 1995-04-25 Pteridine nucleotide analogs as fluorescent dna probes
DE69503129T DE69503129T2 (en) 1994-05-18 1995-04-25 PTERIDINE NUCLEOTIDE DERIVATIVES AS FLUORESCENT PROBE
DK95917197T DK0759927T3 (en) 1994-05-18 1995-04-25 Pteridine nucleotide analogs as fluorescent DNA probes
CA002190588A CA2190588C (en) 1994-05-18 1995-04-25 Pteridine nucleotide analogs as fluorescent dna probes
AU23991/95A AU688036B2 (en) 1994-05-18 1995-04-25 Pteridine nucleotide analogs as fluorescent DNA probes

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US08/245,923 US5525711A (en) 1994-05-18 1994-05-18 Pteridine nucleotide analogs as fluorescent DNA probes
US08/245,923 1994-05-18

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO1995031469A1 true WO1995031469A1 (en) 1995-11-23

Family

ID=22928654

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/US1995/005264 WO1995031469A1 (en) 1994-05-18 1995-04-25 Pteridine nucleotide analogs as fluorescent dna probes

Country Status (10)

Country Link
US (2) US5525711A (en)
EP (1) EP0759927B1 (en)
JP (2) JPH10500949A (en)
AT (1) ATE167680T1 (en)
AU (1) AU688036B2 (en)
CA (1) CA2190588C (en)
DE (1) DE69503129T2 (en)
DK (1) DK0759927T3 (en)
ES (1) ES2118593T3 (en)
WO (1) WO1995031469A1 (en)

Cited By (18)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2000014101A1 (en) * 1998-09-08 2000-03-16 The Government Of The United States Of America Represented By The Secretary Of The Department Of Health And Human Services Pteridine nucleotide analogs
WO2000045800A2 (en) * 1999-02-02 2000-08-10 K.U. Leuven Research & Development Immunosurpressive effects of pteridine derivatives
US6716971B1 (en) 1998-09-08 2004-04-06 The United States Of America As Represented By The Secretary Of The Department Of Health And Human Services Pteridine nucleotide analogs
US6811973B1 (en) 1999-11-24 2004-11-02 The Regents Of The University Of California Methods of using labeled probe molecules to quantify target molecules
US6946465B2 (en) 1999-02-02 2005-09-20 4 Aza Bioscience Nv Immunosuppressive effects of pteridine derivatives
WO2006065703A1 (en) * 2004-12-13 2006-06-22 Sunesis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Pyrido pyrimidinones, dihydro pyrimido pyrimidinones and pteridinones useful as raf kinase inhibitors
US7781163B2 (en) 2003-01-08 2010-08-24 Lesley Davenport G-quadruplex binding assays and compounds therefor
US7851152B2 (en) * 2004-09-25 2010-12-14 Yaodong Chen Fluorescent base analogues' usage in the characterization of nucleic acid molecules and their interactions
US10144736B2 (en) 2006-07-20 2018-12-04 Gilead Sciences, Inc. Substituted pteridines useful for the treatment and prevention of viral infections
US10285990B2 (en) 2015-03-04 2019-05-14 Gilead Sciences, Inc. Toll like receptor modulator compounds
US10370342B2 (en) 2016-09-02 2019-08-06 Gilead Sciences, Inc. Toll like receptor modulator compounds
US10640499B2 (en) 2016-09-02 2020-05-05 Gilead Sciences, Inc. Toll like receptor modulator compounds
WO2020123395A1 (en) * 2018-12-10 2020-06-18 Ideaya Biosciences, Inc. 2-oxoquinazoline derivatives as methionine adenosyltransferase 2a inhibitors
CN111995649A (en) * 2020-04-09 2020-11-27 瀚海新拓(杭州)生物医药有限公司 Pteridinone nucleotide analogue and pharmaceutical composition, preparation method and medical application thereof
US11286257B2 (en) 2019-06-28 2022-03-29 Gilead Sciences, Inc. Processes for preparing toll-like receptor modulator compounds
US11396509B2 (en) 2019-04-17 2022-07-26 Gilead Sciences, Inc. Solid forms of a toll-like receptor modulator
US11583531B2 (en) 2019-04-17 2023-02-21 Gilead Sciences, Inc. Solid forms of a toll-like receptor modulator
US12049461B2 (en) 2006-07-20 2024-07-30 Gilead Sciences, Inc. 4,6-di- and 2,4,6-trisubstituted quinazoline derivatives useful for treating viral infections

Families Citing this family (855)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US6335434B1 (en) 1998-06-16 2002-01-01 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc., Nucleosidic and non-nucleosidic folate conjugates
US8153602B1 (en) 1991-11-19 2012-04-10 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Composition and methods for the pulmonary delivery of nucleic acids
ATE247128T1 (en) 1993-09-03 2003-08-15 Isis Pharmaceuticals Inc AMINODERIVATIZED NUCLEOSIDES AND OLIGONUCLEOSIDES
US6787304B1 (en) 1994-12-28 2004-09-07 Georgetown University Fluorometric assay for detecting nucleic acid cleavage
US20030165908A1 (en) * 1994-12-30 2003-09-04 Georgetown University Fluorometric assay for detecting nucleic acid cleavage
US6420549B1 (en) 1995-06-06 2002-07-16 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Oligonucleotide analogs having modified dimers
US5854033A (en) 1995-11-21 1998-12-29 Yale University Rolling circle replication reporter systems
US6379911B2 (en) 1996-02-23 2002-04-30 Albert Einstein College Of Medicine Of Yeshiva University Enzyme detection/assay method and substrates
US20070275921A1 (en) * 1996-06-06 2007-11-29 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Oligomeric Compounds That Facilitate Risc Loading
US7812149B2 (en) 1996-06-06 2010-10-12 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. 2′-Fluoro substituted oligomeric compounds and compositions for use in gene modulations
US20030044941A1 (en) 1996-06-06 2003-03-06 Crooke Stanley T. Human RNase III and compositions and uses thereof
US9096636B2 (en) 1996-06-06 2015-08-04 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Chimeric oligomeric compounds and their use in gene modulation
US5898031A (en) 1996-06-06 1999-04-27 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Oligoribonucleotides for cleaving RNA
US7875733B2 (en) * 2003-09-18 2011-01-25 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Oligomeric compounds comprising 4′-thionucleosides for use in gene modulation
WO1998026093A2 (en) * 1996-12-13 1998-06-18 The Government Of The United States Of America, Represented By The Secretary, Department Of Health And Human Services Fluorescent nucleotide analog hairpin formation for detection of nucleic acid hybridization
US6020162A (en) * 1997-06-13 2000-02-01 The Rockefeller University Crystal of a protein-ligand complex containing an N-terminal truncated eIF4E, and methods of use thereof
US5872011A (en) * 1997-06-13 1999-02-16 The Rockefeller University Crystal of a protein-ligand complex containing an N-terminal truncated eIF4E, and methods of use thereof
US6656734B1 (en) 1997-07-01 2003-12-02 Transgene S.A. Compositions for the delivery of polynucleotides to cells
WO1999001579A1 (en) 1997-07-01 1999-01-14 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compositions and methods for the delivery of oligonucleotides via the alimentary canal
US7321828B2 (en) * 1998-04-13 2008-01-22 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. System of components for preparing oligonucleotides
US20040186071A1 (en) 1998-04-13 2004-09-23 Bennett C. Frank Antisense modulation of CD40 expression
WO1999060167A1 (en) 1998-05-21 1999-11-25 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compositions and methods for topical delivery of oligonucleotides
WO1999060012A1 (en) 1998-05-21 1999-11-25 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compositions and methods for non-parenteral delivery of oligonucleotides
US6867294B1 (en) 1998-07-14 2005-03-15 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Gapped oligomers having site specific chiral phosphorothioate internucleoside linkages
DE19858588B4 (en) * 1998-08-22 2016-04-07 Qiagen Gmbh Dye-labeled oligonucleotide for labeling a nucleic acid molecule
US6225293B1 (en) 1998-09-02 2001-05-01 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Methods and compounds for tracking the biodistribution of macromolecule-carrier combinations
US6077709A (en) 1998-09-29 2000-06-20 Isis Pharmaceuticals Inc. Antisense modulation of Survivin expression
US6300320B1 (en) 1999-01-05 2001-10-09 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Modulation of c-jun using inhibitors of protein kinase C
US6127124A (en) * 1999-01-20 2000-10-03 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Fluorescence based nuclease assay
WO2000050172A1 (en) * 1999-02-23 2000-08-31 Caliper Technologies Corp. Manipulation of microparticles in microfluidic systems
US7098192B2 (en) 1999-04-08 2006-08-29 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Antisense oligonucleotide modulation of STAT3 expression
ES2241246T3 (en) 1999-04-27 2005-10-16 Transgene S.A. PROCESS FOR THE PRODUCTION OF CELLULAR LINES OF MAMMALS.
US6656730B1 (en) 1999-06-15 2003-12-02 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Oligonucleotides conjugated to protein-binding drugs
US6147200A (en) * 1999-08-19 2000-11-14 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. 2'-O-acetamido modified monomers and oligomers
DE59909871D1 (en) * 1999-11-16 2004-08-05 Atto Tec Gmbh Dye-marked oligonucleotide for labeling a nucleic acid molecule
AU782912B2 (en) 1999-12-28 2005-09-08 Association Francaise Contre Les Myopathies Use of lithium (Li+) for the preparation of a composition for transfection of a polynucleotide into a cell and compositions useful in gene therapy
US6261840B1 (en) 2000-01-18 2001-07-17 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Antisense modulation of PTP1B expression
US20020055479A1 (en) 2000-01-18 2002-05-09 Cowsert Lex M. Antisense modulation of PTP1B expression
US20030176385A1 (en) * 2000-02-15 2003-09-18 Jingfang Ju Antisense modulation of protein expression
US20040146918A1 (en) * 2000-02-18 2004-07-29 Weiner Michael L. Hybrid nucleic acid assembly
US6680172B1 (en) 2000-05-16 2004-01-20 Regents Of The University Of Michigan Treatments and markers for cancers of the central nervous system
US20060166227A1 (en) * 2000-06-20 2006-07-27 Stephen Kingsmore Protein expression profiling
US6323009B1 (en) * 2000-06-28 2001-11-27 Molecular Staging, Inc. Multiply-primed amplification of nucleic acid sequences
US8568766B2 (en) 2000-08-24 2013-10-29 Gattadahalli M. Anantharamaiah Peptides and peptide mimetics to treat pathologies associated with eye disease
GB0023057D0 (en) * 2000-09-20 2000-11-01 Randox Lab Ltd Liquid reagent
EP2336166A1 (en) 2000-10-12 2011-06-22 University Of Rochester Compositions that inhibit proliferation of cancer cells
US7767802B2 (en) 2001-01-09 2010-08-03 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compositions and methods for inhibiting expression of anti-apoptotic genes
ES2328796T3 (en) 2001-03-14 2009-11-18 Myriad Genetics, Inc. TSG101-GAG INTERACTION AND USE OF THE SAME.
CA2633171C (en) 2001-06-20 2012-11-20 Genentech, Inc. Antibodies against tumor-associated antigenic target (tat) polypeptides
US7803915B2 (en) 2001-06-20 2010-09-28 Genentech, Inc. Antibody compositions for the diagnosis and treatment of tumor
AU2002315393A1 (en) 2001-06-21 2003-01-08 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Antisense modulation of superoxide dismutase 1, soluble expression
US7425545B2 (en) 2001-07-25 2008-09-16 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Modulation of C-reactive protein expression
US6964950B2 (en) 2001-07-25 2005-11-15 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Antisense modulation of C-reactive protein expression
US20030096772A1 (en) 2001-07-30 2003-05-22 Crooke Rosanne M. Antisense modulation of acyl CoA cholesterol acyltransferase-2 expression
US7407943B2 (en) 2001-08-01 2008-08-05 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Antisense modulation of apolipoprotein B expression
US7227014B2 (en) 2001-08-07 2007-06-05 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Antisense modulation of apolipoprotein (a) expression
BR0211900A (en) * 2001-08-14 2004-08-24 Toyama Chemical Co Ltd Method for inhibiting virus and / or virucide development, pyrazine nucleotide and pyrazine nucleoside analogs, rna polymerase inhibitor precursor, rna polymerase inhibitor, method for treating virus infected patients, and uses of a pyrazine nucleotide analogue or a salt thereof and a pyrazine nucleoside analog or a salt thereof
WO2003025220A2 (en) 2001-09-18 2003-03-27 Carnegie Institution Of Washington Fusion proteins useful for detecting analytes
ES2431929T3 (en) 2001-09-18 2013-11-28 Genentech, Inc. Compositions and procedures for the diagnosis and treatment of tumors
ATE516364T1 (en) 2001-10-09 2011-07-15 Isis Pharmaceuticals Inc ANTISENSE MODULATION OF EXPRESSION OF THE INSULIN-LIKE GROWTH FACTOR BINDING PROTEY S 5
US6750019B2 (en) 2001-10-09 2004-06-15 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Antisense modulation of insulin-like growth factor binding protein 5 expression
US6965025B2 (en) 2001-12-10 2005-11-15 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Antisense modulation of connective tissue growth factor expression
CA2471431A1 (en) 2002-01-02 2003-07-17 Genentech, Inc. Compositions and methods for the diagnosis and treatment of tumor
US7553619B2 (en) * 2002-02-08 2009-06-30 Qiagen Gmbh Detection method using dissociated rolling circle amplification
US20030180712A1 (en) 2002-03-20 2003-09-25 Biostratum Ab Inhibition of the beta3 subunit of L-type Ca2+ channels
US7169916B2 (en) * 2002-04-01 2007-01-30 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Chloral-free DCA in oligonucleotide synthesis
EP1571968A4 (en) 2002-04-16 2007-10-17 Genentech Inc Compositions and methods for the diagnosis and treatment of tumor
US7199107B2 (en) 2002-05-23 2007-04-03 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Antisense modulation of kinesin-like 1 expression
AU2003276131A1 (en) * 2002-06-18 2003-12-31 Epigenesis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. A dry powder oligonucleotide formulation, preparation and its uses
EP1575992A4 (en) 2002-08-05 2007-02-21 Univ Rochester Protein transducing domain/deaminase chimeric proteins, related compounds, and uses thereof
CA2499770A1 (en) * 2002-09-20 2004-04-01 Yale University Riboswitches, methods for their use, and compositions for use with riboswitches.
WO2004031350A2 (en) 2002-09-26 2004-04-15 Amgen, Inc. Modulation of forkhead box o1a expression
US9150605B2 (en) 2002-11-05 2015-10-06 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compositions comprising alternating 2′-modified nucleosides for use in gene modulation
US9150606B2 (en) * 2002-11-05 2015-10-06 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compositions comprising alternating 2'-modified nucleosides for use in gene modulation
CA2504929C (en) 2002-11-05 2014-07-22 Charles Allerson Compositions comprising alternating 2'-modified nucleosides for use in gene modulation
CA2504720C (en) 2002-11-05 2013-12-24 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Chimeric oligomeric compounds and their use in gene modulation
WO2004044181A2 (en) 2002-11-13 2004-05-27 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Antisense modulation of apolipoprotein b expression
ES2420914T3 (en) 2002-11-13 2013-08-27 Genzyme Corporation Antisense modulation of apolipoprotein B expression
US8007804B2 (en) 2002-11-15 2011-08-30 Musc Foundation For Research Development Complement receptor 2 targeted complement modulators
JP4555089B2 (en) * 2002-11-15 2010-09-29 モーフオテク・インコーポレーテツド Method for producing high production amount of antibody from hybridoma created by in vitro immunization
EP1624753B1 (en) 2002-11-21 2012-01-25 The University of Utah Research Foundation Purinergic modulation of smell
US7144999B2 (en) 2002-11-23 2006-12-05 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Modulation of hypoxia-inducible factor 1 alpha expression
EP1583843B1 (en) 2002-12-20 2018-07-18 QIAGEN GmbH Single primer whole genome amplification
US9487823B2 (en) 2002-12-20 2016-11-08 Qiagen Gmbh Nucleic acid amplification
US6977153B2 (en) * 2002-12-31 2005-12-20 Qiagen Gmbh Rolling circle amplification of RNA
CA2515484C (en) 2003-02-11 2011-09-20 Antisense Therapeutics Ltd Modulation of insulin like growth factor i receptor expression
US7002006B2 (en) * 2003-02-12 2006-02-21 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Protection of nucleosides
US7803781B2 (en) 2003-02-28 2010-09-28 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Modulation of growth hormone receptor expression and insulin-like growth factor expression
US20040175704A1 (en) 2003-03-06 2004-09-09 Stratagene Compositions and methods for polynucleotide sequence detection
US20040185559A1 (en) 2003-03-21 2004-09-23 Isis Pharmaceuticals Inc. Modulation of diacylglycerol acyltransferase 1 expression
US8043834B2 (en) 2003-03-31 2011-10-25 Qiagen Gmbh Universal reagents for rolling circle amplification and methods of use
US7598227B2 (en) 2003-04-16 2009-10-06 Isis Pharmaceuticals Inc. Modulation of apolipoprotein C-III expression
US7399853B2 (en) 2003-04-28 2008-07-15 Isis Pharmaceuticals Modulation of glucagon receptor expression
CA2540692C (en) 2003-06-02 2013-05-28 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Oligonucleotide synthesis with alternative solvents
EP1633307A4 (en) 2003-06-03 2009-06-24 Isis Pharmaceuticals Inc Modulation of survivin expression
US7786290B2 (en) 2003-06-13 2010-08-31 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Double-stranded ribonucleic acid with increased effectiveness in an organism
AU2004263274B2 (en) 2003-07-21 2009-11-05 Transgene S.A. Novel multifunctional cytokines
US7683036B2 (en) 2003-07-31 2010-03-23 Regulus Therapeutics Inc. Oligomeric compounds and compositions for use in modulation of small non-coding RNAs
US7825235B2 (en) 2003-08-18 2010-11-02 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Modulation of diacylglycerol acyltransferase 2 expression
EP1508624A1 (en) * 2003-08-22 2005-02-23 Institut National De La Sante Et De La Recherche Medicale (Inserm) A quantification method for integrated viruses
CA2876822C (en) 2003-08-27 2015-11-17 David Shima Combination therapy for the treatment of ocular neovascular disorders
US20050053981A1 (en) * 2003-09-09 2005-03-10 Swayze Eric E. Gapped oligomeric compounds having linked bicyclic sugar moieties at the termini
EP2256201A3 (en) 2003-09-18 2012-07-04 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Modulation of eIF4E expression
PL1678194T3 (en) 2003-10-10 2014-01-31 Alchemia Oncology Pty Ltd The modulation of hyaluronan synthesis and degradation in the treatment of disease
US20050191653A1 (en) 2003-11-03 2005-09-01 Freier Susan M. Modulation of SGLT2 expression
NZ547558A (en) 2003-11-17 2009-06-26 Genentech Inc Compositions and methods for the treatment of tumor of hematopoietic origin
EP1711606A2 (en) 2004-01-20 2006-10-18 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Modulation of glucocorticoid receptor expression
US8778900B2 (en) * 2004-01-22 2014-07-15 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Modulation of eIF4E-BP1 expression
US7468431B2 (en) * 2004-01-22 2008-12-23 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Modulation of eIF4E-BP2 expression
US8569474B2 (en) 2004-03-09 2013-10-29 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Double stranded constructs comprising one or more short strands hybridized to a longer strand
EP2700720A3 (en) 2004-03-15 2015-01-28 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compositions and methods for optimizing cleavage of RNA by RNASE H
JP2007531794A (en) 2004-04-05 2007-11-08 アルニラム ファーマスーティカルズ インコーポレイテッド Methods and reagents used for oligonucleotide synthesis and purification
US20050244869A1 (en) 2004-04-05 2005-11-03 Brown-Driver Vickie L Modulation of transthyretin expression
US20050260755A1 (en) * 2004-04-06 2005-11-24 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Sequential delivery of oligomeric compounds
CA2562151C (en) 2004-04-30 2016-09-06 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Oligonucleotides comprising a c5-modified pyrimidine
WO2005107404A2 (en) * 2004-05-03 2005-11-17 The Penn State Research Foundation Methods and systems for nanoparticle enhancement of signals
CA2564251C (en) 2004-05-21 2018-04-10 The Uab Research Foundation Variable lymphocyte receptors, related polypeptides and nucleic acids, and uses thereof
CA2569419A1 (en) * 2004-06-03 2005-12-22 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Double strand compositions comprising differentially modified strands for use in gene modulation
US8394947B2 (en) 2004-06-03 2013-03-12 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Positionally modified siRNA constructs
US20080286880A1 (en) * 2004-07-07 2008-11-20 The Penn State Research Foundation Methods and Systems for Nanoparticle Enhancement of Signals
US7427675B2 (en) 2004-08-23 2008-09-23 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compounds and methods for the characterization of oligonucleotides
US7884086B2 (en) 2004-09-08 2011-02-08 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Conjugates for use in hepatocyte free uptake assays
AU2005287557B2 (en) 2004-09-21 2011-10-13 Biontech Ag Use of microproteins as tryptase inhibitors
PL1809303T3 (en) * 2004-09-23 2019-11-29 Arc Medical Devices Inc Pharmaceutical compositions and methods relating to inhibiting fibrous adhesions or inflammatory disease using low sulphate fucans
US20090258348A1 (en) 2005-02-02 2009-10-15 Universität Bayreuth Esterases for monitoring protein biosynthesis in vitro
EP1869076A2 (en) 2005-03-10 2007-12-26 Genentech, Inc. Methods and compositions for modulating vascular integrity
US8309303B2 (en) 2005-04-01 2012-11-13 Qiagen Gmbh Reverse transcription and amplification of RNA with simultaneous degradation of DNA
EP1891141B1 (en) 2005-05-31 2016-11-16 Ecole Polytechnique Fédérale de Lausanne (EPFL) Triblock copolymers for cytoplasmic delivery of gene-based drugs
WO2006138145A1 (en) 2005-06-14 2006-12-28 Northwestern University Nucleic acid functionalized nanoparticles for therapeutic applications
EP2239327B1 (en) 2005-08-11 2015-02-25 Synthetic Genomics, Inc. Method for in vitro recombination
US20100015604A1 (en) 2005-08-17 2010-01-21 Evriklia Lianidou Composition and method for determination of ck19 expression
JP5523705B2 (en) 2005-08-29 2014-06-18 レグルス・セラピューティクス・インコーポレイテッド Method of using to modulate MIR-122A
EP1762627A1 (en) 2005-09-09 2007-03-14 Qiagen GmbH Method for the activation of a nucleic acid for performing a polymerase reaction
BRPI0616370A2 (en) 2005-09-19 2011-06-14 Johnson & Johnson Pharmaceutical Res & Dev L L C modulation of glucocorticoid receptor expression
WO2007035771A2 (en) 2005-09-19 2007-03-29 Johnson & Johnson Pharmaceutical Research & Development, L.L.C. Modulation of glucagon receptor expression
EP2392646A1 (en) 2005-10-14 2011-12-07 MUSC Foundation For Research Development Targeting PAX2 for the induction of DEFB1-mediated tumor immunity and cancer therapy
US8080534B2 (en) 2005-10-14 2011-12-20 Phigenix, Inc Targeting PAX2 for the treatment of breast cancer
US7320965B2 (en) 2005-10-28 2008-01-22 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compositions and methods for inhibiting expression of Huntingtin gene
WO2007056331A2 (en) 2005-11-09 2007-05-18 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compositions and methods for inhibiting expression of factor v leiden mutant gene
AU2006318194B2 (en) 2005-11-21 2012-08-09 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Modulation of eiF4E-BP2 expression
JP2009524411A (en) * 2005-12-21 2009-07-02 イェール ユニバーシティー Methods and compositions related to the regulation of riboswitches
CN103301475B (en) 2005-12-28 2016-08-03 斯克里普斯研究所 Method that pharmaceutical composition and expression vector and regulator gene are expressed and the application of nucleic acid molecules
CA2640058C (en) 2006-01-27 2018-04-24 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Oligomeric compounds and compositions for the use in modulation of micrornas
EP2314594B1 (en) 2006-01-27 2014-07-23 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. 6-modified bicyclic nucleic acid analogs
US7569686B1 (en) 2006-01-27 2009-08-04 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compounds and methods for synthesis of bicyclic nucleic acid analogs
EA014886B1 (en) 2006-03-31 2011-02-28 Элнилэм Фармасьютикалз, Инк. Compositions and methods for inhibiting expression of eg5 gene
MX2008014005A (en) * 2006-05-03 2009-01-27 Baltic Technology Dev Ltd Antisense agents combining strongly bound base - modified oligonucleotide and artificial nuclease.
KR101441700B1 (en) 2006-05-05 2014-09-18 아이시스 파마수티컬즈 인코포레이티드 Compounds and methods for modulating expression of pcsk9
US7666854B2 (en) * 2006-05-11 2010-02-23 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Bis-modified bicyclic nucleic acid analogs
ES2389737T3 (en) 2006-05-11 2012-10-31 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. 5 'modified bicyclic nucleic acid analogs
BRPI0712034A2 (en) 2006-05-19 2012-01-10 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals Inc aha rnai modulation and therapeutic uses thereof
EP2018443A4 (en) 2006-05-22 2009-11-11 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals Inc Compositions and methods for inhibiting expression of ikk-b gene
EP2023938A4 (en) * 2006-05-23 2010-11-10 Isis Pharmaceuticals Inc Modulation of chrebp expression
US20090280188A1 (en) * 2006-06-23 2009-11-12 Northwestern University Asymmetric functionalizated nanoparticles and methods of use
WO2008011473A2 (en) 2006-07-19 2008-01-24 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compositions and their uses directed to hbxip
WO2008033866A2 (en) * 2006-09-11 2008-03-20 Yale University Methods and compositions for the use of lysine riboswitches
US7906484B2 (en) * 2006-09-21 2011-03-15 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Complex for transferring an anionic substance into a cell
US20100099858A1 (en) * 2006-09-28 2010-04-22 Mirkin Chad A Maximizing Oligonucleotide Loading on Gold Nanoparticle
EP2069788B1 (en) 2006-10-05 2017-03-01 Massachusetts Institute of Technology Multifunctional encoded particles for high-throughput analysis
WO2008136852A2 (en) 2006-11-01 2008-11-13 University Of Rochester Methods and compositions related to the structure and function of apobec3g
CA2672297A1 (en) 2006-12-11 2008-06-19 University Of Utah Research Foundation Compositions and methods for treating pathologic angiogenesis and vascular permeability
EP2913341A1 (en) 2006-12-22 2015-09-02 University of Utah Research Foundation Method of detecting ocular diseases and pathologic conditions and treatment of same
BRPI0806350A2 (en) 2007-01-30 2011-09-06 Transgene Sa use of a nucleic acid molecule, use of a vector, use of an infectious viral particle, vectors, infectious viral particle and composition
CA2691066C (en) 2007-02-09 2018-07-31 Northwestern University Particles for detecting intracellular targets
CN101801185A (en) 2007-03-22 2010-08-11 耶鲁大学 Methods and compositions related to riboswitches that control alternative splicing
AP2014007971A0 (en) 2007-03-29 2014-09-30 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals Inc Compositions and methods for inhibiting expressionof a gene from the ebola
JP2010528616A (en) * 2007-05-29 2010-08-26 イェール ユニバーシティー Methods and compositions related to riboswitches that regulate alternative splicing and RNA splicing
MX2009012773A (en) 2007-05-29 2009-12-16 Univ Yale Riboswitches and methods and compositions for use of and with riboswitches.
AU2008260277C1 (en) 2007-05-30 2014-04-17 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. N-substituted-aminomethylene bridged bicyclic nucleic acid analogs
CA2689923A1 (en) * 2007-05-30 2008-12-11 Northwestern University Nucleic acid functionalized nanoparticles for therapeutic applications
US7807372B2 (en) * 2007-06-04 2010-10-05 Northwestern University Screening sequence selectivity of oligonucleotide-binding molecules using nanoparticle based colorimetric assay
US8278426B2 (en) 2007-06-08 2012-10-02 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Carbocyclic bicyclic nucleic acid analogs
WO2009006478A2 (en) * 2007-07-05 2009-01-08 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. 6-disubstituted bicyclic nucleic acid analogs
EP2188298B1 (en) * 2007-08-15 2013-09-18 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Tetrahydropyran nucleic acid analogs
CN101835793B (en) 2007-08-24 2014-04-23 乌利班-马克西姆利安大学 Mutant double cyclized receptor peptides inhibiting beta1-adrenoceptor antibodies
CA2697957A1 (en) 2007-08-28 2009-03-12 Uab Research Foundation Synthetic apolipoprotein e mimicking polypeptides and methods of use
EP2195331B1 (en) 2007-08-28 2013-11-20 Uab Research Foundation Synthetic apolipoprotein e mimicking polypeptides and methods of use
WO2009039466A1 (en) 2007-09-20 2009-03-26 Vanderbilt University Free solution measurement of molecular interactions by backscattering interferometry
US7951785B2 (en) * 2007-09-21 2011-05-31 California Institute Of Technology NFIA in glial fate determination, glioma therapy and astrocytoma treatment
AU2008324068A1 (en) * 2007-11-05 2009-05-14 Baltic Technology Development, Ltd. Use of oligonucleotides with modified bases in hybridization of nucleic acids
EP2222851B1 (en) 2007-11-20 2017-06-28 Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Modulation of cd40 expression
US7871985B2 (en) 2007-12-10 2011-01-18 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compositions and methods for inhibiting expression of factor VII gene
CA3044134A1 (en) 2008-01-02 2009-07-09 Arbutus Biopharma Corporation Improved compositions and methods for the delivery of nucleic acids
WO2009100320A2 (en) * 2008-02-07 2009-08-13 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Bicyclic cyclohexitol nucleic acid analogs
SG188121A1 (en) 2008-03-05 2013-03-28 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals Inc Compositions and methods for inhibiting expression of eg5 and vegf genes
EP2282744B1 (en) 2008-03-21 2018-01-17 Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Oligomeric compounds comprising tricyclic nucleosides and methods for their use
US9290534B2 (en) * 2008-04-04 2016-03-22 Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Oligomeric compounds having at least one neutrally linked terminal bicyclic nucleoside
US8846639B2 (en) * 2008-04-04 2014-09-30 Isis Pharmaceutical, Inc. Oligomeric compounds comprising bicyclic nucleosides and having reduced toxicity
PL2982753T3 (en) 2008-04-18 2019-03-29 Baxter International Inc. Microsphere-based composition for preventing and/or reversing new-onset autoimmune diabetes
CA2722668A1 (en) * 2008-04-29 2009-11-05 Wyeth Llc Methods for treating inflammation
CN107083386A (en) 2008-08-25 2017-08-22 埃克斯雷德制药有限公司 Prevent GEM 132 of CTGF and application thereof
US8318693B2 (en) 2008-09-02 2012-11-27 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compositions and methods for inhibiting expression of mutant EGFR gene
WO2010036696A1 (en) 2008-09-24 2010-04-01 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Cyclohexenyl nucleic acid analogs
US8501805B2 (en) * 2008-09-24 2013-08-06 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Substituted alpha-L-bicyclic nucleosides
US8546554B2 (en) 2008-09-25 2013-10-01 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Lipid formulated compositions and methods for inhibiting expression of Serum Amyloid A gene
PL2350043T3 (en) 2008-10-09 2014-09-30 Tekmira Pharmaceuticals Corp Improved amino lipids and methods for the delivery of nucleic acids
PT2379084T (en) 2008-10-15 2018-02-19 Ionis Pharmaceuticals Inc Modulation of factor 11 expression
MX2011004268A (en) 2008-10-20 2011-06-01 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals Inc Compositions and methods for inhibiting expression of transthyretin.
CA2741294C (en) 2008-10-24 2018-04-24 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. 5' and 2' bis-substituted nucleosides and oligomeric compounds prepared therefrom
US8987435B2 (en) 2008-10-24 2015-03-24 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Oligomeric compounds and methods
MX2011005429A (en) 2008-11-24 2011-06-21 Univ Northwestern Polyvalent rna-nanoparticle compositions.
BRPI0923225A2 (en) 2008-12-02 2016-10-04 Chiralgen Ltd Phosphorus-modified nucleic acid synthesis method
CN107338251A (en) 2008-12-04 2017-11-10 库尔纳公司 It is diseases related that natural antisense transcript by suppressing tumor suppressor gene treats tumor suppressor gene
JP6099868B2 (en) 2008-12-04 2017-03-22 クルナ・インコーポレーテッド Treatment of sirtuin 1 related diseases by suppression of natural antisense transcripts against sirtuin 1 (SIRT1)
CA2745329C (en) 2008-12-04 2022-07-12 Opko Curna, Llc Treatment of erythropoietin (epo) related diseases by inhibition of natural antisense transcript to epo
WO2010068816A1 (en) 2008-12-10 2010-06-17 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Gnaq targeted dsrna compositions and methods for inhibiting expression
EP2382235B1 (en) 2008-12-19 2016-02-24 Christiane Hilger Novel caviidae allergen and uses thereof
US20110312872A1 (en) 2008-12-22 2011-12-22 Universität Regensburg Norrin in the treatment of diseases associated with an increased tgf-beta activity
JP5801205B2 (en) * 2009-01-08 2015-10-28 ノースウェスタン ユニバーシティ Inhibition of bacterial protein production by multivalent oligonucleotide modified nanoparticle conjugates
US20100233270A1 (en) * 2009-01-08 2010-09-16 Northwestern University Delivery of Oligonucleotide-Functionalized Nanoparticles
KR101546673B1 (en) * 2009-01-15 2015-08-25 삼성전자주식회사 Toner for electrophotographic and process for preparing the same
AU2010208386B2 (en) 2009-01-27 2016-08-11 Qiagen Gaithersburg Thermophilic helicase dependent amplification technology with endpoint homogenous fluorescent detection
CA3036963A1 (en) 2009-01-29 2010-08-05 Arbutus Biopharma Corporation Lipid formulations comprising cationic lipid and a targeting lipid comprising n-acetyl galactosamine for delivery of nucleic acid
EP2393825A2 (en) 2009-02-06 2011-12-14 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Oligomeric compounds and methods
WO2010090969A1 (en) 2009-02-06 2010-08-12 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Tetrahydropyran nucleic acid analogs
US20110319476A1 (en) 2009-02-12 2011-12-29 Opko Curna, Llc Treatment of glial cell derived neurotrophic factor (gdnf) related diseases by inhibition of natural antisense transcript to gdnf
ES2560107T3 (en) 2009-02-12 2016-02-17 Curna, Inc. Treatment of diseases related to brain-derived neurotrophic factor (BDNF) by inhibition of natural antisense transcript for BDNF
AU2010212851B2 (en) 2009-02-13 2012-12-13 Novartis Ag Nucleic acid molecule of a biosynthetic cluster encoding non ribosomal peptide synthases and uses thereof
WO2010099341A1 (en) 2009-02-26 2010-09-02 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compositions and methods for inhibiting expression of mig-12 gene
US20110319317A1 (en) 2009-03-04 2011-12-29 Opko Curna, Llc Treatment of sirtuin 1 (sirt1) related diseases by inhibition of natural antisense transcript to sirt1
CA2754043A1 (en) 2009-03-12 2010-09-16 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Lipid formulated compositions and methods for inhibiting expression of eg5 and vegf genes
WO2010107733A2 (en) 2009-03-16 2010-09-23 Curna, Inc. Treatment of nuclear factor (erythroid-derived 2)-like 2 (nrf2) related diseases by inhibition of natural antisense transcript to nrf2
EP2408920B1 (en) 2009-03-17 2017-03-08 CuRNA, Inc. Treatment of delta-like 1 homolog (dlk1) related diseases by inhibition of natural antisense transcript to dlk1
JP6145270B2 (en) 2009-04-15 2017-06-07 ノースウェスタン ユニバーシティ Delivery of oligonucleotide functionalized nanoparticles
EP3248618A1 (en) 2009-04-22 2017-11-29 Massachusetts Institute Of Technology Innate immune suppression enables repeated delivery of long rna molecules
DE102010018878B4 (en) 2009-04-30 2013-09-26 Julius-Maximilians-Universität Würzburg New cell line for the fluorescence-based detection of functionally active antibodies and autoantibodies against the beta1-adrenergic receptor
EP2424987B1 (en) 2009-05-01 2017-11-15 CuRNA, Inc. Treatment of hemoglobin (hbf/hbg) related diseases by inhibition of natural antisense transcript to hbf/hbg
AU2010245933B2 (en) 2009-05-05 2016-06-16 Arbutus Biopharma Corporation Methods of delivering oligonucleotides to immune cells
EP3097908A1 (en) 2009-05-05 2016-11-30 Arbutus Biopharma Corporation Lipid compositions
US9155754B2 (en) 2009-05-06 2015-10-13 Curna, Inc. Treatment of ABCA1 gene related diseases by inhibition of a natural antisense transcript to ABCA1
JP6250930B2 (en) 2009-05-06 2017-12-20 クルナ・インコーポレーテッド Treatment of TTP-related diseases by suppression of natural antisense transcripts against tristetraproline (TTP)
EP2430161A1 (en) 2009-05-15 2012-03-21 Yale University Gemm riboswitches, structure-based compound design with gemm riboswitches, and methods and compositions for use of and with gemm riboswitches
CA2762369C (en) 2009-05-18 2021-12-28 Joseph Collard Treatment of reprogramming factor related diseases by inhibition of natural antisense transcript to a reprogramming factor
KR101703695B1 (en) 2009-05-22 2017-02-08 큐알엔에이, 인크. Treatment of transcription factor e3 (tfe3) and insulin receptor substrate 2 (irs2) related diseases by inhibition of natural antisense transcript to tfe3
CA2764683A1 (en) 2009-05-28 2010-12-02 Joseph Collard Treatment of antiviral gene related diseases by inhibition of natural antisense transcript to an antiviral gene
SG10201403054SA (en) 2009-06-10 2014-10-30 Tekmira Pharmaceuticals Corp Improved lipid formulation
EP2443237B1 (en) 2009-06-16 2017-02-22 CuRNA, Inc. Treatment of collagen gene related diseases by inhibition of natural antisense transcript to a collagen gene
EP2443238B1 (en) 2009-06-16 2017-03-22 CuRNA, Inc. Treatment of paraoxonase 1 (pon1) related diseases by inhibition of natural antisense transcript to pon1
EP2446036B1 (en) 2009-06-24 2017-03-01 CuRNA, Inc. Treatment of tumor necrosis factor receptor 2 (tnfr2) related diseases by inhibition of natural antisense transcript to tnfr2
JP5907866B2 (en) 2009-06-26 2016-04-26 クルナ・インコーポレーテッド Treatment of Down syndrome gene-related diseases by repression of natural antisense transcripts for Down syndrome genes
CA2767253A1 (en) 2009-07-06 2011-01-13 Ontorii, Inc. Novel nucleic acid prodrugs and methods of use thereof
US9234199B2 (en) 2009-08-05 2016-01-12 Curna, Inc. Treatment of insulin gene (INS) related diseases by inhibition of natural antisense transcript to an insulin gene (INS)
EP2462153B1 (en) 2009-08-06 2015-07-29 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Bicyclic cyclohexose nucleic acid analogs
RU2555346C2 (en) 2009-08-07 2015-07-10 Трансген Са Composition for treating hepatitis b virus infections
AP2015008874A0 (en) 2009-08-14 2015-11-30 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals Inc Lipid formulated compositions and methods for inhibiting expression of a gene from the ebola virus
WO2011022420A1 (en) 2009-08-17 2011-02-24 Yale University Methylation biomarkers and methods of use
CA2771172C (en) 2009-08-25 2021-11-30 Opko Curna, Llc Treatment of 'iq motif containing gtpase activating protein' (iqgap) related diseases by inhibition of natural antisense transcript to iqgap
WO2011023764A1 (en) 2009-08-26 2011-03-03 Medizinische Hochschule Hannover Means and methods for producing artificial capsular polysaccharides of neisseria meningitidis
ES2599076T3 (en) 2009-09-02 2017-01-31 Genentech, Inc. Smoothened mutant and methods of use thereof
MX2012004617A (en) 2009-10-22 2012-05-08 Genentech Inc Methods and compositions for modulating hepsin activation of macrophage-stimulating protein.
AU2010315399B2 (en) 2009-10-27 2016-01-28 Swift Biosciences, Inc. Bimolecular primers
CA2779099C (en) 2009-10-30 2021-08-10 Northwestern University Templated nanoconjugates
EP2496716A1 (en) 2009-11-03 2012-09-12 University Of Virginia Patent Foundation Versatile, visible method for detecting polymeric analytes
WO2011063403A1 (en) 2009-11-23 2011-05-26 Swift Biosciences, Inc. Devices to extend single stranded target molecules
KR101884028B1 (en) 2009-11-30 2018-08-01 제넨테크, 인크. Antibodies for treating and diagnosing tumors expressing slc34a2 (tat211 = seqid2)
EP2513310B1 (en) 2009-12-16 2017-11-01 CuRNA, Inc. Treatment of membrane bound transcription factor peptidase, site 1 (mbtps1) related diseases by inhibition of natural antisense transcript to mbtps1
US9068183B2 (en) 2009-12-23 2015-06-30 Curna, Inc. Treatment of uncoupling protein 2 (UCP2) related diseases by inhibition of natural antisense transcript to UCP2
KR101891352B1 (en) 2009-12-23 2018-08-24 큐알엔에이, 인크. Treatment of hepatocyte growth factor (hgf) related diseases by inhibition of natural antisense transcript to hgf
CN102782134B (en) 2009-12-29 2017-11-24 库尔纳公司 NRF1 relevant diseases are treated by suppressing the natural antisense transcript of the core breathing factor 1 (NRF1)
JP5982288B2 (en) 2009-12-29 2016-08-31 カッパーアールエヌエー,インコーポレイテッド Treatment of tumor protein 63-related diseases by inhibition of natural antisense transcripts against tumor protein 63 (p63)
WO2011082409A2 (en) 2010-01-04 2011-07-07 Curna, Inc. Treatment of interferon regulatory factor 8 (irf8) related diseases by inhibition of natural antisense transcript to irf8
JP5963680B2 (en) 2010-01-06 2016-08-03 カッパーアールエヌエー,インコーポレイテッド Treatment of pancreatic developmental gene diseases by inhibition of natural antisense transcripts against pancreatic developmental genes
DK2524039T3 (en) 2010-01-11 2018-03-12 Curna Inc TREATMENT OF GENDER HORMON-BINDING GLOBULIN (SHBG) RELATED DISEASES BY INHIBITION OF NATURAL ANTISENCE TRANSCRIPTS TO SHBG
US8779118B2 (en) 2010-01-11 2014-07-15 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Base modified bicyclic nucleosides and oligomeric compounds prepared therefrom
SG182365A1 (en) 2010-01-12 2012-08-30 Univ Yale Structured rna motifs and compounds and methods for their use
WO2011091390A2 (en) 2010-01-25 2011-07-28 Opko Curna, Llc Treatment of rnase h1 related diseases by inhibition of natural antisense transcript to rnase h1
WO2011097407A1 (en) 2010-02-04 2011-08-11 Ico Therapeutics Inc. Dosing regimens for treating and preventing ocular disorders using c-raf antisense
KR101838308B1 (en) 2010-02-22 2018-03-13 큐알엔에이, 인크. Treatment of pyrroline-5-carboxylate reductase 1 (pycr1) related diseases by inhibition of natural antisense transcript to pycr1
WO2011105900A2 (en) 2010-02-23 2011-09-01 Academisch Ziekenhuis Bij De Universiteit Van Amsterdam Antagonists of complement component 8-alpha (c8-alpha) and uses thereof
NZ601293A (en) 2010-02-23 2014-10-31 Genentech Inc Compositions and methods for the diagnosis and treatment of tumor
WO2011105902A2 (en) 2010-02-23 2011-09-01 Academisch Ziekenhuis Bij De Universiteit Van Amsterdam Antagonists of complement component 8-beta (c8-beta) and uses thereof
WO2011105901A2 (en) 2010-02-23 2011-09-01 Academisch Ziekenhuis Bij De Universiteit Van Amsterdam Antagonists of complement component 9 (c9) and uses thereof
WO2011112516A1 (en) 2010-03-08 2011-09-15 Ico Therapeutics Inc. Treating and preventing hepatitis c virus infection using c-raf kinase antisense oligonucleotides
US20130101512A1 (en) 2010-03-12 2013-04-25 Chad A. Mirkin Crosslinked polynucleotide structure
US8906875B2 (en) 2010-03-12 2014-12-09 The Brigham And Women's Hospital, Inc. Methods of treating vascular inflammatory disorders
WO2011115817A1 (en) 2010-03-16 2011-09-22 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Methods of preparing 2'-o-substituted purine nucleosides
WO2011115818A1 (en) 2010-03-17 2011-09-22 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. 5'-substituted bicyclic nucleosides and oligomeric compounds prepared therefrom
US8889350B2 (en) 2010-03-26 2014-11-18 Swift Biosciences, Inc. Methods and compositions for isolating polynucleotides
CA2792291A1 (en) 2010-03-29 2011-10-06 Kumamoto University Sirna therapy for transthyretin (ttr) related ocular amyloidosis
EP3578657B1 (en) 2010-04-06 2024-03-20 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compositions and methods for inhibiting expression of cd274/pd-l1 gene
CN102858979B (en) 2010-04-09 2018-01-26 库尔纳公司 FGF21 relevant diseases are treated by suppressing the natural antisense transcript of FGF2 1 (FGF21)
US20110269194A1 (en) 2010-04-20 2011-11-03 Swift Biosciences, Inc. Materials and methods for nucleic acid fractionation by solid phase entrapment and enzyme-mediated detachment
US10913767B2 (en) 2010-04-22 2021-02-09 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Oligonucleotides comprising acyclic and abasic nucleosides and analogs
US20130260460A1 (en) 2010-04-22 2013-10-03 Isis Pharmaceuticals Inc Conformationally restricted dinucleotide monomers and oligonucleotides
US9127033B2 (en) 2010-04-28 2015-09-08 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. 5′ modified nucleosides and oligomeric compounds prepared therefrom
EP2606057B1 (en) 2010-04-28 2016-06-15 Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Modified 5' diphosphate nucleosides and oligomeric compounds prepared therefrom
US8993738B2 (en) 2010-04-28 2015-03-31 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Modified nucleosides, analogs thereof and oligomeric compounds prepared therefrom
WO2011139911A2 (en) 2010-04-29 2011-11-10 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Lipid formulated single stranded rna
RS56011B1 (en) 2010-04-29 2017-09-29 Ionis Pharmaceuticals Inc Modulation of transthyretin expression
RU2693462C2 (en) 2010-05-03 2019-07-03 Курна, Инк. Treatment of sirtuin (sirt) related diseases by inhibition of natural antisense transcript to sirtuin (sirt)
CN107090045A (en) 2010-05-03 2017-08-25 霍夫曼-拉罗奇有限公司 Composition and method for tumor diagnosis and therapy
EP3181692A1 (en) 2010-05-07 2017-06-21 Centre National De La Recherche Scientifique Ucp1 (thermogenin) - inducing agents for use in the treatment of a disorder of the energy homeostasis
TWI531370B (en) 2010-05-14 2016-05-01 可娜公司 Treatment of par4 related diseases by inhibition of natural antisense transcript to par4
JP5894581B2 (en) 2010-05-21 2016-03-30 ウニヴェルズィテート・フューア・ボーデンクルトゥーア・ウィーン Composition for use in the treatment or diagnosis of bone disorders and / or cardiovascular disorders
NO2576783T3 (en) 2010-05-26 2018-04-28
WO2011150227A1 (en) 2010-05-26 2011-12-01 Qiagen Gaithersburg, Inc. Quantitative helicase assay
WO2011150226A1 (en) 2010-05-26 2011-12-01 Landers James P Method for detecting nucleic acids based on aggregate formation
EP2576579B1 (en) 2010-06-02 2018-08-08 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compositions and methods directed to treating liver fibrosis
WO2011151076A2 (en) 2010-06-04 2011-12-08 Georg-August-Universität Göttingen Stiftung Öffentlichen Rechts, Universitätsmedizin MONOCLONAL ANTIBODIES TARGETING Αβ OLIGOMERS
WO2011156278A1 (en) 2010-06-07 2011-12-15 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Bicyclic nucleosides and oligomeric compounds prepared therefrom
KR101932628B1 (en) 2010-06-07 2018-12-27 파이어플라이 바이오웍스, 인코포레이티드 Nucleic acid detection and quantification by post-hybridization labeling and universal encoding
US8846637B2 (en) 2010-06-08 2014-09-30 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Substituted 2′-amino and 2′-thio-bicyclic nucleosides and oligomeric compounds prepared therefrom
WO2011156713A1 (en) 2010-06-11 2011-12-15 Vanderbilt University Multiplexed interferometric detection system and method
WO2011159836A2 (en) 2010-06-15 2011-12-22 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compounds and methods for modulating interaction between proteins and target nucleic acids
JP5709985B2 (en) 2010-06-18 2015-04-30 シーバーサイエンス ゲーエムベーハー Peptides as active agents that stabilize biological barriers
WO2011163466A1 (en) 2010-06-23 2011-12-29 The United States Of America, As Represented By The Secretary, Department Of Health And Human Services Regulation of skin pigmentation by neuregulin-1 (nrg-1)
JP5998131B2 (en) 2010-07-14 2016-09-28 カッパーアールエヌエー,インコーポレイテッド DISCSLARGEHOMOLOG (DLG) Treatment of DLG-related diseases by inhibition of natural antisense transcripts on DLG1
US20130225659A1 (en) 2010-07-19 2013-08-29 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Modulation of nuclear-retained rna
WO2012021554A1 (en) 2010-08-09 2012-02-16 Yale University Cyclic di-gmp-ii riboswitches, motifs, and compounds, and methods for their use
CN103339507A (en) 2010-08-26 2013-10-02 霍夫曼-拉罗奇有限公司 Recombinant Fc-fusion protein of the fifth fibronectin type iii domain of DCC
WO2012039448A1 (en) 2010-09-24 2012-03-29 株式会社キラルジェン Asymmetric auxiliary group
US8481680B2 (en) 2010-10-05 2013-07-09 Genentech, Inc. Mutant smoothened and methods of using the same
ES2640755T3 (en) 2010-10-06 2017-11-06 Curna, Inc. Treatment of diseases related to Sialidase 4 (neu4) by inhibition of the natural antisense transcript to the neu4 gene
EP2625292B1 (en) 2010-10-07 2018-12-05 The General Hospital Corporation Biomarkers of cancer
US8648053B2 (en) 2010-10-20 2014-02-11 Rosalind Franklin University Of Medicine And Science Antisense oligonucleotides that target a cryptic splice site in Ush1c as a therapeutic for Usher syndrome
CN103180445B (en) 2010-10-22 2018-02-16 库尔纳公司 IDUA relevant diseases are treated by suppressing the natural antisense transcript of α L iduronases (IDUA)
CA2816056A1 (en) 2010-10-27 2012-05-03 Curna, Inc. Treatment of interferon-related developmental regulator 1 (ifrd1) related diseases by inhibition of natural antisense transcript to ifrd1
WO2012064824A1 (en) 2010-11-09 2012-05-18 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Lipid formulated compositions and methods for inhibiting expression of eg5 and vegf genes
AU2011325956B2 (en) 2010-11-12 2016-07-14 The General Hospital Corporation Polycomb-associated non-coding RNAs
CA3077910A1 (en) 2010-11-17 2012-05-24 Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Modulation of alpha synuclein expression
CA2818824A1 (en) 2010-11-23 2012-05-31 Joseph Collard Treatment of nanog related diseases by inhibition of natural antisense transcript to nanog
US9150926B2 (en) 2010-12-06 2015-10-06 The United States Of America, As Represented By The Secretary, Department Of Health And Human Services Diagnosis and treatment of adrenocortical tumors using human microRNA-483
WO2012079046A2 (en) 2010-12-10 2012-06-14 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compositions and methods for inhibiting expression of klf-1 and bcl11a genes
EP2649182A4 (en) 2010-12-10 2015-05-06 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals Inc Compositions and methods for increasing erythropoietin (epo) production
WO2012095841A1 (en) 2011-01-10 2012-07-19 State Of Israel, Ministry Of Agriculture And Rural Development, A.R.O. - Volcani Center Improved tomato plants
EP2663323B1 (en) 2011-01-14 2017-08-16 The General Hospital Corporation Methods targeting mir-128 for regulating cholesterol/lipid metabolism
MX365647B (en) 2011-02-02 2019-06-10 Excaliard Pharmaceuticals Inc Method of treating keloids or hypertrophic scars using antisense compounds targeting connective tissue growth factor (ctgf).
DK2670404T3 (en) 2011-02-02 2018-11-19 Univ Princeton CIRCUIT MODULATORS AS VIRUS PRODUCTION MODULATORS
EP2673381A4 (en) 2011-02-07 2014-10-15 Univ Toronto Bioprobes and methods of use thereof
EP3067421B1 (en) 2011-02-08 2018-10-10 Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Oligomeric compounds comprising bicyclic nucleotides and uses thereof
WO2012113779A1 (en) 2011-02-21 2012-08-30 Medizinische Universität Wien Means and methods for treating a disease or disorder related to lymphangiogenesis or preventing metastasis
US9562853B2 (en) 2011-02-22 2017-02-07 Vanderbilt University Nonaqueous backscattering interferometric methods
EP3674409A1 (en) 2011-03-29 2020-07-01 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compositions and methods for inhibiting expression of tmprss6 gene
EP3460064B8 (en) 2011-04-03 2024-03-20 The General Hospital Corporation d/b/a Massachusetts General Hospital Efficient protein expression in vivo using modified rna (mod-rna)
US20140186844A1 (en) 2011-04-26 2014-07-03 Swift Biosciences, Inc. Polynucleotide primers and probes
WO2012151289A2 (en) 2011-05-02 2012-11-08 University Of Virginia Patent Foundation Method and system to detect aggregate formation on a substrate
WO2012151324A1 (en) 2011-05-02 2012-11-08 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Antisense compounds targeting genes associated with usher syndrome
WO2012151268A1 (en) 2011-05-02 2012-11-08 University Of Virginia Patent Foundation Method and system for high throughput optical and label free detection of analytes
EP2523002A1 (en) 2011-05-13 2012-11-14 Universität Bayreuth Utilization of magnetic nanoparticles as intracellular pull-down system
EP2522689A1 (en) 2011-05-13 2012-11-14 Universität Bayreuth Non-viral transfection systems
WO2012170347A1 (en) 2011-06-09 2012-12-13 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Bicyclic nucleosides and oligomeric compounds prepared therefrom
CA2838588C (en) 2011-06-09 2021-09-14 Curna, Inc. Treatment of frataxin (fxn) related diseases by inhibition of natural antisense transcript to fxn
MX344807B (en) 2011-06-21 2017-01-09 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals Inc Compositions and methods for inhibition of expression of apolipoprotein c-iii (apoc3) genes.
BR112013033260B1 (en) 2011-06-21 2022-06-21 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals Double-stranded ribonucleic acid (dsrna) for inhibiting angptl3 expression, pharmaceutical composition and in vitro method for inhibiting angptl3 expression in a cell
EP3388068A1 (en) 2011-06-21 2018-10-17 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Composition and methods for inhibition of expression of protein c (proc) genes
EP2723390B1 (en) 2011-06-23 2017-12-27 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Serpina1 sirnas: compositions of matter and methods of treatment
US9222093B2 (en) 2011-06-30 2015-12-29 The University Of Hong Kong Two-way, portable riboswitch mediated gene expression control device
EP2734208B1 (en) 2011-07-19 2017-03-01 Wave Life Sciences Ltd. Methods for the synthesis of functionalized nucleic acids
JP2014526887A (en) 2011-08-01 2014-10-09 アルナイラム ファーマシューティカルズ, インコーポレイテッド How to improve the success rate of hematopoietic stem cell transplantation
WO2013017656A1 (en) 2011-08-02 2013-02-07 Medizinische Universität Wien Antagonists of ribonucleases for treating obesity
WO2013022990A1 (en) 2011-08-11 2013-02-14 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Selective antisense compounds and uses thereof
WO2013024175A2 (en) 2011-08-17 2013-02-21 Technische Universität München Diagnostic means and methods for type 2 diabetes
EP2751269B1 (en) 2011-08-29 2016-03-23 Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Methods and compounds useful in conditions related to repeat expansion
EP3640332A1 (en) 2011-08-29 2020-04-22 Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Oligomer-conjugate complexes and their use
WO2013040499A1 (en) 2011-09-14 2013-03-21 Northwestern University Nanoconjugates able to cross the blood-brain barrier
EP3533873A1 (en) 2011-09-14 2019-09-04 Translate Bio MA, Inc. Multimeric oligonucleotide compounds
US9580713B2 (en) 2011-09-17 2017-02-28 Yale University Fluoride-responsive riboswitches, fluoride transporters, and methods of use
CN104011210B (en) 2011-10-11 2018-05-01 布里格姆及妇女医院股份有限公司 MicroRNA in Neurodegenerative conditions
CA2850032C (en) 2011-10-14 2022-06-07 Genentech, Inc. Anti-htra1 antibodies and methods of use
US9243291B1 (en) 2011-12-01 2016-01-26 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Methods of predicting toxicity
DK2790736T3 (en) 2011-12-12 2018-05-07 Oncoimmunin Inc In vivo delivery of oligonucleotides
ES2677895T3 (en) 2011-12-22 2018-08-07 Medizinische Universität Wien Cyclotides as immunosuppressive agents
EP2802674B1 (en) 2012-01-11 2020-12-16 Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compositions and methods for modulation of ikbkap splicing
EP2626066A1 (en) 2012-02-10 2013-08-14 Max-Planck-Gesellschaft zur Förderung der Wissenschaften e.V. Combination therapy comprising selective VEGFR-2 inhibitors and MEK inhibitors
CN108070600B (en) 2012-02-29 2021-09-21 先正达参股股份有限公司 Modulation of seed vigor
JP6509723B2 (en) 2012-03-13 2019-05-08 スウィフト バイオサイエンシーズ, インコーポレイテッド Methods and compositions for size-controlled homopolymeric tailing of substrate polynucleotides by nucleic acid polymerase
EP2825648B1 (en) 2012-03-15 2018-09-05 CuRNA, Inc. Treatment of brain derived neurotrophic factor (bdnf) related diseases by inhibition of natural antisense transcript to bdnf
US9610362B2 (en) 2012-03-16 2017-04-04 Valerion Therapeutics, Llc Antisense conjugates for decreasing expression of DMPK
WO2013148260A1 (en) 2012-03-30 2013-10-03 Washington University Methods for modulating tau expression for reducing seizure and modifying a neurodegenerative syndrome
WO2013154799A1 (en) 2012-04-09 2013-10-17 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Tricyclic nucleosides and oligomeric compounds prepared therefrom
US9221864B2 (en) 2012-04-09 2015-12-29 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Tricyclic nucleic acid analogs
US9133461B2 (en) 2012-04-10 2015-09-15 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compositions and methods for inhibiting expression of the ALAS1 gene
EP3336189A1 (en) 2012-04-20 2018-06-20 Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Oligomeric compounds comprising bicyclic nucleotides and uses thereof
AU2013248981B2 (en) 2012-04-20 2018-11-29 Aptamir Therapeutics, Inc. Mirna modulators of thermogenesis
US9127274B2 (en) 2012-04-26 2015-09-08 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Serpinc1 iRNA compositions and methods of use thereof
WO2013163628A2 (en) 2012-04-27 2013-10-31 Duke University Genetic correction of mutated genes
US9273949B2 (en) 2012-05-11 2016-03-01 Vanderbilt University Backscattering interferometric methods
KR102028784B1 (en) 2012-05-16 2019-10-04 트랜슬레이트 바이오 인코포레이티드 Compositions and methods for modulating gene expression
AU2013262649A1 (en) 2012-05-16 2015-01-22 Rana Therapeutics, Inc. Compositions and methods for modulating smn gene family expression
US9574193B2 (en) 2012-05-17 2017-02-21 Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Methods and compositions for modulating apolipoprotein (a) expression
WO2013173789A2 (en) 2012-05-17 2013-11-21 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Antisense oligonucleotide compositions
WO2013181666A2 (en) 2012-06-01 2013-12-05 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Antisense compounds targeting genes associated with fibronectin
WO2013181665A1 (en) 2012-06-01 2013-12-05 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Antisense compounds targeting genes associated with fibronectin
WO2013184209A1 (en) 2012-06-04 2013-12-12 Ludwig Institute For Cancer Research Ltd. Mif for use in methods of treating subjects with a neurodegenerative disorder
US20130330389A1 (en) 2012-06-08 2013-12-12 The Regents Of The University Of Michigan Ultrasound-triggerable agents for tissue engineering
US9944685B2 (en) 2012-07-02 2018-04-17 Medizinische Universität Wien Complement split product C4d for the treatment of inflammatory conditions
CA2875603A1 (en) 2012-07-04 2014-01-09 Wintershall Holding GmbH Genetically modified microorganisms capable of producing beta-glucans and methods for producing beta-glucans
WO2014010250A1 (en) 2012-07-13 2014-01-16 Chiralgen, Ltd. Asymmetric auxiliary group
KR20220139425A (en) 2012-07-13 2022-10-14 웨이브 라이프 사이언시스 리미티드 Chiral control
CA2879066C (en) 2012-07-13 2019-08-13 Shin Nippon Biomedical Laboratories, Ltd. Chiral nucleic acid adjuvant
US20140038182A1 (en) 2012-07-17 2014-02-06 Dna Logix, Inc. Cooperative primers, probes, and applications thereof
US20150216892A1 (en) 2012-08-03 2015-08-06 Aptamir Therapeutics, Inc. Cell-specific delivery of mirna modulators for the treatment of obesity and related disorders
EP2695950A1 (en) 2012-08-10 2014-02-12 Blackfield AG Markers for responsiveness to an inhibitor of the fibroblast growth factor receptor
EP2885312A4 (en) 2012-08-15 2016-01-20 Isis Pharmaceuticals Inc Method of preparing oligomeric compounds using modified capping protocols
SI3421602T1 (en) 2012-09-06 2021-08-31 The University Of Chicago Antisense polynucleotides to induce exon skipping and methods of treating dystrophies
EP2708231A1 (en) 2012-09-12 2014-03-19 Netris Pharma Combined treatment with netrin-1 interfering drug and chemotherapeutic drug
EP2708241A1 (en) 2012-09-12 2014-03-19 Netris Pharma Recombinant Fc-fusion protein of the two Immunoglobulin domains of UNC5
WO2014059353A2 (en) 2012-10-11 2014-04-17 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Oligomeric compounds comprising bicyclic nucleosides and uses thereof
EP4144845B1 (en) 2012-10-12 2024-04-24 Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Antisense compounds and uses thereof
EP3459549B1 (en) 2012-10-12 2022-04-06 Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Selective antisense compounds and uses thereof
US9029335B2 (en) 2012-10-16 2015-05-12 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Substituted 2′-thio-bicyclic nucleosides and oligomeric compounds prepared therefrom
CN109134640A (en) 2012-10-23 2019-01-04 爱默蕾大学 GM-CSF and IL-4 conjugates, composition and relative method
WO2014066851A1 (en) 2012-10-26 2014-05-01 Geron Corporation C-myc antisense oligonucleotides and methods for using the same to treat cell-proliferative disorders
WO2014071358A2 (en) 2012-11-05 2014-05-08 Foundation Medicine, Inc. Novel ntrk1 fusion molecules and uses thereof
US8883857B2 (en) 2012-12-07 2014-11-11 Baylor College Of Medicine Small molecule xanthine oxidase inhibitors and methods of use
WO2014093537A1 (en) 2012-12-11 2014-06-19 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Competitive modulation of micrornas
WO2014113729A2 (en) 2013-01-18 2014-07-24 Foundation Mecicine, Inc. Methods of treating cholangiocarcinoma
ES2817050T3 (en) 2013-02-04 2021-04-06 Ionis Pharmaceuticals Inc Selective antisense compounds and uses thereof
WO2014130922A1 (en) 2013-02-25 2014-08-28 Trustees Of Boston University Compositions and methods for treating fungal infections
SG11201507400SA (en) 2013-03-14 2015-10-29 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals Inc Complement component c5 irna compositions and methods of use thereof
CN105283466A (en) 2013-03-14 2016-01-27 安第斯生物技术股份有限公司 Methods for detecting and treating multiple myeloma
RU2745324C2 (en) 2013-03-14 2021-03-23 Ионис Фармасьютикалз, Инк. Compositions and methods for modulating expression of tau
ES2708650T3 (en) 2013-03-14 2019-04-10 Andes Biotechnologies Global Inc Antisense oligonucleotides for the treatment of tumor stem cells
WO2014152054A1 (en) 2013-03-15 2014-09-25 Bio-Rad Laboratories, Inc. Digital assays for mutation detection
US9937231B2 (en) 2013-03-27 2018-04-10 The General Hospital Corporation Methods and agents for treating Alzheimer's disease
CN105518146B (en) 2013-04-04 2022-07-15 哈佛学院校长同事会 Therapeutic uses of genome editing with CRISPR/Cas systems
WO2015012916A2 (en) 2013-04-23 2015-01-29 Northwestern University Metal-ligand coordination polymer nanoparticles and methods for making
CR20190269A (en) 2013-05-01 2019-09-13 Ionis Pharmaceuticals Inc Compositions and methods for modulating hbv and ttr expression
IL285780B (en) 2013-05-22 2022-07-01 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals Inc Tmprss6 irna compositions and methods of use thereof
KR102463973B1 (en) 2013-05-22 2022-11-07 알닐람 파마슈티칼스 인코포레이티드 SERPINA1 iRNA COMPOSITIONS AND METHODS OF USE THEREOF
EP3004396B1 (en) 2013-06-06 2019-10-16 The General Hospital Corporation Compositions for the treatment of cancer
JP6869720B2 (en) 2013-06-13 2021-05-12 アンチセンス セラピューティクス リミテッド Combination therapy
WO2014205451A2 (en) 2013-06-21 2014-12-24 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compositions and methods for modulation of target nucleic acids
EA036400B1 (en) 2013-06-28 2020-11-06 Этрис Гмбх Compositions for introducing rna into cells
JP6617702B2 (en) 2013-07-15 2019-12-11 ザ リージェンツ オブ ザ ユニバーシティ オブ カリフォルニア FTY720 azacyclic constraint analog
TWI772856B (en) 2013-07-19 2022-08-01 美商百健Ma公司 Compositions for modulating tau expression
EP3027617A4 (en) 2013-07-31 2017-04-12 Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Methods and compounds useful in conditions related to repeat expansion
JP2016531122A (en) 2013-08-08 2016-10-06 ザ スクリップス リサーチ インスティテュートThe Scripps Research Institute Methods for site-specific enzyme labeling of nucleic acids in vitro by incorporation of unnatural nucleotides
TW201536329A (en) 2013-08-09 2015-10-01 Isis Pharmaceuticals Inc Compounds and methods for modulation of dystrophia myotonica-protein kinase (DMPK) expression
WO2015022326A1 (en) 2013-08-12 2015-02-19 Xiber Science Gmbh Peptides as active agents for treating primary graft dysfunction
EP3339318A1 (en) 2013-09-16 2018-06-27 CeMM - Forschungszentrum für Molekulare Medizin GmbH Mutant calreticulin for the diagnosis of myeloid malignancies
WO2015042447A1 (en) 2013-09-20 2015-03-26 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Targeted therapeutic nucleosides and their use
TWI669393B (en) 2013-10-02 2019-08-21 艾爾妮蘭製藥公司 Compositions and methods for inhibiting expression of the lect2 gene
IL302726A (en) 2013-10-04 2023-07-01 Icahn School Med Mount Sinai Compositions and methods for inhibiting expression of the alas1 gene
WO2015054451A1 (en) 2013-10-09 2015-04-16 The United States Of America As Represented By The Secretary Department Of Health And Human Services Detection of hepatitis delta virus (hdv) for the diagnosis and treatment of sjögren's syndrome and lymphoma
US11162096B2 (en) 2013-10-14 2021-11-02 Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc Methods for modulating expression of C9ORF72 antisense transcript
JP2016536303A (en) 2013-10-21 2016-11-24 ザ ジェネラル ホスピタル コーポレイション Peripheral circulating tumor cell clusters and methods for cancer treatment
US10301622B2 (en) 2013-11-04 2019-05-28 Northwestern University Quantification and spatio-temporal tracking of a target using a spherical nucleic acid (SNA)
US10752940B2 (en) 2013-11-08 2020-08-25 Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compounds and methods for detecting oligonucleotides
DK3077510T3 (en) 2013-12-02 2020-06-08 Ionis Pharmaceuticals Inc ANTISENSE COMPOUNDS AND APPLICATIONS THEREOF
MX2016007287A (en) 2013-12-03 2017-05-03 Univ Northwestern Liposomal particles, methods of making same and uses thereof.
US10385388B2 (en) 2013-12-06 2019-08-20 Swift Biosciences, Inc. Cleavable competitor polynucleotides
CA2844640A1 (en) 2013-12-06 2015-06-06 The University Of British Columbia Method for treatment of castration-resistant prostate cancer
EP3080270B1 (en) 2013-12-12 2021-10-27 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Complement component irna compositions and methods of use thereof
CA2934344A1 (en) 2013-12-20 2015-06-25 David T. TING Methods and assays relating to circulating tumor cells
EP3095461A4 (en) 2014-01-15 2017-08-23 Shin Nippon Biomedical Laboratories, Ltd. Chiral nucleic acid adjuvant having immunity induction activity, and immunity induction activator
WO2015108046A1 (en) 2014-01-15 2015-07-23 株式会社新日本科学 Chiral nucleic acid adjuvant having anti-allergic activity, and anti-allergic agent
EP3095459A4 (en) 2014-01-15 2017-08-23 Shin Nippon Biomedical Laboratories, Ltd. Chiral nucleic acid adjuvant having antitumor effect and antitumor agent
MY193116A (en) 2014-01-16 2022-09-26 Wave Life Sciences Ltd Chiral design
DK3102197T3 (en) 2014-02-04 2018-11-19 Genentech Inc Smoothened mutant and methods for its use
EP3960860A3 (en) 2014-02-11 2022-06-08 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Ketohexokinase (khk) irna compositions and methods of use thereof
EP3104873B1 (en) 2014-02-13 2019-09-04 Technische Universität München Fgf-8 for use in treating diseases or disorders of energy homeostasis
RU2016138020A (en) 2014-02-26 2018-03-29 Этрис Гмбх COMPOSITIONS FOR ADMINISTRATION OF PHK IN THE GASTROINTESTINAL TRACT
WO2015142910A1 (en) 2014-03-17 2015-09-24 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Bicyclic carbocyclic nucleosides and oligomeric compounds prepared therefrom
US10006027B2 (en) 2014-03-19 2018-06-26 Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Methods for modulating Ataxin 2 expression
US10308934B2 (en) 2014-03-19 2019-06-04 Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compositions for modulating Ataxin 2 expression
SG11201608109TA (en) 2014-04-01 2016-10-28 Ionis Pharmaceuticals Inc Compositions for modulating sod-1 expression
US10513706B2 (en) 2014-04-09 2019-12-24 The Scripps Research Institute Import of unnatural or modified nucleoside triphosphates into cells via nucleic acid triphosphate transporters
EP3131576B1 (en) 2014-04-17 2021-06-30 Medizinische Hochschule Hannover Means and methods for producing neisseria meningitidis capsular polysaccharides of low dispersity
US10221416B2 (en) 2014-04-24 2019-03-05 Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Oligomeric compounds comprising alpha-beta-constrained nucleic acid
EP3647318B1 (en) 2014-04-28 2021-06-30 Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Linkage modified oligomeric compounds
EP3608406B1 (en) 2014-05-01 2023-02-15 Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compositions and methods for modulating complement factor b expression
AU2015252895B2 (en) 2014-05-01 2021-07-15 Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compositions and methods for modulating angiopoietin-like 3 expression
MX2016014013A (en) 2014-05-01 2016-11-15 Ionis Pharmaceuticals Inc Compositions and methods for modulating growth hormone receptor expression.
TW201607559A (en) 2014-05-12 2016-03-01 阿尼拉製藥公司 Methods and compositions for treating a SERPINC1-associated disorder
WO2015179693A1 (en) 2014-05-22 2015-11-26 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Conjugated antisense compounds and their use
SG10202104570TA (en) 2014-05-22 2021-06-29 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals Inc Angiotensinogen (agt) irna compositions and methods of use thereof
WO2015187541A1 (en) 2014-06-02 2015-12-10 Children's Medical Center Corporation Methods and compositions for immunomodulation
CN106535876B (en) 2014-06-04 2020-09-11 埃克西奎雷股份有限公司 Multivalent delivery of immunomodulators through liposomal spherical nucleic acids for prophylactic or therapeutic applications
WO2015190922A1 (en) 2014-06-10 2015-12-17 Erasmus University Medical Center Rotterdam Antisense oligonucleotides useful in treatment of pompe disease
WO2015200697A1 (en) 2014-06-25 2015-12-30 The General Hospital Corporation Targeting human satellite ii (hsatii)
US9951327B1 (en) 2014-07-17 2018-04-24 Integrated Dna Technologies, Inc. Efficient and rapid method for assembling and cloning double-stranded DNA fragments
JP7081923B2 (en) 2014-07-31 2022-06-07 ユーエイビー リサーチ ファンデーション Higher effectiveness for removing apoE mimetic peptides and plasma cholesterol
US20170232109A1 (en) 2014-08-19 2017-08-17 Northwestern University Protein/oligonucleotide core-shell nanoparticle therapeutics
EP3183345B1 (en) 2014-08-20 2021-06-16 Northwestern University Biocompatible infinite coordination polymer nanoparticle-nucleic acid conjugates for antisense gene regulation
JP6672270B2 (en) 2014-08-29 2020-03-25 アルナイラム ファーマシューティカルズ, インコーポレイテッドAlnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Methods for treating transthyretin (TTR) -mediated amyloidosis
EP4043567B1 (en) 2014-08-29 2024-05-08 The Children's Medical Center Corporation Methods and compositions for the treatment of cancer
WO2016033424A1 (en) 2014-08-29 2016-03-03 Genzyme Corporation Methods for the prevention and treatment of major adverse cardiovascular events using compounds that modulate apolipoprotein b
EP3191591A1 (en) 2014-09-12 2017-07-19 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Polynucleotide agents targeting complement component c5 and methods of use thereof
WO2016040748A1 (en) 2014-09-12 2016-03-17 Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compositions and methods for detection of smn protein in a subject and treatment of a subject
WO2016049512A1 (en) 2014-09-26 2016-03-31 University Of Massachusetts Rna-modulating agents
WO2016050819A1 (en) 2014-09-30 2016-04-07 Basf Se Method for preparing an acrylamide solution having a low acrylic acid concentration
AU2015326905B2 (en) 2014-09-30 2019-07-04 Basf Se Means and methods for producing amide compounds with less acrylic acid
EP3201348B2 (en) 2014-09-30 2022-06-29 Basf Se Method for preparing an aqueous acrylamide solution having a low acrylic acid concentration
JOP20200115A1 (en) 2014-10-10 2017-06-16 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals Inc Compositions And Methods For Inhibition Of HAO1 (Hydroxyacid Oxidase 1 (Glycolate Oxidase)) Gene Expression
WO2016061487A1 (en) 2014-10-17 2016-04-21 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Polynucleotide agents targeting aminolevulinic acid synthase-1 (alas1) and uses thereof
WO2016069694A2 (en) 2014-10-30 2016-05-06 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Polynucleotide agents targeting serpinc1 (at3) and methods of use thereof
JOP20200092A1 (en) 2014-11-10 2017-06-16 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals Inc HEPATITIS B VIRUS (HBV) iRNA COMPOSITIONS AND METHODS OF USE THEREOF
US10287584B2 (en) 2014-11-12 2019-05-14 Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compounds and methods for the modulation of COMP
EP3221451A1 (en) 2014-11-17 2017-09-27 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Apolipoprotein c3 (apoc3) irna compositions and methods of use thereof
EP3220895B1 (en) 2014-11-21 2022-08-31 Northwestern University The sequence-specific cellular uptake of spherical nucleic acid nanoparticle conjugates
CA2970177C (en) 2014-12-08 2023-09-19 The Board Of Regents Of The University Of Texas System Lipocationic polymers and uses thereof
WO2016094845A2 (en) 2014-12-12 2016-06-16 Woolf Tod M Compositions and methods for editing nucleic acids in cells utilizing oligonucleotides
EP3034539A1 (en) 2014-12-19 2016-06-22 Ethris GmbH Compositions for introducing nucleic acid into cells
US9688707B2 (en) 2014-12-30 2017-06-27 Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Bicyclic morpholino compounds and oligomeric compounds prepared therefrom
WO2016112132A1 (en) 2015-01-06 2016-07-14 Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compositions for modulating expression of c9orf72 antisense transcript
US10538763B2 (en) 2015-01-16 2020-01-21 Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compounds and methods for modulation of DUX4
WO2016118812A1 (en) 2015-01-23 2016-07-28 Vanderbilt University A robust interferometer and methods of using same
US10676726B2 (en) 2015-02-09 2020-06-09 Duke University Compositions and methods for epigenome editing
WO2016130806A2 (en) 2015-02-13 2016-08-18 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Patatin-like phospholipase domain containing 3 (pnpla3) irna compositions and methods of use thereof
EP3262173A2 (en) 2015-02-23 2018-01-03 Crispr Therapeutics AG Materials and methods for treatment of human genetic diseases including hemoglobinopathies
US11129844B2 (en) 2015-03-03 2021-09-28 Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compositions and methods for modulating MECP2 expression
BR112017020750A2 (en) 2015-03-27 2018-06-26 Harvard College modified t-cells and methods of producing and using them
EP3283502A4 (en) 2015-04-07 2019-04-03 The General Hospital Corporation Methods for reactivating genes on the inactive x chromosome
TN2017000427A1 (en) 2015-04-08 2019-04-12 Univ Northwestern Compositions and methods for correcting limb girdle muscular dystrophy type 2c using exon skipping
MX2017012610A (en) 2015-04-08 2018-03-16 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals Inc Compositions and methods for inhibiting expression of the lect2 gene.
WO2016167780A1 (en) 2015-04-16 2016-10-20 Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compositions for modulating expression of c9orf72 antisense transcript
EP3307316A1 (en) 2015-06-12 2018-04-18 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Complement component c5 irna compositions and methods of use thereof
WO2016205323A1 (en) 2015-06-18 2016-12-22 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Polynucleotde agents targeting hydroxyacid oxidase (glycolate oxidase, hao1) and methods of use thereof
WO2016209862A1 (en) 2015-06-23 2016-12-29 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Glucokinase (gck) irna compositions and methods of use thereof
EP3314250A4 (en) 2015-06-26 2018-12-05 Beth Israel Deaconess Medical Center, Inc. Cancer therapy targeting tetraspanin 33 (tspan33) in myeloid derived suppressor cells
WO2017004261A1 (en) 2015-06-29 2017-01-05 Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Modified crispr rna and modified single crispr rna and uses thereof
US10590425B2 (en) 2015-06-29 2020-03-17 Caris Science, Inc. Therapeutic oligonucleotides
WO2017011286A1 (en) 2015-07-10 2017-01-19 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Insulin-like growth factor binding protein, acid labile subunit (igfals) and insulin-like growth factor 1 (igf-1) irna compositions and methods of use thereof
MX2018000412A (en) 2015-07-10 2018-03-14 Ionis Pharmaceuticals Inc Modulators of diacyglycerol acyltransferase 2 (dgat2).
MA43072A (en) 2015-07-22 2018-05-30 Wave Life Sciences Ltd COMPOSITIONS OF OLIGONUCLEOTIDES AND RELATED PROCESSES
CA2993652A1 (en) 2015-07-28 2017-02-02 Caris Science, Inc. Targeted oligonucleotides
WO2017021961A1 (en) 2015-08-04 2017-02-09 Yeda Research And Development Co. Ltd. Methods of screening for riboswitches and attenuators
WO2017040078A1 (en) 2015-09-02 2017-03-09 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. PROGRAMMED CELL DEATH 1 LIGAND 1 (PD-L1) iRNA COMPOSITIONS AND METHODS OF USE THEREOF
PT3349802T (en) 2015-09-14 2021-10-15 Univ Texas Lipocationic dendrimers and uses thereof
WO2017053990A1 (en) 2015-09-24 2017-03-30 The Regents Of The University Of California Synthetic sphingolipid-like molecules, drugs, methods of their synthesis and methods of treatment
AR106135A1 (en) 2015-09-24 2017-12-13 Ionis Pharmaceuticals Inc KIRSTEN RAT SARCOMA EXPRESSION MODULATORS (KRAS)
CA2998287A1 (en) 2015-09-24 2017-04-20 Crispr Therapeutics Ag Novel family of rna-programmable endonucleases and their uses in genome editing and other applications
EP3353303B1 (en) 2015-09-25 2023-08-02 Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compositions and methods for modulating ataxin 3 expression
WO2017058672A1 (en) 2015-09-29 2017-04-06 The Regents Of The University Of Michigan Office Of Technology Transfer Biodegradable hydrogel for tissue expansion
EP3362571A4 (en) 2015-10-13 2019-07-10 Duke University Genome engineering with type i crispr systems in eukaryotic cells
JP2019507579A (en) 2015-10-28 2019-03-22 クリスパー セラピューティクス アーゲー Materials and methods for the treatment of Duchenne muscular dystrophy
BR112018007703A2 (en) 2015-10-30 2018-11-06 Genentech Inc antibodies, isolated nucleic acid, methods of producing an antibody and treating a disorder, pharmaceutical composition, combination therapy and use of the antibody
CA3007424A1 (en) 2015-11-05 2017-05-11 Children's Hospital Los Angeles "mobilizing leukemia cells"
DK4119569T3 (en) 2015-11-06 2024-08-12 Ionis Pharmaceuticals Inc Conjugated antisense compounds for use in therapy
US11866727B2 (en) 2015-11-06 2024-01-09 Crispr Therapeutics Ag Materials and methods for treatment of glycogen storage disease type 1A
PE20241347A1 (en) 2015-11-06 2024-07-03 Ionis Pharmaceuticals Inc MODULATE APOLIPOPROTEIN EXPRESSION (a)
AU2016355178B9 (en) 2015-11-19 2019-05-30 Massachusetts Institute Of Technology Lymphocyte antigen CD5-like (CD5L)-interleukin 12B (p40) heterodimers in immunity
EP3384024B1 (en) 2015-12-01 2022-02-02 CRISPR Therapeutics AG Materials and methods for treatment of alpha-1 antitrypsin deficiency
WO2017096395A1 (en) 2015-12-04 2017-06-08 Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Methods of treating breast cancer
SG10201913085TA (en) 2015-12-07 2020-02-27 Genzyme Corp Methods and compositions for treating a serpinc1-associated disorder
US10993995B2 (en) 2015-12-07 2021-05-04 Erasmus University Medical Center Rotterdam Enzymatic replacement therapy and antisense therapy for pompe disease
US11761007B2 (en) 2015-12-18 2023-09-19 The Scripps Research Institute Production of unnatural nucleotides using a CRISPR/Cas9 system
CN109312339B (en) 2015-12-23 2022-01-28 克里斯珀医疗股份公司 Materials and methods for treating amyotrophic lateral sclerosis and/or frontotemporal lobar degeneration
US10907160B2 (en) 2016-01-05 2021-02-02 Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Methods for reducing LRRK2 expression
US10627396B2 (en) 2016-01-29 2020-04-21 Vanderbilt University Free-solution response function interferometry
US20190038771A1 (en) 2016-02-02 2019-02-07 Crispr Therapeutics Ag Materials and methods for treatment of severe combined immunodeficiency (scid) or omenn syndrome
AU2017213826A1 (en) 2016-02-04 2018-08-23 Curis, Inc. Mutant smoothened and methods of using the same
EP3416689B1 (en) 2016-02-18 2023-01-18 CRISPR Therapeutics AG Materials and methods for treatment of severe combined immunodeficiency (scid) or omenn syndrome
US11234996B2 (en) 2016-02-25 2022-02-01 The Brigham And Women's Hospital, Inc. Treatment methods for fibrosis targeting SMOC2
EP3423581A4 (en) 2016-03-04 2020-03-04 Rhode Island Hospital Targeting microrna for cancer treatment
US11136577B2 (en) 2016-03-09 2021-10-05 Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Methods and compositions for inhibiting PMP22 expression
EP3429632B1 (en) 2016-03-16 2023-01-04 CRISPR Therapeutics AG Materials and methods for treatment of hereditary haemochromatosis
WO2017161168A1 (en) 2016-03-16 2017-09-21 Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Modulation of dyrk1b expression
CA3013799A1 (en) 2016-03-16 2017-09-21 Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Methods of modulating keap1
WO2017161357A1 (en) 2016-03-18 2017-09-21 Caris Science, Inc. Oligonucleotide probes and uses thereof
KR102486471B1 (en) 2016-03-29 2023-01-10 바스프 에스이 Method for Preparing Polyacrylamide Solutions with Increased Viscosity
EP3225694A1 (en) 2016-03-29 2017-10-04 Basf Se Method for the production of acrylamide by defined addition of the biocatalyst
EP3225693A1 (en) 2016-03-29 2017-10-04 Basf Se Method for preparing aqueous acrylamide solutions
ES2933435T3 (en) 2016-04-13 2023-02-08 Ionis Pharmaceuticals Inc Methods to reduce the expression of C9ORF72
WO2017178193A1 (en) 2016-04-14 2017-10-19 MAX-PLANCK-Gesellschaft zur Förderung der Wissenschaften e.V. Method for the identification of random polynucleotide or polypeptide sequences with biological activity
EP4424829A2 (en) 2016-04-18 2024-09-04 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Materials and methods for treatment of hemoglobinopathies
MA45295A (en) 2016-04-19 2019-02-27 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals Inc HIGH DENSITY LIPOPROTEIN BINDING PROTEIN (HDLBP / VIGILINE) RNA COMPOSITION AND METHODS FOR USING THEM
EP3448898A1 (en) 2016-04-26 2019-03-06 Basf Se Method for preparing an aqueous polyacrylamide solution
WO2017186685A1 (en) 2016-04-26 2017-11-02 Basf Se Method for preparing an aqueous polyacrylamide solution
CA3019652A1 (en) 2016-04-26 2017-11-02 Basf Se Method for preparing an aqueous polyacrylamide solution
WO2017191503A1 (en) 2016-05-05 2017-11-09 Crispr Therapeutics Ag Materials and methods for treatment of hemoglobinopathies
EP3452049A4 (en) 2016-05-06 2020-01-08 Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Glp-1 receptor ligand moiety conjugated oligonucleotides and uses thereof
AU2017267634C1 (en) 2016-05-16 2022-05-26 The Board Of Regents Of The University Of Texas System Cationic sulfonamide amino lipids and amphiphilic zwitterionic amino lipids
IL298701B2 (en) 2016-05-25 2024-03-01 Caris Science Inc Oligonucleotide probes and uses thereof
JP2019518028A (en) 2016-06-10 2019-06-27 アルナイラム ファーマシューティカルズ, インコーポレイテッドAlnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Complement component C5i RNA composition and its use for treating paroxysmal nocturnal hemoglobinuria (PNH)
WO2017218789A1 (en) 2016-06-15 2017-12-21 Streck, Inc. Assays and methods for determining microbial resistance
AU2017286811A1 (en) 2016-06-17 2018-11-22 Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Modulation of gys1 expression
MA45496A (en) 2016-06-17 2019-04-24 Hoffmann La Roche NUCLEIC ACID MOLECULES FOR PADD5 OR PAD7 MRNA REDUCTION FOR TREATMENT OF HEPATITIS B INFECTION
EP3475295B1 (en) 2016-06-24 2022-08-10 The Scripps Research Institute Novel nucleoside triphosphate transporter and uses thereof
US11427838B2 (en) 2016-06-29 2022-08-30 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Materials and methods for treatment of myotonic dystrophy type 1 (DM1) and other related disorders
EP3478313B1 (en) 2016-06-29 2022-05-04 CRISPR Therapeutics AG Materials and methods for treatment of amyotrophic lateral sclerosis (als) and other related disorders
EP3478828B1 (en) 2016-06-29 2024-09-04 CRISPR Therapeutics AG Materials and methods for treatment of friedreich ataxia and other related disorders
CN110214149B (en) 2016-07-06 2024-05-14 沃泰克斯药物股份有限公司 Materials and methods for treating pain-related disorders
CN118542952A (en) 2016-07-06 2024-08-27 沃泰克斯药物股份有限公司 Materials and methods for treating pain-related disorders
WO2018007871A1 (en) 2016-07-08 2018-01-11 Crispr Therapeutics Ag Materials and methods for treatment of transthyretin amyloidosis
AU2017296195A1 (en) 2016-07-11 2019-01-24 Translate Bio Ma, Inc. Nucleic acid conjugates and uses thereof
CA3030864A1 (en) 2016-07-15 2018-01-18 Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compounds and methods for modulation of smn2
WO2018020323A2 (en) 2016-07-25 2018-02-01 Crispr Therapeutics Ag Materials and methods for treatment of fatty acid disorders
NL2017295B1 (en) 2016-08-05 2018-02-14 Univ Erasmus Med Ct Rotterdam Antisense oligomeric compound for Pompe disease
NL2017294B1 (en) 2016-08-05 2018-02-14 Univ Erasmus Med Ct Rotterdam Natural cryptic exon removal by pairs of antisense oligonucleotides.
JP2019532027A (en) 2016-08-17 2019-11-07 ソルスティス バイオロジクス,リミティッド Polynucleotide construct
WO2018039629A2 (en) 2016-08-25 2018-03-01 Northwestern University Micellar spherical nucleic acids from thermoresponsive, traceless templates
SG10201607303YA (en) 2016-09-01 2018-04-27 Agency Science Tech & Res Antisense oligonucleotides to induce exon skipping
WO2018055577A1 (en) 2016-09-23 2018-03-29 Synthena Ag Mixed tricyclo-dna, 2'-modified rna oligonucleotide compositions and uses thereof
JOP20190065A1 (en) 2016-09-29 2019-03-28 Ionis Pharmaceuticals Inc Compounds and methods for reducing tau expression
CN109661233A (en) 2016-10-06 2019-04-19 Ionis 制药公司 The method that oligomeric compound is conjugated
SG10201609048RA (en) 2016-10-28 2018-05-30 Agency Science Tech & Res Antisense oligonucleotides
WO2018081817A2 (en) 2016-10-31 2018-05-03 University Of Massachusetts Targeting microrna-101-3p in cancer therapy
JOP20190104A1 (en) 2016-11-10 2019-05-07 Ionis Pharmaceuticals Inc Compounds and methods for reducing atxn3 expression
TWI788312B (en) 2016-11-23 2023-01-01 美商阿尼拉製藥公司 SERPINA1 iRNA COMPOSITIONS AND METHODS OF USE THEREOF
WO2018102745A1 (en) 2016-12-02 2018-06-07 Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Modulation of lnc05 expression
CN110191955B (en) 2016-12-13 2024-05-31 西雅图儿童医院(Dba西雅图儿童研究所) Method for exogenous drug activation of chemical-induced signaling complexes expressed in engineered cells in vitro and in vivo
WO2018112320A1 (en) 2016-12-16 2018-06-21 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Methods for treating or preventing ttr-associated diseases using transthyretin (ttr) irna compositions
CA3047429A1 (en) 2017-01-23 2018-07-26 Regeneron Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Hsd17b13 variants and uses thereof
WO2018154418A1 (en) 2017-02-22 2018-08-30 Crispr Therapeutics Ag Materials and methods for treatment of early onset parkinson's disease (park1) and other synuclein, alpha (snca) gene related conditions or disorders
WO2018154439A1 (en) 2017-02-22 2018-08-30 Crispr Therapeutics Ag Materials and methods for treatment of spinocerebellar ataxia type 1 (sca1) and other spinocerebellar ataxia type 1 protein (atxn1) gene related conditions or disorders
WO2018154462A2 (en) 2017-02-22 2018-08-30 Crispr Therapeutics Ag Materials and methods for treatment of spinocerebellar ataxia type 2 (sca2) and other spinocerebellar ataxia type 2 protein (atxn2) gene related conditions or disorders
WO2018154459A1 (en) 2017-02-22 2018-08-30 Crispr Therapeutics Ag Materials and methods for treatment of primary hyperoxaluria type 1 (ph1) and other alanine-glyoxylate aminotransferase (agxt) gene related conditions or disorders
EP3585895A1 (en) 2017-02-22 2020-01-01 CRISPR Therapeutics AG Compositions and methods for gene editing
WO2018165564A1 (en) 2017-03-09 2018-09-13 Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Morpholino modified oligomeric compounds
JOP20190215A1 (en) 2017-03-24 2019-09-19 Ionis Pharmaceuticals Inc Modulators of pcsk9 expression
WO2018183969A1 (en) 2017-03-30 2018-10-04 California Institute Of Technology Barcoded rapid assay platform for efficient analysis of candidate molecules and methods of making and using the platform
WO2018185222A1 (en) 2017-04-05 2018-10-11 Acib Gmbh - Austrian Centre Of Industrial Biotechnology Aminoacyl trna synthetases and orthogonal trnas
SG11201909516VA (en) 2017-04-14 2019-11-28 Tollnine Inc Immunomodulating polynucleotides, antibody conjugates thereof, and methods of their use
SG11201909572QA (en) 2017-04-18 2019-11-28 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals Inc Methods for the treatment of subjects having a hepatitis b virus (hbv) infection
CA3059321A1 (en) 2017-04-20 2018-10-25 Synthena Ag Modified oligomeric compounds comprising tricyclo-dna nucleosides and uses thereof
WO2018193428A1 (en) 2017-04-20 2018-10-25 Synthena Ag Modified oligomeric compounds comprising tricyclo-dna nucleosides and uses thereof
WO2018195486A1 (en) 2017-04-21 2018-10-25 The Broad Institute, Inc. Targeted delivery to beta cells
WO2018209270A1 (en) 2017-05-11 2018-11-15 Northwestern University Adoptive cell therapy using spherical nucleic acids (snas)
EP3621981A2 (en) 2017-05-12 2020-03-18 CRISPR Therapeutics AG Materials and methods for engineering cells and uses thereof in immuno-oncology
US11597744B2 (en) 2017-06-30 2023-03-07 Sirius Therapeutics, Inc. Chiral phosphoramidite auxiliaries and methods of their use
EP3652316A4 (en) 2017-07-11 2021-04-07 Synthorx, Inc. Incorporation of unnatural nucleotides and methods thereof
AU2018314159A1 (en) 2017-07-13 2020-01-30 Northwestern University General and direct method for preparing oligonucleotide-functionalized metal-organic framework nanoparticles
WO2019014530A1 (en) 2017-07-13 2019-01-17 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals Inc. Lactate dehydrogenase a (ldha) irna compositions and methods of use thereof
EP3658176A1 (en) 2017-07-26 2020-06-03 Medizinische Universität Wien Superactive mutant thymidine kinase for use in cancer therapy
US20200181220A1 (en) 2017-08-03 2020-06-11 Synthorx, Inc. Cytokine conjugates for the treatment of proliferative and infectious diseases
US11197884B2 (en) 2017-08-18 2021-12-14 Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Modulation of the notch signaling pathway for treatment of respiratory disorders
WO2019051173A1 (en) 2017-09-08 2019-03-14 Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Modulators of smad7 expression
WO2019055460A1 (en) 2017-09-13 2019-03-21 The Children's Medical Center Corporation Compositions and methods for treating transposon associated diseases
BR112020005230A2 (en) 2017-09-19 2020-09-24 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. compositions and methods for the treatment of transthyretin-mediated amyloidosis (ttr)
IL272566B2 (en) 2017-10-16 2024-07-01 Hoffmann La Roche NUCLEIC ACID MOLECULE FOR REDUCTION OF PAPD5 AND PAPD7 mRNA FOR TREATING HEPATITIS B INFECTION
WO2019079527A1 (en) 2017-10-17 2019-04-25 Casebia Therapeutics Limited Liability Partnership Compositions and methods for gene editing for hemophilia a
EP3701029A1 (en) 2017-10-26 2020-09-02 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Materials and methods for treatment of hemoglobinopathies
WO2019089922A1 (en) 2017-11-01 2019-05-09 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Complement component c3 irna compositions and methods of use thereof
TWI809004B (en) 2017-11-09 2023-07-21 美商Ionis製藥公司 Compounds and methods for reducing snca expression
MA50578A (en) 2017-11-09 2021-09-15 Vertex Pharma CRISPR / CAS SYSTEMS FOR THE TREATMENT OF DMD
WO2019099610A1 (en) 2017-11-16 2019-05-23 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Kisspeptin 1 (kiss1) irna compositions and methods of use thereof
WO2019100039A1 (en) 2017-11-20 2019-05-23 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Serum amyloid p component (apcs) irna compositions and methods of use thereof
JP7522656B2 (en) 2017-11-21 2024-07-25 クリスパー セラピューティクス アーゲー Materials and methods for the treatment of autosomal dominant retinitis pigmentosa
CN111629747A (en) 2017-12-05 2020-09-04 沃泰克斯药物股份有限公司 CRISPR-CAS9 modified CD34+ human pigment stem cells and progenitor cells and application thereof
WO2019118916A1 (en) 2017-12-14 2019-06-20 Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Conjugated antisense compounds and their use
CN111801417A (en) 2017-12-14 2020-10-20 克里斯珀医疗股份公司 Novel RNA-programmable endonuclease systems and their use in genome editing and other applications
EA202091520A1 (en) 2017-12-18 2020-10-05 Элнилэм Фармасьютикалз, Инк. IRNA-BASED COMPOSITIONS AGAINST BOXING-1 HIGH MOBILE GROUP (HMGB1) AND THEIR APPLICATION
WO2019126641A2 (en) 2017-12-21 2019-06-27 Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Modulation of frataxin expression
AU2018393050A1 (en) 2017-12-21 2020-06-18 Bayer Healthcare Llc Materials and methods for treatment of Usher Syndrome Type 2A
EP3728595A1 (en) 2017-12-21 2020-10-28 CRISPR Therapeutics AG Materials and methods for treatment of usher syndrome type 2a and/or non-syndromic autosomal recessive retinitis pigmentosa (arrp)
JP7455746B2 (en) 2018-01-12 2024-03-26 ブリストル-マイヤーズ スクイブ カンパニー Antisense oligonucleotides targeting alpha-synuclein and their uses
CA3088180A1 (en) 2018-01-12 2019-07-18 Crispr Therapeutics Ag Compositions and methods for gene editing by targeting transferrin
TW201934129A (en) 2018-01-15 2019-09-01 美商Ionis製藥公司 Modulators of DNM2 expression
JP2021510714A (en) 2018-01-19 2021-04-30 シンセナ アーゲー Tricyclo-DNA nucleoside precursor and the process for preparing it
WO2019147743A1 (en) 2018-01-26 2019-08-01 Massachusetts Institute Of Technology Structure-guided chemical modification of guide rna and its applications
MA51788A (en) 2018-02-05 2020-12-16 Vertex Pharma SUBSTANCES AND METHODS FOR TREATING HEMOGLOBINOPATHIES
MA51787A (en) 2018-02-05 2020-12-16 Vertex Pharma SUBSTANCES AND METHODS OF TREATMENT OF HEMOGLOBINOPATHIES
EP3752612A4 (en) 2018-02-12 2021-11-10 Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Modified compounds and uses thereof
MA51869A (en) 2018-02-16 2020-12-23 Bayer Healthcare Llc COMPOSITIONS AND METHODS FOR TARGETING GENE EDITING OF FIBRINOGEN-ALPHA
MA52426A (en) 2018-02-26 2021-06-02 Synthorx Inc IL-15 CONJUGATES AND THEIR USES
EP3759127A4 (en) 2018-03-02 2022-03-30 Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compounds and methods for the modulation of amyloid-beta precursor protein
TWI840345B (en) 2018-03-02 2024-05-01 美商Ionis製藥公司 Modulators of irf4 expression
US20210054353A1 (en) 2018-03-19 2021-02-25 Crispr Therapeutics Ag Novel rna-programmable endonuclease systems and uses thereof
WO2019183440A1 (en) 2018-03-22 2019-09-26 Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Methods for modulating fmr1 expression
US12049631B2 (en) 2018-03-30 2024-07-30 Rheinische Friedrich-Wilhelms-Universitat Bonn Aptamers for targeted activation of T cell-mediated immunity
KR20200141470A (en) 2018-04-06 2020-12-18 칠드런'즈 메디컬 센터 코포레이션 Composition and method for adjusting somatic cell reprogramming and imprinting
MX2020010721A (en) 2018-04-11 2020-11-06 Ionis Pharmaceuticals Inc Modulators of ezh2 expression.
WO2019204668A1 (en) 2018-04-18 2019-10-24 Casebia Therapeutics Limited Liability Partnership Compositions and methods for knockdown of apo(a) by gene editing for treatment of cardiovascular disease
BR112020021054A2 (en) 2018-04-25 2021-02-17 Ethris Gmbh composition, process for the preparation of a composition, and, solid compositions and for use
AU2019260687B2 (en) 2018-04-27 2022-09-22 Seattle Children's Hospital (dba Seattle Children's Research Institute) Rapamycin resistant cells
WO2019213571A1 (en) 2018-05-03 2019-11-07 The Trustees Of Wheaton College Improved membranes for nanopore sensing applications
CN112189053B (en) 2018-05-09 2024-05-14 Ionis制药公司 Compounds and methods for reducing ATXN3 expression
BR112020020957B1 (en) 2018-05-09 2022-05-10 Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc Oligomeric compounds, population and pharmaceutical composition thereof and their uses
SI3794122T1 (en) 2018-05-14 2024-02-29 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc., Angiotensinogen (agt) irna compositions and methods of use thereof
WO2019238725A1 (en) 2018-06-13 2019-12-19 Acib Gmbh - Austrian Centre Of Industrial Biotechnology Methionine analogue synthesis
AU2019287635A1 (en) 2018-06-14 2020-12-17 Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compounds and methods for increasing STMN2 expression
TWI833770B (en) 2018-06-27 2024-03-01 美商Ionis製藥公司 Compounds and methods for reducing lrrk2 expression
AU2019297391B2 (en) 2018-07-03 2023-01-12 F. Hoffmann-La Roche Ag Oligonucleotides for modulating Tau expression
AU2019310097A1 (en) 2018-07-25 2021-02-04 Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compounds and methods for reducing ATXN2 expression
EP3837366A1 (en) 2018-08-13 2021-06-23 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Hepatitis b virus (hbv) dsrna agent compositions and methods of use thereof
AR115960A1 (en) 2018-08-16 2021-03-17 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals Inc COMPOSITIONS AND METHODS TO INHIBIT THE EXPRESSION OF THE LECT2 GENE
US11939582B2 (en) 2018-08-20 2024-03-26 Rogcon, Inc. Antisense oligonucleotides targeting SCN2A for the treatment of SCN1A encephalopathies
EP3843845A4 (en) 2018-08-29 2022-05-11 University Of Massachusetts Inhibition of protein kinases to treat friedreich ataxia
AU2019328501A1 (en) 2018-08-31 2021-03-04 Leibniz-Institut Für Pflanzenbiochemie Calcium dependent protein kinase constructs and uses thereof
EP3620520A1 (en) 2018-09-10 2020-03-11 Universidad del Pais Vasco Novel target to treat a metabolic disease in an individual
WO2020053186A1 (en) 2018-09-11 2020-03-19 Helmholtz Zentrum Muenchen - Deutsches Forschungszentrum Für Gesundheit Und Umwelt (Gmbh) Microrna inhibitors for use in treating metabolic diseases
SG11202102531WA (en) 2018-09-14 2021-04-29 Univ Northwestern Programming protein polymerization with dna
AU2019344776A1 (en) 2018-09-18 2021-01-21 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Ketohexokinase (KHK) iRNA compositions and methods of use thereof
TW202023573A (en) 2018-09-19 2020-07-01 美商Ionis製藥公司 Modulators of pnpla3 expression
EP3775277A1 (en) 2018-10-05 2021-02-17 MultiplexDX, s.r.o. Method for diagnosing diseases using multiplex fluorescence and sequencing
KR20210096088A (en) 2018-10-17 2021-08-04 크리스퍼 테라퓨틱스 아게 Composition and method for transgene delivery
US10913951B2 (en) 2018-10-31 2021-02-09 University of Pittsburgh—of the Commonwealth System of Higher Education Silencing of HNF4A-P2 isoforms with siRNA to improve hepatocyte function in liver failure
TW202028222A (en) 2018-11-14 2020-08-01 美商Ionis製藥公司 Modulators of foxp3 expression
WO2020102630A1 (en) 2018-11-15 2020-05-22 Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Modulators of irf5 expression
US20220025366A1 (en) 2018-11-21 2022-01-27 Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compounds and methods for reducing prion expression
US20210332495A1 (en) 2018-12-06 2021-10-28 Northwestern University Protein Crystal Engineering Through DNA Hybridization Interactions
CN113631709A (en) 2018-12-20 2021-11-09 普拉克西斯精密药物股份有限公司 Compositions and methods for treating KCNT 1-related disorders
LT3897672T (en) 2018-12-20 2023-11-10 Vir Biotechnology, Inc. Combination hbv therapy
WO2020132647A1 (en) 2018-12-21 2020-06-25 Northwestern University Use of annexins in preventing and treating muscle membrane injury
US20220062299A1 (en) 2018-12-26 2022-03-03 Northwestern University Use of glucocorticoid steroids in preventing and treating conditions of muscle wasting, aging and metabolic disorder
KR20210116509A (en) 2019-01-16 2021-09-27 젠자임 코포레이션 SERPINC1 IRNA composition and method of use thereof
WO2020160453A1 (en) 2019-01-31 2020-08-06 Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Modulators of yap1 expression
CN114949240A (en) 2019-02-06 2022-08-30 新索思股份有限公司 IL-2 conjugates and methods of use thereof
EP3923992A1 (en) 2019-02-15 2021-12-22 CRISPR Therapeutics AG Gene editing for hemophilia a with improved factor viii expression
JP7492526B2 (en) 2019-02-27 2024-05-29 アイオーニス ファーマシューティカルズ, インコーポレーテッド Modulators of MALAT1 Expression
US20220175956A1 (en) 2019-03-06 2022-06-09 Northwestern University Hairpin-like oligonucleotide-conjugated spherical nucleic acid
CA3139919A1 (en) 2019-03-11 2020-09-17 Ochsner Health System Microrna regulatory network as biomarkers of seizure in patients with spontaneous intracerebral hemorrhage
US20220145274A1 (en) 2019-03-12 2022-05-12 Crispr Therapeutics Ag Novel high fidelity rna-programmable endonuclease systems and uses thereof
CN113728104B (en) 2019-03-29 2023-10-27 Ionis制药公司 Compounds and methods for modulating UBE3A-ATS
MX2021013698A (en) 2019-05-13 2021-12-10 Vir Biotechnology Inc Compositions and methods for treating hepatitis b virus (hbv) infection.
EP3976791A4 (en) 2019-05-28 2023-10-11 Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compounds and methods for reducing fus expression
WO2020243644A1 (en) 2019-05-31 2020-12-03 Streck, Inc. Detection of antibiotic resistance genes
EP3983543A4 (en) 2019-06-14 2023-05-03 The Scripps Research Institute Reagents and methods for replication, transcription, and translation in semi-synthetic organisms
US11786546B2 (en) 2019-07-26 2023-10-17 Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compounds and methods for modulating GFAP
EP4007811A2 (en) 2019-08-01 2022-06-08 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Carboxypeptidase b2 (cpb2) irna compositions and methods of use thereof
EP4007812A1 (en) 2019-08-01 2022-06-08 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Serpin family f member 2 (serpinf2) irna compositions and methods of use thereof
WO2021023860A1 (en) 2019-08-07 2021-02-11 Db Biotech, As Improved horseradish peroxidase polypeptides
EP4013870A1 (en) 2019-08-13 2022-06-22 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Small ribosomal protein subunit 25 (rps25) irna agent compositions and methods of use thereof
MX2022001776A (en) 2019-08-15 2022-03-17 Synthorx Inc Immuno oncology combination therapies with il-2 conjugates.
KR20220062517A (en) 2019-08-15 2022-05-17 아이오니스 파마수티컬즈, 인코포레이티드 Linkage-modified oligomeric compounds and uses thereof
AU2020337869A1 (en) 2019-08-23 2022-03-03 Synthorx, Inc. IL-15 conjugates and uses thereof
EP4025694A1 (en) 2019-09-03 2022-07-13 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compositions and methods for inhibiting expression of the lect2 gene
US20220332799A1 (en) 2019-09-04 2022-10-20 Deutsches Zentrum Für Neurodegenerative Erkrankungen E.V. (Dzne) Herv inhibitors for use in treating tauopathies
US20210070827A1 (en) 2019-09-10 2021-03-11 Synthorx, Inc. Il-2 conjugates and methods of use to treat autoimmune diseases
WO2021048257A1 (en) 2019-09-11 2021-03-18 Helmholtz Zentrum München - Deutsches Forschungszentrum für Gesundheit und Umwelt (GmbH) Bactericidal phage vectors
WO2021067747A1 (en) 2019-10-04 2021-04-08 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compositions and methods for silencing ugt1a1 gene expression
WO2021074772A1 (en) 2019-10-14 2021-04-22 Astrazeneca Ab Modulators of pnpla3 expression
US20240141358A1 (en) 2019-10-18 2024-05-02 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Solute carrier family member irna compositions and methods of use thereof
TW202134435A (en) 2019-10-22 2021-09-16 美商阿尼拉製藥公司 Complement component c3 irna compositions and methods of use thereof
WO2021086623A1 (en) 2019-10-31 2021-05-06 The Trustees Of Wheaton College Design and characterization of multilayered structures for support of lipid bilayers
EP4051796A1 (en) 2019-11-01 2022-09-07 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compositions and methods for silencing dnajb1-prkaca fusion gene expression
WO2021087036A1 (en) 2019-11-01 2021-05-06 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. HUNTINGTIN (HTT) iRNA AGENT COMPOSITIONS AND METHODS OF USE THEREOF
WO2021091986A1 (en) 2019-11-04 2021-05-14 Synthorx, Inc. Interleukin 10 conjugates and uses thereof
WO2021089584A1 (en) 2019-11-05 2021-05-14 Basf Se Method of storing a biocatalyst
AU2020382478A1 (en) 2019-11-13 2022-06-02 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Methods and compositions for treating an angiotensinogen- (AGT-) associated disorder
US20230056569A1 (en) 2019-11-22 2023-02-23 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Ataxin3 (atxn3) rnai agent compositions and methods of use thereof
AU2020391215A1 (en) 2019-11-27 2022-06-02 Bayer Healthcare Llc Methods of synthesizing RNA molecules
AU2020402885A1 (en) 2019-12-13 2022-06-16 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Human chromosome 9 open reading frame 72 (C9orf72) iRNA agent compositions and methods of use thereof
WO2021126734A1 (en) 2019-12-16 2021-06-24 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Patatin-like phospholipase domain containing 3 (pnpla3) irna compositions and methods of use thereof
WO2021122944A1 (en) 2019-12-18 2021-06-24 Alia Therapeutics Srl Compositions and methods for treating retinitis pigmentosa
WO2021142245A1 (en) 2020-01-10 2021-07-15 Translate Bio, Inc. Compounds, pharmaceutical compositions and methods for modulating expression of muc5b in lung cells and tissues
WO2021154705A1 (en) 2020-01-27 2021-08-05 The United States Of America, As Represented By The Secretary, Department Of Health And Human Services Rab13 and net1 antisense oligonucleotides to treat metastatic cancer
WO2021154941A1 (en) 2020-01-31 2021-08-05 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Complement component c5 irna compositions for use in the treatment of amyotrophic lateral sclerosis (als)
WO2021156244A1 (en) 2020-02-03 2021-08-12 Medizinische Universität Wien Modified filamins and their uses
CN115427571A (en) 2020-02-10 2022-12-02 阿尔尼拉姆医药品有限公司 Compositions and methods for silencing VEGF-A expression
MX2022010052A (en) 2020-02-18 2022-09-05 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals Inc Apolipoprotein c3 (apoc3) irna compositions and methods of use thereof.
MX2022010515A (en) 2020-02-28 2022-11-14 Tallac Therapeutics Inc Transglutaminase-mediated conjugation.
TW202140787A (en) 2020-02-28 2021-11-01 美商Ionis製藥公司 Compounds and methods for modulating smn2
WO2021178607A1 (en) 2020-03-05 2021-09-10 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Complement component c3 irna compositions and methods of use thereof for treating or preventing complement component c3-associated diseases
WO2021178736A1 (en) 2020-03-06 2021-09-10 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. KETOHEXOKINASE (KHK) iRNA COMPOSITIONS AND METHODS OF USE THEREOF
WO2021188611A1 (en) 2020-03-18 2021-09-23 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compositions and methods for treating subjects having a heterozygous alanine-glyoxylate aminotransferase gene (agxt) variant
AU2021238781A1 (en) 2020-03-20 2022-10-06 Medizinische Universität Wien Cyclotides in combination with kappa opioid receptor ligands for MS therapy
WO2021195307A1 (en) 2020-03-26 2021-09-30 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Coronavirus irna compositions and methods of use thereof
EP4127171A2 (en) 2020-03-30 2023-02-08 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compositions and methods for silencing dnajc15 gene expression
AU2021252545A1 (en) 2020-04-06 2022-11-03 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compositions and methods for silencing myoc expression
EP4133076A1 (en) 2020-04-07 2023-02-15 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Angiotensin-converting enzyme 2 (ace2) irna compositions and methods of use thereof
JP2023521094A (en) 2020-04-07 2023-05-23 アルナイラム ファーマシューティカルズ, インコーポレイテッド Compositions and methods for silencing SCN9A expression
EP4133077A1 (en) 2020-04-07 2023-02-15 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Transmembrane serine protease 2 (tmprss2) irna compositions and methods of use thereof
KR20230018377A (en) 2020-04-27 2023-02-07 알닐람 파마슈티칼스 인코포레이티드 Apolipoprotein E (APOE) IRNA preparation composition and method of use thereof
KR20230017789A (en) 2020-04-30 2023-02-06 알닐람 파마슈티칼스 인코포레이티드 Complement Factor B (CFB) iRNA Compositions and Methods of Use Thereof
MX2022013707A (en) 2020-05-01 2022-12-07 Ionis Pharmaceuticals Inc Compounds and methods for modulating atxn1.
US20230175081A1 (en) 2020-05-04 2023-06-08 MultiplexDX, s.r.o. Means and methods for detecting novel coronavirus (sars-cov-2)
WO2021231673A1 (en) 2020-05-15 2021-11-18 Korro Bio, Inc. Methods and compositions for the adar-mediated editing of leucine rich repeat kinase 2 (lrrk2)
EP4150077A1 (en) 2020-05-15 2023-03-22 Korro Bio, Inc. Methods and compositions for the adar-mediated editing of transmembrane channel-like protein 1 (tmc1)
EP4150076A1 (en) 2020-05-15 2023-03-22 Korro Bio, Inc. Methods and compositions for the adar-mediated editing of methyl-cpg binding protein 2 (mecp2)
EP4150089A1 (en) 2020-05-15 2023-03-22 Korro Bio, Inc. Methods and compositions for the adar-mediated editing of retinoschisin 1 (rs1)
WO2021231679A1 (en) 2020-05-15 2021-11-18 Korro Bio, Inc. Methods and compositions for the adar-mediated editing of gap junction protein beta 2 (gjb2)
EP4150088A1 (en) 2020-05-15 2023-03-22 Korro Bio, Inc. Methods and compositions for the adar-mediated editing of argininosuccinate synthetase (ass1)
EP4150078A1 (en) 2020-05-15 2023-03-22 Korro Bio, Inc. Methods and compositions for the adar-mediated editing of argininosuccinate lyase (asl)
EP4150090A1 (en) 2020-05-15 2023-03-22 Korro Bio, Inc. Methods and compositions for the adar-mediated editing of otoferlin (otof)
US20230183707A1 (en) 2020-05-21 2023-06-15 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compositions and methods for inhibiting marc1 gene expression
AR122534A1 (en) 2020-06-03 2022-09-21 Triplet Therapeutics Inc METHODS FOR THE TREATMENT OF NUCLEOTIDE REPEAT EXPANSION DISORDERS ASSOCIATED WITH MSH3 ACTIVITY
EP4162050A1 (en) 2020-06-09 2023-04-12 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Rnai compositions and methods of use thereof for delivery by inhalation
TW202214856A (en) 2020-06-18 2022-04-16 美商阿尼拉製藥公司 Xanthine dehydrogenase (xdh) irna compositions and methods of use thereof
JP2023531520A (en) 2020-06-24 2023-07-24 ヴィア・バイオテクノロジー・インコーポレイテッド Engineered hepatitis B virus neutralizing antibodies and uses thereof
KR20230027235A (en) 2020-06-25 2023-02-27 신톡스, 인크. Immuno-oncology combination therapy using IL-2 conjugates and anti-EGFR antibodies
CN116096899A (en) 2020-06-29 2023-05-09 Ionis制药公司 Compounds and methods for modulating PLP1
WO2022003142A1 (en) 2020-07-03 2022-01-06 Engenes Biotech Gmbh PYRROLYSYL-tRNA SYNTHETASE VARIANTS AND USES THEREOF
TW202227102A (en) 2020-09-22 2022-07-16 瑞典商阿斯特捷利康公司 Method of treating fatty liver disease
EP4217489A1 (en) 2020-09-24 2023-08-02 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Dipeptidyl peptidase 4 (dpp4) irna compositions and methods of use thereof
KR20230111187A (en) 2020-09-24 2023-07-25 메디진 이뮤노테라피스 게엠바하 PRAME specific T-cell receptors and uses thereof
US20230392134A1 (en) 2020-09-30 2023-12-07 Crispr Therapeutics Ag Materials and methods for treatment of amyotrophic lateral sclerosis
EP3978608A1 (en) 2020-10-05 2022-04-06 SQY Therapeutics Oligomeric compound for dystrophin rescue in dmd patients throughout skipping of exon-51
JP2023544413A (en) 2020-10-05 2023-10-23 アルナイラム ファーマシューティカルズ, インコーポレイテッド G protein-coupled receptor 75 (GPR75) iRNA compositions and methods of use thereof
MX2023004032A (en) 2020-10-09 2023-04-27 Synthorx Inc Immuno oncology therapies with il-2 conjugates.
CA3194859A1 (en) 2020-10-09 2022-04-14 Carolina E. CAFFARO Immuno oncology combination therapy with il-2 conjugates and pembrolizumab
EP4232581A1 (en) 2020-10-21 2023-08-30 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Methods and compositions for treating primary hyperoxaluria
EP4232582A1 (en) 2020-10-23 2023-08-30 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Mucin 5b (muc5b) irna compositions and methods of use thereof
AU2021380809A1 (en) 2020-11-13 2023-06-22 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. COAGULATION FACTOR V (F5) iRNA COMPOSITIONS AND METHODS OF USE THEREOF
AU2021381363A1 (en) 2020-11-18 2023-06-15 Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compounds and methods for modulating angiotensinogen expression
AU2021382146A1 (en) 2020-11-23 2022-05-27 Alpha Anomeric Sas Nucleic acid duplexes
US11987795B2 (en) 2020-11-24 2024-05-21 The Broad Institute, Inc. Methods of modulating SLC7A11 pre-mRNA transcripts for diseases and conditions associated with expression of SLC7A11
TW202237150A (en) 2020-12-01 2022-10-01 美商艾拉倫製藥股份有限公司 Methods and compositions for inhibition of hao1 (hydroxyacid oxidase 1 (glycolate oxidase)) gene expression
WO2022125490A1 (en) 2020-12-08 2022-06-16 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Coagulation factor x (f10) irna compositions and methods of use thereof
GB2603454A (en) 2020-12-09 2022-08-10 Ucl Business Ltd Novel therapeutics for the treatment of neurodegenerative disorders
CA3205040A1 (en) 2020-12-18 2022-06-23 Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compounds and methods for modulating factor xii
JP2024501288A (en) 2020-12-23 2024-01-11 フラッグシップ パイオニアリング イノベーションズ シックス,エルエルシー Compositions of modified TREM and uses thereof
EP4274896A1 (en) 2021-01-05 2023-11-15 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Complement component 9 (c9) irna compositions and methods of use thereof
MX2023009324A (en) 2021-02-12 2023-10-13 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals Inc Superoxide dismutase 1 (sod1) irna compositions and methods of use thereof for treating or preventing superoxide dismutase 1- (sod1-) associated neurodegenerative diseases.
WO2022174101A1 (en) 2021-02-12 2022-08-18 Synthorx, Inc. Skin cancer combination therapy with il-2 conjugates and cemiplimab
EP4291243A1 (en) 2021-02-12 2023-12-20 Synthorx, Inc. Lung cancer combination therapy with il-2 conjugates and an anti-pd-1 antibody or antigen-binding fragment thereof
JP2024509783A (en) 2021-02-25 2024-03-05 アルナイラム ファーマシューティカルズ, インコーポレイテッド Prion protein (PRNP) IRNA compositions and methods of use thereof
AU2022226098A1 (en) 2021-02-26 2023-08-24 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. KETOHEXOKINASE (KHK) iRNA COMPOSITIONS AND METHODS OF USE THEREOF
TW202302849A (en) 2021-03-04 2023-01-16 美商艾拉倫製藥股份有限公司 Angiopoietin-like 3 (angptl3) irna compositions and methods of use thereof
EP4305169A1 (en) 2021-03-12 2024-01-17 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Glycogen synthase kinase 3 alpha (gsk3a) irna compositions and methods of use thereof
EP4304640A1 (en) 2021-03-12 2024-01-17 Northwestern University Antiviral vaccines using spherical nucleic acids
WO2022212231A2 (en) 2021-03-29 2022-10-06 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Huntingtin (htt) irna agent compositions and methods of use thereof
EP4314293A1 (en) 2021-04-01 2024-02-07 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Proline dehydrogenase 2 (prodh2) irna compositions and methods of use thereof
TW202309291A (en) 2021-04-07 2023-03-01 法商新植物Sas公司 Compositions and methods for indoor air remediation
CA3216106A1 (en) 2021-04-26 2022-11-03 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Transmembrane protease, serine 6 (tmprss6) irna compositions and methods of use thereof
WO2022232343A1 (en) 2021-04-29 2022-11-03 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Signal transducer and activator of transcription factor 6 (stat6) irna compositions and methods of use thereof
EP4334448A1 (en) 2021-05-03 2024-03-13 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compositions and methods for treating transthyretin (ttr) mediated amyloidosis
JP2024522068A (en) 2021-05-18 2024-06-11 アルナイラム ファーマシューティカルズ, インコーポレイテッド Sodium-glucose cotransporter 2 (SGLT2) IRNA compositions and methods of use thereof
EP4341405A1 (en) 2021-05-20 2024-03-27 Korro Bio, Inc. Methods and compositions for adar-mediated editing
WO2022256283A2 (en) 2021-06-01 2022-12-08 Korro Bio, Inc. Methods for restoring protein function using adar
WO2022256395A1 (en) 2021-06-02 2022-12-08 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Patatin-like phospholipase domain containing 3 (pnpla3) irna compositions and methods of use thereof
TW202313117A (en) 2021-06-03 2023-04-01 美商欣爍克斯公司 Head and neck cancer combination therapy comprising an il-2 conjugate and cetuximab
EP4347822A2 (en) 2021-06-04 2024-04-10 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Human chromosome 9 open reading frame 72 (c9orf72) irna agent compositions and methods of use thereof
JP2024523000A (en) 2021-06-08 2024-06-25 アルナイラム ファーマシューティカルズ, インコーポレイテッド Compositions and methods for treating or preventing Stargardt's disease and/or retinal binding protein 4 (RBP4)-associated disorders
EP4101928A1 (en) 2021-06-11 2022-12-14 Bayer AG Type v rna programmable endonuclease systems
BR112023023768A2 (en) 2021-06-11 2024-02-27 Bayer Ag TYPE V RNA PROGRAMMABLE ENDONUCLEASE SYSTEMS
TW202317765A (en) 2021-06-18 2023-05-01 美商Ionis製藥公司 Compounds and methods for reducing ifnar1 expression
US20230194709A9 (en) 2021-06-29 2023-06-22 Seagate Technology Llc Range information detection using coherent pulse sets with selected waveform characteristics
EP4363574A1 (en) 2021-06-29 2024-05-08 Korro Bio, Inc. Methods and compositions for adar-mediated editing
CA3225469A1 (en) 2021-06-30 2023-01-05 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Methods and compositions for treating an angiotensinogen- (agt-) associated disorder
WO2023285431A1 (en) 2021-07-12 2023-01-19 Alia Therapeutics Srl Compositions and methods for allele specific treatment of retinitis pigmentosa
EP4119581A1 (en) 2021-07-14 2023-01-18 Helmholtz Zentrum München Deutsches Forschungszentrum für Gesundheit und Umwelt GmbH Novel fab dimers
WO2023003995A1 (en) 2021-07-23 2023-01-26 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Beta-catenin (ctnnb1) irna compositions and methods of use thereof
WO2023009687A1 (en) 2021-07-29 2023-02-02 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. 3-hydroxy-3-methylglutaryl-coa reductase (hmgcr) irna compositions and methods of use thereof
TW202328445A (en) 2021-08-03 2023-07-16 美商艾拉倫製藥股份有限公司 Transthyretin (ttr) irna compositions and methods of use thereof
CA3228255A1 (en) 2021-08-04 2023-02-09 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Irna compositions and methods for silencing angiotensinogen (agt)
AR126771A1 (en) 2021-08-13 2023-11-15 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals Inc RNAi COMPOSITIONS AGAINST FACTOR XII (F12) AND THEIR METHODS OF USE
US11833221B2 (en) 2021-09-01 2023-12-05 Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Oligomeric compounds for reducing DMPK expression
EP4144841A1 (en) 2021-09-07 2023-03-08 Bayer AG Novel small rna programmable endonuclease systems with impoved pam specificity and uses thereof
WO2023044370A2 (en) 2021-09-17 2023-03-23 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Irna compositions and methods for silencing complement component 3 (c3)
MX2024003157A (en) 2021-09-20 2024-04-15 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals Inc Inhibin subunit beta e (inhbe) modulator compositions and methods of use thereof.
MX2024003778A (en) 2021-09-30 2024-04-10 Akouos Inc Compositions and methods for treating kcnq4-associated hearing loss.
CA3233755A1 (en) 2021-10-01 2023-04-06 Adarx Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Prekallikrein-modulating compositions and methods of use thereof
AU2022370009A1 (en) 2021-10-22 2024-05-16 Korro Bio, Inc. Methods and compositions for disrupting nrf2-keap1 protein interaction by adar mediated rna editing
EP4423272A2 (en) 2021-10-29 2024-09-04 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Huntingtin (htt) irna agent compositions and methods of use thereof
IL312399A (en) 2021-10-29 2024-06-01 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals Inc Complement factor b (cfb) irna compositions and methods of use thereof
WO2023086292A2 (en) 2021-11-10 2023-05-19 University Of Rochester Gata4-targeted therapeutics for treatment of cardiac hypertrophy
WO2023086295A2 (en) 2021-11-10 2023-05-19 University Of Rochester Antisense oligonucleotides for modifying protein expression
GB202117758D0 (en) 2021-12-09 2022-01-26 Ucl Business Ltd Therapeutics for the treatment of neurodegenerative disorders
WO2023122573A1 (en) 2021-12-20 2023-06-29 Synthorx, Inc. Head and neck cancer combination therapy comprising an il-2 conjugate and pembrolizumab
WO2023118349A1 (en) 2021-12-21 2023-06-29 Alia Therapeutics Srl Type ii cas proteins and applications thereof
WO2023118068A1 (en) 2021-12-23 2023-06-29 Bayer Aktiengesellschaft Novel small type v rna programmable endonuclease systems
WO2023122750A1 (en) 2021-12-23 2023-06-29 Synthorx, Inc. Cancer combination therapy with il-2 conjugates and cetuximab
EP4215042A1 (en) 2022-01-21 2023-07-26 Max-Delbrück-Centrum für Molekulare Medizin A non-human mammal comprising in its genome at least two human leukocyte antigen (hla) class i alleles, methods of making such mammal and uses thereof
WO2023141314A2 (en) 2022-01-24 2023-07-27 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Heparin sulfate biosynthesis pathway enzyme irna agent compositions and methods of use thereof
US12037616B2 (en) 2022-03-01 2024-07-16 Crispr Therapeutics Ag Methods and compositions for treating angiopoietin-like 3 (ANGPTL3) related conditions
WO2023194359A1 (en) 2022-04-04 2023-10-12 Alia Therapeutics Srl Compositions and methods for treatment of usher syndrome type 2a
WO2023237587A1 (en) 2022-06-10 2023-12-14 Bayer Aktiengesellschaft Novel small type v rna programmable endonuclease systems
EP4299753A1 (en) 2022-06-29 2024-01-03 enGenes Biotech GmbH Method for producing extrachromosomal nucleic acids
WO2024003799A1 (en) 2022-06-29 2024-01-04 Takeda Pharmaceutical Company Limited Method for producing extrachromosomal nucleic acids
WO2024039776A2 (en) 2022-08-18 2024-02-22 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Universal non-targeting sirna compositions and methods of use thereof
WO2024050261A1 (en) 2022-08-29 2024-03-07 University Of Rochester Antisense oligonucleotide-based anti-fibrotic therapeutics
WO2024047155A1 (en) 2022-08-31 2024-03-07 Dsm Ip Assets B.V. Bifidobacterium adolescentis strains, methods and uses thereof for starch degradation and modifying gut flora in non-human mammals
WO2024059165A1 (en) 2022-09-15 2024-03-21 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. 17b-hydroxysteroid dehydrogenase type 13 (hsd17b13) irna compositions and methods of use thereof
WO2024056880A2 (en) 2022-09-16 2024-03-21 Alia Therapeutics Srl Enqp type ii cas proteins and applications thereof
WO2024089180A1 (en) 2022-10-26 2024-05-02 Eximmium Biotechnologies Gmbh Method to determine extracellular vesicle recovery
WO2024105162A1 (en) 2022-11-16 2024-05-23 Alia Therapeutics Srl Type ii cas proteins and applications thereof
WO2024115430A1 (en) 2022-11-28 2024-06-06 Helmholtz Zentrum München - Deutsches Forschungszentrum für Gesundheit und Umwelt (GmbH) Acinetobacter baumannii phages
WO2024129743A2 (en) 2022-12-13 2024-06-20 Bluerock Therapeutics Lp Engineered type v rna programmable endonucleases and their uses
WO2024136899A1 (en) 2022-12-21 2024-06-27 Synthorx, Inc. Cancer therapy with il-2 conjugates and chimeric antigen receptor therapies
WO2024149810A2 (en) 2023-01-11 2024-07-18 Alia Therapeutics Srl Type ii cas proteins and applications thereof
WO2024168010A2 (en) 2023-02-09 2024-08-15 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Reversir molecules and methods of use thereof
WO2024170778A1 (en) 2023-02-17 2024-08-22 Anjarium Biosciences Ag Methods of making dna molecules and compositions and uses thereof

Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
DE2100263A1 (en) * 1970-01-06 1971-07-15 CIBA Geigy AG, Basel (Schweiz) New glycosidyl pteridines and processes for their production
DE2100266A1 (en) * 1970-01-07 1971-07-15 CIBA Geigy AG, Basel (Schweiz) Process for the production of Ptendin glycosides
US3792036A (en) * 1970-01-07 1974-02-12 Ciba Geigy Corp Pteridine-glycosides
EP0235301A1 (en) * 1985-09-09 1987-09-09 Teijin Limited Pyridopyrimidine nucleotide derivatives
EP0439036A2 (en) * 1990-01-25 1991-07-31 F. Hoffmann-La Roche Ag Energy transferring system
WO1993016094A2 (en) * 1992-02-12 1993-08-19 Chromagen, Inc. Applications of fluorescent n-nucleosides and fluorescent structural analogs of n-nucleosides

Family Cites Families (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
GB2056459B (en) * 1979-07-04 1983-03-09 Daiichi Radioisotope Lab Pterin derivatives and an assay method for determining pterins
US5270465A (en) * 1989-03-30 1993-12-14 Lipha, Lyonnaise Industrille Pharmaceutique 4(3H)-pteridinone compounds
US5034393A (en) * 1989-07-27 1991-07-23 Dowelanco Fungicidal use of pyridopyrimidine, pteridine, pyrimidopyrimidine, pyrimidopyridazine, and pyrimido-1,2,4-triazine derivatives

Patent Citations (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
DE2100263A1 (en) * 1970-01-06 1971-07-15 CIBA Geigy AG, Basel (Schweiz) New glycosidyl pteridines and processes for their production
US3798210A (en) * 1970-01-06 1974-03-19 Ciba Geigy Corp Glycosidyl-pteridines
DE2100266A1 (en) * 1970-01-07 1971-07-15 CIBA Geigy AG, Basel (Schweiz) Process for the production of Ptendin glycosides
US3792036A (en) * 1970-01-07 1974-02-12 Ciba Geigy Corp Pteridine-glycosides
EP0235301A1 (en) * 1985-09-09 1987-09-09 Teijin Limited Pyridopyrimidine nucleotide derivatives
EP0439036A2 (en) * 1990-01-25 1991-07-31 F. Hoffmann-La Roche Ag Energy transferring system
WO1993016094A2 (en) * 1992-02-12 1993-08-19 Chromagen, Inc. Applications of fluorescent n-nucleosides and fluorescent structural analogs of n-nucleosides

Cited By (27)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US6716971B1 (en) 1998-09-08 2004-04-06 The United States Of America As Represented By The Secretary Of The Department Of Health And Human Services Pteridine nucleotide analogs
WO2000014101A1 (en) * 1998-09-08 2000-03-16 The Government Of The United States Of America Represented By The Secretary Of The Department Of Health And Human Services Pteridine nucleotide analogs
WO2000045800A2 (en) * 1999-02-02 2000-08-10 K.U. Leuven Research & Development Immunosurpressive effects of pteridine derivatives
WO2000045800A3 (en) * 1999-02-02 2002-01-10 Leuven K U Res & Dev Immunosurpressive effects of pteridine derivatives
US6946465B2 (en) 1999-02-02 2005-09-20 4 Aza Bioscience Nv Immunosuppressive effects of pteridine derivatives
US6811973B1 (en) 1999-11-24 2004-11-02 The Regents Of The University Of California Methods of using labeled probe molecules to quantify target molecules
US7781163B2 (en) 2003-01-08 2010-08-24 Lesley Davenport G-quadruplex binding assays and compounds therefor
US9598719B2 (en) 2003-01-08 2017-03-21 Lesley Davenport G-quadruplex binding assays and compounds therefor
US7851152B2 (en) * 2004-09-25 2010-12-14 Yaodong Chen Fluorescent base analogues' usage in the characterization of nucleic acid molecules and their interactions
US7767687B2 (en) 2004-12-13 2010-08-03 Biogen Idec Ma Inc. Pyrido pyrimidinones, dihydro pyrimido pyrimidinones and pteridinones useful as RAF kinase inhibitors
WO2006065703A1 (en) * 2004-12-13 2006-06-22 Sunesis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Pyrido pyrimidinones, dihydro pyrimido pyrimidinones and pteridinones useful as raf kinase inhibitors
US12049461B2 (en) 2006-07-20 2024-07-30 Gilead Sciences, Inc. 4,6-di- and 2,4,6-trisubstituted quinazoline derivatives useful for treating viral infections
US10144736B2 (en) 2006-07-20 2018-12-04 Gilead Sciences, Inc. Substituted pteridines useful for the treatment and prevention of viral infections
US10285990B2 (en) 2015-03-04 2019-05-14 Gilead Sciences, Inc. Toll like receptor modulator compounds
US11124487B2 (en) 2016-09-02 2021-09-21 Gilead Sciences, Inc. Toll like receptor modulator compounds
US10370342B2 (en) 2016-09-02 2019-08-06 Gilead Sciences, Inc. Toll like receptor modulator compounds
US11827609B2 (en) 2016-09-02 2023-11-28 Gilead Sciences, Inc. Toll like receptor modulator compounds
US10640499B2 (en) 2016-09-02 2020-05-05 Gilead Sciences, Inc. Toll like receptor modulator compounds
US11046691B1 (en) 2018-12-10 2021-06-29 Ideaya Biosciences, Inc. 2-oxoquinazoline derivatives as methionine adenosyltransferase 2A inhibitors
US11084798B1 (en) 2018-12-10 2021-08-10 Ideaya Biosciences, Inc. 2-oxoquinazoline derivatives as methionine adenosyltransferase 2A inhibitors
CN113166078A (en) * 2018-12-10 2021-07-23 伊迪亚生物科学有限公司 2-oxoquinazoline derivatives as methionine adenosyltransferase 2A inhibitors
US11130759B1 (en) 2018-12-10 2021-09-28 Ideaya Bioscience, Inc. 2-oxoquinazoline derivatives as methionine adenosyltransferase 2A inhibitors
WO2020123395A1 (en) * 2018-12-10 2020-06-18 Ideaya Biosciences, Inc. 2-oxoquinazoline derivatives as methionine adenosyltransferase 2a inhibitors
US11396509B2 (en) 2019-04-17 2022-07-26 Gilead Sciences, Inc. Solid forms of a toll-like receptor modulator
US11583531B2 (en) 2019-04-17 2023-02-21 Gilead Sciences, Inc. Solid forms of a toll-like receptor modulator
US11286257B2 (en) 2019-06-28 2022-03-29 Gilead Sciences, Inc. Processes for preparing toll-like receptor modulator compounds
CN111995649A (en) * 2020-04-09 2020-11-27 瀚海新拓(杭州)生物医药有限公司 Pteridinone nucleotide analogue and pharmaceutical composition, preparation method and medical application thereof

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
DE69503129T2 (en) 1999-02-18
CA2190588C (en) 2003-03-18
CA2190588A1 (en) 1995-11-23
EP0759927A1 (en) 1997-03-05
JPH10500949A (en) 1998-01-27
AU2399195A (en) 1995-12-05
ATE167680T1 (en) 1998-07-15
DE69503129D1 (en) 1998-07-30
EP0759927B1 (en) 1998-06-24
AU688036B2 (en) 1998-03-05
JP2009091358A (en) 2009-04-30
US5525711A (en) 1996-06-11
ES2118593T3 (en) 1998-09-16
US5612468A (en) 1997-03-18
DK0759927T3 (en) 1999-04-06

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
EP0759927B1 (en) Pteridine nucleotide analogs as fluorescent dna probes
EP0543913B1 (en) Oligo(alpha-arabinofuranosyl nucleotides) and alpha-arabinofuranosyl precursors thereof
US5561225A (en) Polynucleotide analogs containing sulfonate and sulfonamide internucleoside linkages
US6174998B1 (en) C-nucleoside derivatives and their use in the detection of nucleic acids
RU2211223C2 (en) Novel nucleosides with bicyclic sugar moiety and oligonucleotides comprising thereof
US5861493A (en) Process for the synthesis of 2&#39;-O-substituted pyrimidines
CA2215176C (en) C-nucleoside derivatives and their use in the detection of nucleic acids
JPH0714954B2 (en) Coumarin derivatives for use as nucleotide cross-linking reagents
WO1990014353A1 (en) Crosslinking oligonucleotides
JPH11513388A (en) Selective binding complementary oligonucleotides
JP2009149605A (en) Six membered ring-having nucleotide analogue
WO1993001204A1 (en) Method and compounds for rna synthesis
JP2003528883A (en) N8- and C8-linked purine bases used as universal nucleosides in oligonucleotide hybridization, and structurally related heterocycles
CA2083485A1 (en) Oligodeoxyribonucleotide
JPH09505556A (en) Application of fluorescent N-nucleosides and fluorescent N-nucleoside structural analogues
US6664058B2 (en) Base analogues
CA2496268A1 (en) Oligonucleotide tagged nucleoside triphosphates (otntps) for genetic analysis
JPH10503773A (en) 5&#39;-dithio modified oligonucleotide
US6716971B1 (en) Pteridine nucleotide analogs
AU760822B2 (en) Pteridine nucleotide analogs
DE69128628T2 (en) OLIGO (ALPHA-ARABINOFURANOSYL NUCLEOTIDE) AND CORRESPONDING ALPHA-ARABINOFURANOSYL PRECURSORS
JPS6299392A (en) Novel ribonucleoside derivative and its use

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
AK Designated states

Kind code of ref document: A1

Designated state(s): AM AT AU BB BG BR BY CA CH CN CZ DE DK EE ES FI GB GE HU IS JP KE KG KP KR KZ LK LR LT LU LV MD MG MN MW MX NO NZ PL PT RO RU SD SE SG SI SK TJ TM TT UA UG UZ VN

AL Designated countries for regional patents

Kind code of ref document: A1

Designated state(s): KE MW SD SZ UG AT BE CH DE DK ES FR GB GR IE IT LU MC NL PT SE BF BJ CF CG CI CM GA GN ML MR NE SN TD TG

DFPE Request for preliminary examination filed prior to expiration of 19th month from priority date (pct application filed before 20040101)
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application
WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2190588

Country of ref document: CA

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 1995917197

Country of ref document: EP

WWP Wipo information: published in national office

Ref document number: 1995917197

Country of ref document: EP

REG Reference to national code

Ref country code: DE

Ref legal event code: 8642

WWG Wipo information: grant in national office

Ref document number: 1995917197

Country of ref document: EP